Skip Navigation or Skip to Content
Sign In  |  View Cart  |    |  Help  |  
Return to Course Catalog

Course Catalog > Online Courses > Arts & Design

Arts & Design   

  • Adobe Certified Professional (Vouchers Included)
  • Fee: $2,995.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    In the fast-paced world of digital media, it is essential to become proficient with Adobe software. Our Adobe Certified Professional course is designed to provide you with comprehensive training in five key tools: Photoshop, Illustrator, InDesign, Premiere Pro, and Animate. For those interested in gaining a graphic design certification, the course also prepares you for these Adobe certification exams.

    With a multi-faceted learning approach, you will encounter short explanations and demonstrations, hands-on exercises, video reviews, and quizzes throughout this course. Each module provides you with a comprehensive grasp of the software, from foundational elements to nuanced specifics that may be part of the certification exams.

    This Adobe certification course also includes a series of independent projects to choose from that both give you a chance to apply and solidify what you have learned and give you tangible outcomes that can be added to your professional portfolio. For example, you can use Photoshop for branding, InDesign for brochures and reports, Illustrator for logos and posters, Animate for animations and banners, and Premiere Pro for show opening videos.

    The hands-on projects serve a dual purpose: they deepen your understanding of each tool and provide you with practical experience that directly translates to workplace scenarios. Whether you are aiming for a career in design, marketing, video production, or any creative field, this Adobe Creative Suite course offers a structured learning path. The course also includes a voucher for the Adobe certification exams, offering you the chance to officially validate your skills.

    By the end of this Adobe Creative Suite certification course, you will master Premiere Pro, Photoshop, Illustrator, InDesign, and Animate, becoming a well-rounded creative professional equipped with the tools and experience to excel in the creative industry.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Adobe Certified Professional (Vouchers Included)
  • Fee: $2,995.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    In the fast-paced world of digital media, it is essential to become proficient with Adobe software. Our Adobe Certified Professional course is designed to provide you with comprehensive training in five key tools: Photoshop, Illustrator, InDesign, Premiere Pro, and Animate. For those interested in gaining a graphic design certification, the course also prepares you for these Adobe certification exams.

    With a multi-faceted learning approach, you will encounter short explanations and demonstrations, hands-on exercises, video reviews, and quizzes throughout this course. Each module provides you with a comprehensive grasp of the software, from foundational elements to nuanced specifics that may be part of the certification exams.

    This Adobe certification course also includes a series of independent projects to choose from that both give you a chance to apply and solidify what you have learned and give you tangible outcomes that can be added to your professional portfolio. For example, you can use Photoshop for branding, InDesign for brochures and reports, Illustrator for logos and posters, Animate for animations and banners, and Premiere Pro for show opening videos.

    The hands-on projects serve a dual purpose: they deepen your understanding of each tool and provide you with practical experience that directly translates to workplace scenarios. Whether you are aiming for a career in design, marketing, video production, or any creative field, this Adobe Creative Suite course offers a structured learning path. The course also includes a voucher for the Adobe certification exams, offering you the chance to officially validate your skills.

    By the end of this Adobe Creative Suite certification course, you will master Premiere Pro, Photoshop, Illustrator, InDesign, and Animate, becoming a well-rounded creative professional equipped with the tools and experience to excel in the creative industry.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Adobe Certified Professional in Video Design (Vouchers Included)
  • Fee: $1,615.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    In the dynamic field of video design, mastering Adobe software is crucial. Our Adobe Certified Professional in Video Design course focuses on providing you with in-depth training in two key tools: Photoshop and Premiere Pro. For those interested in achieving certification, the course also prepares you for the relevant Adobe certification exams.

    This video and graphic design course employs a multi-faceted learning approach that includes short explanations and demonstrations, hands-on exercises, video reviews, and quizzes. Each module is designed to offer you a comprehensive understanding of the software, covering both foundational elements and the nuanced specifics that could appear on the certification exams.

    This Adobe Photoshop certification course features a selection of independent projects that allow you to apply and reinforce what you've learned while producing tangible outcomes for your professional portfolio. For instance, you can use Photoshop to create a branding package, digital magazine cover, or social media campaign; and use Premiere Pro to produce an opening video for a show or a short film.

    Our hands-on projects provide practical experience applicable in professional settings and deepen your understanding of Photoshop and Premiere Pro. Whether you are aiming for a career in video production, marketing, or any field requiring video design expertise, this course offers a structured learning path. The course also includes a voucher for the Adobe certification exams, giving you the opportunity to officially validate your skills.

    By the end of this course, you won't just be proficient in Photoshop and Premiere Pro—you will be a versatile video design professional with a portfolio to back it up. Equip yourself with the tools and experience to excel in the video design industry with our Adobe Certified Professional in Video Design course.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Adobe Certified Professional in Video Design (Vouchers Included)
  • Fee: $1,615.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    In the dynamic field of video design, mastering Adobe software is crucial. Our Adobe Certified Professional in Video Design course focuses on providing you with in-depth training in two key tools: Photoshop and Premiere Pro. For those interested in achieving certification, the course also prepares you for the relevant Adobe certification exams.

    This video and graphic design course employs a multi-faceted learning approach that includes short explanations and demonstrations, hands-on exercises, video reviews, and quizzes. Each module is designed to offer you a comprehensive understanding of the software, covering both foundational elements and the nuanced specifics that could appear on the certification exams.

    This Adobe Photoshop certification course features a selection of independent projects that allow you to apply and reinforce what you've learned while producing tangible outcomes for your professional portfolio. For instance, you can use Photoshop to create a branding package, digital magazine cover, or social media campaign; and use Premiere Pro to produce an opening video for a show or a short film.

    Our hands-on projects provide practical experience applicable in professional settings and deepen your understanding of Photoshop and Premiere Pro. Whether you are aiming for a career in video production, marketing, or any field requiring video design expertise, this course offers a structured learning path. The course also includes a voucher for the Adobe certification exams, giving you the opportunity to officially validate your skills.

    By the end of this course, you won't just be proficient in Photoshop and Premiere Pro—you will be a versatile video design professional with a portfolio to back it up. Equip yourself with the tools and experience to excel in the video design industry with our Adobe Certified Professional in Video Design course.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Adobe Certified Professional in Visual Design (Vouchers Included)
  • Fee: $1,895.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    In the fast-paced world of visual design, mastering Adobe software is a necessity. Our Adobe Certified Professional in Visual Design course focuses on equipping you with comprehensive training in three key tools: Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign. For those interested in certification, the course also prepares you for the relevant Adobe certification exams.

    This graphic design course employs a multi-faceted learning approach, including short explanations and demonstrations, hands-on exercises, video reviews, and quizzes. Each module is designed to offer you a comprehensive understanding of the software, covering both foundational elements and the nuanced specifics that could appear on the certification exams.

    Our graphic design certification course features a selection of independent projects that allow you to apply and reinforce what you have learned while producing tangible outcomes for your professional portfolio. For instance, you can use Photoshop to create a branding package or digital magazine cover, Illustrator to design a logo or infographic, and InDesign to craft a brochure or business report.

    These hands-on projects serve a dual purpose: they deepen your understanding of Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign, and provide you with practical experience that is directly applicable in professional settings. Whether you're aiming for a career in graphic design, marketing, or any field requiring visual design expertise, this course offers a structured learning path. The course also includes a voucher for the Adobe certification exams, allowing you to officially validate your skills.

    By the end of this online visual design certification course, you will be proficient in Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign—with a portfolio to back it up. Equip yourself with the tools and experience to excel in the visual design industry with our Adobe Certified Professional in Visual Design course.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Adobe Certified Professional in Visual Design (Vouchers Included)
  • Fee: $1,895.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    In the fast-paced world of visual design, mastering Adobe software is a necessity. Our Adobe Certified Professional in Visual Design course focuses on equipping you with comprehensive training in three key tools: Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign. For those interested in certification, the course also prepares you for the relevant Adobe certification exams.

    This graphic design course employs a multi-faceted learning approach, including short explanations and demonstrations, hands-on exercises, video reviews, and quizzes. Each module is designed to offer you a comprehensive understanding of the software, covering both foundational elements and the nuanced specifics that could appear on the certification exams.

    Our graphic design certification course features a selection of independent projects that allow you to apply and reinforce what you have learned while producing tangible outcomes for your professional portfolio. For instance, you can use Photoshop to create a branding package or digital magazine cover, Illustrator to design a logo or infographic, and InDesign to craft a brochure or business report.

    These hands-on projects serve a dual purpose: they deepen your understanding of Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign, and provide you with practical experience that is directly applicable in professional settings. Whether you're aiming for a career in graphic design, marketing, or any field requiring visual design expertise, this course offers a structured learning path. The course also includes a voucher for the Adobe certification exams, allowing you to officially validate your skills.

    By the end of this online visual design certification course, you will be proficient in Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign—with a portfolio to back it up. Equip yourself with the tools and experience to excel in the visual design industry with our Adobe Certified Professional in Visual Design course.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $142.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Learn how to create websites with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $142.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites
  • Fee: $147.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Master the basics of web design and learn to build sites that are better and more effective. This course provides powerful graphic design techniques that will help your site stand-out from all the others.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites
  • Fee: $147.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Digital Arts Certificate
  • Fee: $3,495.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Looking to make your mark in the digital arts? The Digital Arts Online Training course will give you the education you need. You'll gain hands-on experience in fundamental technical and creative skills in digital imaging, traditional drawing, and digital illustration. You will master the intricacies of Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator, build your understanding of color, and explore the representation of form through vector illustration and drawing.

    Hands-on projects focus on core skills and provide you with experience in traditional and digital media. Class assignments include digital imaging, vector drawing, traditional drawing, color and composition, and editorial illustration.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Digital Arts Certificate
  • Fee: $3,495.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    Looking to make your mark in the digital arts? The Digital Arts Online Training course will give you the education you need. You'll gain hands-on experience in fundamental technical and creative skills in digital imaging, traditional drawing, and digital illustration. You will master the intricacies of Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator, build your understanding of color, and explore the representation of form through vector illustration and drawing.

    Hands-on projects focus on core skills and provide you with experience in traditional and digital media. Class assignments include digital imaging, vector drawing, traditional drawing, color and composition, and editorial illustration.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Digital Game Artist Certificate
  • Fee: $2,803.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Become a professional video game artist with this online game artist training course, designed to equip you with the necessary skills and knowledge to succeed in this creative and lucrative industry. Focus on developing core competencies in areas such as digital art, 3D art, modeling, character design, and environmental art design. You will learn essential techniques for jobs related to game art, including modeling game props and characters, importing elements into game-specific software, and animating game assets.

    Apply the concepts learned in the course by working with popular game development platforms such as Unreal Engine 4 and Unity 5+. These platforms are widely used in the video game industry and will provide you with hands-on experience in translating your artistic skills into practical game design.

    In addition to software and game-related techniques, this game art course also covers broader topics that can help boost your career such as general design principles and concept art. You will learn the fundamental principles that distinguish good art from great art and the key social aspects necessary for ongoing growth and professional development in the field. By the end of the game artist course, you will have acquired a diverse set of employable skills and a solid understanding of the key components of 3D art and environmental art.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Digital Game Artist Certificate
  • Fee: $2,803.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    Become a professional video game artist with this online game artist training course, designed to equip you with the necessary skills and knowledge to succeed in this creative and lucrative industry. Focus on developing core competencies in areas such as digital art, 3D art, modeling, character design, and environmental art design. You will learn essential techniques for jobs related to game art, including modeling game props and characters, importing elements into game-specific software, and animating game assets.

    Apply the concepts learned in the course by working with popular game development platforms such as Unreal Engine 4 and Unity 5+. These platforms are widely used in the video game industry and will provide you with hands-on experience in translating your artistic skills into practical game design.

    In addition to software and game-related techniques, this game art course also covers broader topics that can help boost your career such as general design principles and concept art. You will learn the fundamental principles that distinguish good art from great art and the key social aspects necessary for ongoing growth and professional development in the field. By the end of the game artist course, you will have acquired a diverse set of employable skills and a solid understanding of the key components of 3D art and environmental art.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography
  • Fee: $130.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Gain the skills you need to take great photos with your digital camera and never miss a memorable moment again. This course is an informative introduction to digital photography, from DSLRs to smart phone cameras.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography
  • Fee: $130.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Gain a solid foundation in the basics of drawing to become the artist you've always wanted to be. This course will help you become familiar with paper type, drawing styles, techniques, and basic principles of perspective, layout and design.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Graphic Design with Photoshop
  • Fee: $2,195.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This course will provide you with robust instructions on how to use Adobe Photoshop as a tool to create engaging and effective visuals. Using principles, theories, and time-tested practices of graphic design, you will discover strategies for producing images that convey desired messages, styles, and tones.

    You will practice with real-world examples, challenges, and thought-provoking assignments and learn how to determine a client's needs, create work to meet those needs, and assemble your work in an online portfolio to enter the industry. The course's combination of creative, technical, and soft skills will offer you a well-rounded and challenging learning experience.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Graphic Design with Photoshop
  • Fee: $2,195.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This course will provide you with robust instructions on how to use Adobe Photoshop as a tool to create engaging and effective visuals. Using principles, theories, and time-tested practices of graphic design, you will discover strategies for producing images that convey desired messages, styles, and tones.

    You will practice with real-world examples, challenges, and thought-provoking assignments and learn how to determine a client's needs, create work to meet those needs, and assemble your work in an online portfolio to enter the industry. The course's combination of creative, technical, and soft skills will offer you a well-rounded and challenging learning experience.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Graphic Design with Photoshop (Software Included)
  • Fee: $2,695.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This course will provide you with robust instructions on how to use Adobe Photoshop as a tool to create engaging and effective visuals. Using principles, theories, and time-tested practices of graphic design, you will discover strategies for producing images that convey desired messages, styles, and tones.

    You will practice with real-world examples, challenges, and thought-provoking assignments and learn how to determine a client's needs, create work to meet those needs, and assemble your work in an online portfolio to enter the industry. The course's combination of creative, technical, and soft skills will offer you a well-rounded and challenging learning experience.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Graphic Design with Photoshop (Software Included)
  • Fee: $2,695.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This course will provide you with robust instructions on how to use Adobe Photoshop as a tool to create engaging and effective visuals. Using principles, theories, and time-tested practices of graphic design, you will discover strategies for producing images that convey desired messages, styles, and tones.

    You will practice with real-world examples, challenges, and thought-provoking assignments and learn how to determine a client's needs, create work to meet those needs, and assemble your work in an online portfolio to enter the industry. The course's combination of creative, technical, and soft skills will offer you a well-rounded and challenging learning experience.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development
  • Fee: $144.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Prepare to start developing your own games. This course provides the fundamentals of game development, tools and techniques for better game design decisions, and ways to position your games for success.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development
  • Fee: $144.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $147.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Discover how to add features to and customize websites built with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform. This course will help you build interactive sites where visitors can comment on your articles, fill out forms and applications, buy your products, and even make appointments.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $147.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Make the most of your scrapbooking talents to show off your photos and memorabilia with digital scrapbooking. This course provides hands-on experience building scrapbook pages, using artistic journaling, and producing your own artwork with Photoshop Elements.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Master basic guitar skills and become the musician you've always wanted to be.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC
  • Fee: $146.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Learn how to use Adobe InDesign CC software to create professional-quality letterhead, brochures, forms, eBooks, business materials and more. This course uses hands-on exercises and expert instruction to help you discover how the program features relate to producing actual usable documents.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC
  • Fee: $146.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC
  • Fee: $146.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Save time as you enhance and manage your digital photos. This course will show you how to effectively edit and organize photos using Lightroom Classic CC with hands-on, easy-to-follow exercises that will help you perfect your digital photo collections.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC
  • Fee: $146.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC
  • Fee: $147.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Whether you are a photographer, digital illustrator, graphic designer, or someone who wants to alter old family photos, learning Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (CC) is a must. The Introduction to Photoshop CC course is filled with easy-to-follow, detailed step-by-step instructions that teach you how to edit and manipulate images and create basic compositions using Photoshop in the Creative Cloud. Discover how to improve photographs by editing out flaws, correcting poor exposure, or creating a composite image using the newest techniques Photoshop has to offer. You will even learn how much fun you can have digitally painting and exploring filters and effects to create unique images. Best of all, you need no prior artistic ability or Photoshop experience to take this course.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC
  • Fee: $147.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) (Exam Cost Included)
  • Fee: $750.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    The Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED) Green Associate course is designed to educate candidates on the cutting edge green building and sustainable design practices, and enables participants to designate that expertise with an internationally recognized professional credential.

    Developed and backed by the U.S. Green Building Council, the LEED Green Associate course and its credential have gained national and global notoriety. The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system is one of the most widely used standards for green building and design. The Tier 1: LEED Green Associate training course and exam covers general information on green building practices for residential and commercial projects, and prepares individuals to support other professionals working on projects seeking LEED certification.

    This course will also prepare you for the LEED Green Associate Credential from USGBC (US Green Building Council). This is an internationally recognized certification that designates expertise in green building and design principles. The exam fee is included with the course.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) (Exam Cost Included)
  • Fee: $750.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    The Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED) Green Associate course is designed to educate candidates on the cutting edge green building and sustainable design practices, and enables participants to designate that expertise with an internationally recognized professional credential.

    Developed and backed by the U.S. Green Building Council, the LEED Green Associate course and its credential have gained national and global notoriety. The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system is one of the most widely used standards for green building and design. The Tier 1: LEED Green Associate training course and exam covers general information on green building practices for residential and commercial projects, and prepares individuals to support other professionals working on projects seeking LEED certification.

    This course will also prepare you for the LEED Green Associate Credential from USGBC (US Green Building Council). This is an internationally recognized certification that designates expertise in green building and design principles. The exam fee is included with the course.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Marketing Design Certificate
  • Fee: $3,298.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This marketing design certificate program is all-encompassing, teaching you both the technical skills and creative artistry needed to succeed in the industry. You will learn how to apply fundamental marketing principles to your designs, to cater to the needs of businesses of all sizes and make the maximum impact on your clients' bottom line.

    Throughout this marketing design course, you will engage in a wide range of projects that will enhance your expertise in various areas, including marketing concept development, retouching, compositing, illustration, advertising design, logo design, and corporate branding. These hands-on projects will provide you with invaluable experience in real-world, business-focused design scenarios.

    A key focus area of this marketing design training is mastering the essential software programs that every marketing designer should be proficient in, such as Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator. Gaining expertise in these in-demand tools will equip you with the necessary skills for digital image preparation and vector illustration. Additionally, you will learn about foundational design concepts, such as color theory, typography, and identity design, which are crucial elements in effective marketing design.

    By enrolling in our Marketing Design Certificate course, you will develop technical proficiency and cultivate your creative abilities. Allowing you to build a strong foundation in this exciting field and create compelling marketing and identity pieces.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Marketing Design Certificate
  • Fee: $3,298.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This marketing design certificate program is all-encompassing, teaching you both the technical skills and creative artistry needed to succeed in the industry. You will learn how to apply fundamental marketing principles to your designs, to cater to the needs of businesses of all sizes and make the maximum impact on your clients' bottom line.

    Throughout this marketing design course, you will engage in a wide range of projects that will enhance your expertise in various areas, including marketing concept development, retouching, compositing, illustration, advertising design, logo design, and corporate branding. These hands-on projects will provide you with invaluable experience in real-world, business-focused design scenarios.

    A key focus area of this marketing design training is mastering the essential software programs that every marketing designer should be proficient in, such as Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator. Gaining expertise in these in-demand tools will equip you with the necessary skills for digital image preparation and vector illustration. Additionally, you will learn about foundational design concepts, such as color theory, typography, and identity design, which are crucial elements in effective marketing design.

    By enrolling in our Marketing Design Certificate course, you will develop technical proficiency and cultivate your creative abilities. Allowing you to build a strong foundation in this exciting field and create compelling marketing and identity pieces.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Break through the technology barrier and discover how to use your DSLR to take beautiful photos. This course will help you learn about features and controls, proper lenses, metering, exposure, and more to take your photography to the next level.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Multimedia Arts Certificate
  • Fee: $3,545.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Looking to launch your career in multimedia art and design? The Multimedia Design Online Training course equips you with the fundamental technical and conceptual skills for this challenging interdisciplinary environment. You'll gain proficiency in the core tools for interactive development: Adobe Photoshop, Premiere Pro, and After Effects, and you'll learn to shoot and edit digital video. You'll also discover how to create images, pages, and motion graphics for web-based multimedia.

    Hands-on projects focus on essential skills and provide you with experience in working in a broad range of media. Class assignments include digital image retouching and compositing, web pages and interfaces, scripted and documentary video-making, color and typography studies, video and audio editing, and motion graphics.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Multimedia Arts Certificate
  • Fee: $3,545.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    Looking to launch your career in multimedia art and design? The Multimedia Design Online Training course equips you with the fundamental technical and conceptual skills for this challenging interdisciplinary environment. You'll gain proficiency in the core tools for interactive development: Adobe Photoshop, Premiere Pro, and After Effects, and you'll learn to shoot and edit digital video. You'll also discover how to create images, pages, and motion graphics for web-based multimedia.

    Hands-on projects focus on essential skills and provide you with experience in working in a broad range of media. Class assignments include digital image retouching and compositing, web pages and interfaces, scripted and documentary video-making, color and typography studies, video and audio editing, and motion graphics.

    This is a fully online course offered by Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete description.

 

  • Music Made Easy
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Music Made Easy
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Gain complete understanding of rhythm, melody, and harmony and recognize pitches on the musical staff and keyboard. By the end of this course, you'll be able to read, write, and even play simple pieces of music!

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Music Made Easy
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Music Made Easy
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Music Made Easy
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Music Made Easy
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Music Made Easy
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Music Made Easy
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Music Made Easy
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera
  • Fee: $130.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Discover how your nature photos can become works of art rather than just snapshots. This course will help you explore composition and lighting as you master your digital camera's controls and features to take exceptional nature photos in no time.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera
  • Fee: $130.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $130.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Master the use of Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud to edit and enhance your digital images and give them a professional polish. This course includes simple, step-by-step instructions to guide you through the many tools that make this software so popular and unique.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $130.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $144.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Elements to do everything from quick fixes to detailed enhancements that greatly improve the look of your digital images. This course will take you from a novice to an accomplished user.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $144.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Gain confidence and take your skills in Photoshop Elements to the next level. This course is packed with hands-on activities and step-by-step instructions to help you master editing and enhancing images using Photoshop Elements.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II
  • Fee: $129.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II
  • Fee: $125.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography
  • Fee: $141.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography
  • Fee: $135.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    Learn to take outstanding photos and get the best results whether you are using a DSLR, a point-and-shoot, or your phone camera. Each lesson contains exercises and assignments that will help you apply new techniques to your own camera and make a distinctive difference in your photos.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography
  • Fee: $141.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography
  • Fee: $135.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography
  • Fee: $135.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography
  • Fee: $135.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography
  • Fee: $135.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography
  • Fee: $135.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography
  • Fee: $135.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • UI/UX Design
  • Fee: $148.00
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • UI/UX Design
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 2/12/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    User interface (UI) and user experience (UX) design have emerged as the framing approach to all digital design. including websites, apps, and other devices, and one of the most valuable skills in today's digital design environment. This course introduces and provides students with a basic foundation in every aspect of UI/UX design, including competitive research, designing effective user experience, applying design aesthetics, testing for accessibility, creating professional prototypes, and summary reports and design proposals.

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • UI/UX Design
  • Fee: $148.00
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • UI/UX Design
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • UI/UX Design
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 7/16/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • UI/UX Design
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • UI/UX Design
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 8/13/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • UI/UX Design
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 12/22/2030

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • UI/UX Design
  • Fee: $139.00
    Dates: 9/17/2025 - 9/30/2025

    Learn More

    This is an on-demand Career Training Program Course offered by Ed2Go.  Class begins upon registration and completion of Student Enrollment Agreement in Ed2Go. Click on Course Title for complete course description.

 

  • Florist 
  • This is an online, self-paced program offered by ProTrain. Class begins upon registration in ProTrain. Click on Learn More for complete course description and registration. Payment plans available for certain courses.
     

  •  
 

  • Adobe Animate CC Training 
  • Fee: $155.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP278201
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This course offers a deep dive into digital animation and interactive media, teaching you how to create engaging animations and interactive content using Adobe Animate. You will also prepare for the Animate certification exam and a career in animation and multimedia design.


    This Adobe Animate course is a thorough exploration into the vibrant world of digital animation and interactive media, catering to both novices and seasoned animators. It covers everything from basic interface navigation to advanced animation techniques. You will learn to craft compelling animations, design detailed characters, and incorporate sound and video, all while utilizing Animate's robust toolset. Furthermore, the course introduces scripting, enabling the addition of interactivity to animations.

    This online animation course guides you through creating and managing symbols, mastering a spectrum of animation techniques from frame-by-frame animation to tweening and motion edits, and perfecting character design. Advanced topics such as rotoscoping, rigging with the Bone Tool, and adding interactivity with ActionScript or JavaScript will also be covered by learning Adobe Animate. This educational journey ensures the acquisition of skills necessary for integrating audio and video into animations, applying filters, and producing content for HTML5 Canvas and WebGL, thereby broadening the scope of web animation capabilities.

    By the end of the course, you will be well-prepared to pass the Animate certification exam and for a career in the animation industry, equipped with a deep understanding of animation principles and best practices. Your curriculum is structured to offer a step-by-step guide through the animation process, from basic drawing and animation techniques to complex character design and interactivity scripting. Hands-on exercises and practical applications reinforce learning, enabling you to apply concepts in real-world settings and open up new opportunities in the fields of animation and multimedia design.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Animate (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    This Adobe Animate course offers a comprehensive journey into the world of digital animation and interactive media. Designed for both beginners and experienced users, it covers all aspects of Adobe Animate, from the basics of the interface to advanced animation techniques. You will learn how to create engaging animations, design characters, and integrate sound and video, utilizing Animate's powerful tools. This online animation course also covers scripting with ActionScript and JavaScript to add interactivity to animations.

    Through practical exercises and real-world applications, animation training ensures that you not only understand the software's capabilities but also how to apply these skills in your creative projects. The course encompasses all topics covered in the Animate certification exam and much more. Whether your goal is to work in the animation industry or to enhance your animation skills, this course provides the knowledge and hands-on experience needed to excel in the field of digital animation.


    1. Introduction to Animate
      1. Animate Home Screen
      2. Creating New Documents
      3. Drawing Basic Shapes
      4. Animate Interface
      5. Tools
      6. Properties
      7. Libraries
      8. The Timeline
      9. Navigating a Document
      10. Rulers, Guides, and Grids
      11. Setting Preferences
    2. Animation Basics
      1. Symbols
      2. Types of Symbols: Graphic, Button, and Movie Clip
      3. Creating Symbols
      4. Creating Symbols and Adding Them to the Library (Exercise)
      5. Editing Symbols
      6. Edit a Symbol and Observe the Changes (Exercise)
      7. Overview of Animation
      8. Onion Skinning
      9. Use Onion Skinning to Create a Smooth, Frame-by-Frame Animation (Exercise)
      10. Introduction to Basic Movement: Timing, Weight, And Movement
      11. Overview of Tweening
      12. Shape Tween
      13. Create a Shape Tween with a Symbol (Exercise)
      14. Motion Tween
      15. Create a Motion Tween with a Symbol (Exercise)
      16. Understanding the Motion Editor Panel
      17. Use the Motion Editor Panel to Modify a Tween (Exercise)
      18. Apply Easing to Animation
      19. Apply Easing to Animation to Create Natural Movement (Exercise)
      20. Previewing an Animation
      21. Preview and Test Your Animation (Exercise)
      22. Saving and Exporting an Animation
      23. Exporting Options
      24. Export the Animation in Different Formats (Exercise)
    3. Drawing Tools
      1. Selection Tools
      2. Brush Tools
      3. Experimenting with Brush Tools on a Blank Canvas (Exercise)
      4. The Pen Tool
      5. Experimenting with the Pen Tool on a Blank Canvas (Exercise)
      6. Shape Tools
      7. Experimenting with the Shape Tools on a Blank Canvas (Exercise)
      8. Color Tools
      9. Modifying and Transforming Shapes
      10. Draw Basic Shapes and Modify them using Transformation Tools (Exercise)
      11. Layers and Symbols
      12. Drawing a Simple Illustration (Exercise)
    4. Character Design
      1. Basic Illustration Principles
      2. Introduction to Character Design
      3. Drawing the Head
      4. Draw the Character's Head (Exercise)
      5. Drawing the Facial Features
      6. Draw the Character's Facial Features (Exercise)
      7. Drawing the Body
      8. Draw the Character's Body (Exercise)
      9. Arms and Hands
      10. Draw the Character's Arms And Hands (Exercise)
      11. Drawing the Legs and Feet
      12. Draw the Character's Legs And Feet (Exercise)
      13. Saving and Exporting Your Character
      14. Save and Export Your Character (Exercise)
    5. Advanced Techniques
      1. Rotoscoping
      2. Rotoscope a Short Video Clip (Exercise)
      3. Utilizing Camera and Layer Depth Tools
      4. Create a Scene with Depth using Camera and Layer Tools (Exercise)
      5. ActionScript and JavaScript in Animate
      6. Add Interactivity to an Animation with ActionScript or JavaScript (Exercise)
      7. Sound and Video Integration in Animate
      8. Incorporate Sound into an Animation (Exercise)
      9. Sound Mixing and Scape Creation
      10. Create a Basic Sound Mix and Scape for an Animation (Exercise)
      11. Using the Bone Tool for Rigging
      12. Rig a Character using the Bone Tool (Exercise)
      13. Working with Motion Presets
      14. Animate an Object using Motion Presets (Exercise)
      15. Applying Filters and Blend Modes
      16. Add Effects to an Animation with Filters and Blend Modes (Exercise)
      17. The Art of Masking
      18. Create an Animation with Masking Effects (Exercise)
      19. Understanding HTML5 Canvas and WebGL Document Types
      20. Create an Interactive Web Content with HTML5 Canvas (Exercise)
      21. Publishing and Export Options in Animate
      22. Publish an Animation in Various Formats (Exercise)
    6. Working In The Animation Industry
      1. Purpose, Audience, and Audience Needs
      2. Communicating about Design Plans
      3. Copyright, Permissions, and Licensing
      4. Animation and Interactive Media Key Terminology
      5. Basic Design Principles and Industry Best Practices
      6. Animation and Interactive Media Principles

    What you will learn

    • Understand the basics of Adobe Animate's interface and tools for creating animations and interactive media
    • Comprehend how to design characters and animate them effectively for various projects
    • Discover techniques for integrating sound and video into your animations
    • Perfect your scripting with ActionScript and JavaScript to add interactivity to your animations
    • Grasp the scope of the Animate certification exam and how to prepare for it

    How you will benefit

    • Develop a solid understanding of the Adobe Animate interface and its functionalities
    • Learn to create and manage different types of symbols for efficient animation workflows
    • Master various animation techniques, including frame-by-frame animation, tweening, and motion editing
    • Gain proficiency in character design, from basic sketching to detailed character creation
    • Explore advanced animation techniques such as rotoscoping and rigging with the Bone Tool
    • Understand how to add interactivity to animations using ActionScript or JavaScript
    • Learn to integrate audio and video elements into animations for a richer experience
    • Discover the art of masking and applying filters and blend modes to enhance animations
    • Acquire skills in creating content for HTML5 Canvas and WebGL, expanding web animation capabilities
    • Prepare for a career in the animation industry with an understanding of key principles and best practices

    Self-Study

    This Adobe Animate course offers a comprehensive journey into the world of digital animation and interactive media. Designed for both beginners and experienced users, it covers all aspects of Adobe Animate, from the basics of the interface to advanced animation techniques. You will learn how to create engaging animations, design characters, and integrate sound and video, utilizing Animate's powerful tools. This online animation course also covers scripting with ActionScript and JavaScript to add interactivity to animations.

    Through practical exercises and real-world applications, animation training ensures that you not only understand the software's capabilities but also how to apply these skills in your creative projects. The course encompasses all topics covered in the Animate certification exam and much more. Whether your goal is to work in the animation industry or to enhance your animation skills, this course provides the knowledge and hands-on experience needed to excel in the field of digital animation.

 

  • Adobe Animate CC Training 
  • Fee: $155.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP278201
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This course offers a deep dive into digital animation and interactive media, teaching you how to create engaging animations and interactive content using Adobe Animate. You will also prepare for the Animate certification exam and a career in animation and multimedia design.


    This Adobe Animate course is a thorough exploration into the vibrant world of digital animation and interactive media, catering to both novices and seasoned animators. It covers everything from basic interface navigation to advanced animation techniques. You will learn to craft compelling animations, design detailed characters, and incorporate sound and video, all while utilizing Animate's robust toolset. Furthermore, the course introduces scripting, enabling the addition of interactivity to animations.

    This online animation course guides you through creating and managing symbols, mastering a spectrum of animation techniques from frame-by-frame animation to tweening and motion edits, and perfecting character design. Advanced topics such as rotoscoping, rigging with the Bone Tool, and adding interactivity with ActionScript or JavaScript will also be covered by learning Adobe Animate. This educational journey ensures the acquisition of skills necessary for integrating audio and video into animations, applying filters, and producing content for HTML5 Canvas and WebGL, thereby broadening the scope of web animation capabilities.

    By the end of the course, you will be well-prepared to pass the Animate certification exam and for a career in the animation industry, equipped with a deep understanding of animation principles and best practices. Your curriculum is structured to offer a step-by-step guide through the animation process, from basic drawing and animation techniques to complex character design and interactivity scripting. Hands-on exercises and practical applications reinforce learning, enabling you to apply concepts in real-world settings and open up new opportunities in the fields of animation and multimedia design.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Animate (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    This Adobe Animate course offers a comprehensive journey into the world of digital animation and interactive media. Designed for both beginners and experienced users, it covers all aspects of Adobe Animate, from the basics of the interface to advanced animation techniques. You will learn how to create engaging animations, design characters, and integrate sound and video, utilizing Animate's powerful tools. This online animation course also covers scripting with ActionScript and JavaScript to add interactivity to animations.

    Through practical exercises and real-world applications, animation training ensures that you not only understand the software's capabilities but also how to apply these skills in your creative projects. The course encompasses all topics covered in the Animate certification exam and much more. Whether your goal is to work in the animation industry or to enhance your animation skills, this course provides the knowledge and hands-on experience needed to excel in the field of digital animation.


    1. Introduction to Animate
      1. Animate Home Screen
      2. Creating New Documents
      3. Drawing Basic Shapes
      4. Animate Interface
      5. Tools
      6. Properties
      7. Libraries
      8. The Timeline
      9. Navigating a Document
      10. Rulers, Guides, and Grids
      11. Setting Preferences
    2. Animation Basics
      1. Symbols
      2. Types of Symbols: Graphic, Button, and Movie Clip
      3. Creating Symbols
      4. Creating Symbols and Adding Them to the Library (Exercise)
      5. Editing Symbols
      6. Edit a Symbol and Observe the Changes (Exercise)
      7. Overview of Animation
      8. Onion Skinning
      9. Use Onion Skinning to Create a Smooth, Frame-by-Frame Animation (Exercise)
      10. Introduction to Basic Movement: Timing, Weight, And Movement
      11. Overview of Tweening
      12. Shape Tween
      13. Create a Shape Tween with a Symbol (Exercise)
      14. Motion Tween
      15. Create a Motion Tween with a Symbol (Exercise)
      16. Understanding the Motion Editor Panel
      17. Use the Motion Editor Panel to Modify a Tween (Exercise)
      18. Apply Easing to Animation
      19. Apply Easing to Animation to Create Natural Movement (Exercise)
      20. Previewing an Animation
      21. Preview and Test Your Animation (Exercise)
      22. Saving and Exporting an Animation
      23. Exporting Options
      24. Export the Animation in Different Formats (Exercise)
    3. Drawing Tools
      1. Selection Tools
      2. Brush Tools
      3. Experimenting with Brush Tools on a Blank Canvas (Exercise)
      4. The Pen Tool
      5. Experimenting with the Pen Tool on a Blank Canvas (Exercise)
      6. Shape Tools
      7. Experimenting with the Shape Tools on a Blank Canvas (Exercise)
      8. Color Tools
      9. Modifying and Transforming Shapes
      10. Draw Basic Shapes and Modify them using Transformation Tools (Exercise)
      11. Layers and Symbols
      12. Drawing a Simple Illustration (Exercise)
    4. Character Design
      1. Basic Illustration Principles
      2. Introduction to Character Design
      3. Drawing the Head
      4. Draw the Character's Head (Exercise)
      5. Drawing the Facial Features
      6. Draw the Character's Facial Features (Exercise)
      7. Drawing the Body
      8. Draw the Character's Body (Exercise)
      9. Arms and Hands
      10. Draw the Character's Arms And Hands (Exercise)
      11. Drawing the Legs and Feet
      12. Draw the Character's Legs And Feet (Exercise)
      13. Saving and Exporting Your Character
      14. Save and Export Your Character (Exercise)
    5. Advanced Techniques
      1. Rotoscoping
      2. Rotoscope a Short Video Clip (Exercise)
      3. Utilizing Camera and Layer Depth Tools
      4. Create a Scene with Depth using Camera and Layer Tools (Exercise)
      5. ActionScript and JavaScript in Animate
      6. Add Interactivity to an Animation with ActionScript or JavaScript (Exercise)
      7. Sound and Video Integration in Animate
      8. Incorporate Sound into an Animation (Exercise)
      9. Sound Mixing and Scape Creation
      10. Create a Basic Sound Mix and Scape for an Animation (Exercise)
      11. Using the Bone Tool for Rigging
      12. Rig a Character using the Bone Tool (Exercise)
      13. Working with Motion Presets
      14. Animate an Object using Motion Presets (Exercise)
      15. Applying Filters and Blend Modes
      16. Add Effects to an Animation with Filters and Blend Modes (Exercise)
      17. The Art of Masking
      18. Create an Animation with Masking Effects (Exercise)
      19. Understanding HTML5 Canvas and WebGL Document Types
      20. Create an Interactive Web Content with HTML5 Canvas (Exercise)
      21. Publishing and Export Options in Animate
      22. Publish an Animation in Various Formats (Exercise)
    6. Working In The Animation Industry
      1. Purpose, Audience, and Audience Needs
      2. Communicating about Design Plans
      3. Copyright, Permissions, and Licensing
      4. Animation and Interactive Media Key Terminology
      5. Basic Design Principles and Industry Best Practices
      6. Animation and Interactive Media Principles

    What you will learn

    • Understand the basics of Adobe Animate's interface and tools for creating animations and interactive media
    • Comprehend how to design characters and animate them effectively for various projects
    • Discover techniques for integrating sound and video into your animations
    • Perfect your scripting with ActionScript and JavaScript to add interactivity to your animations
    • Grasp the scope of the Animate certification exam and how to prepare for it

    How you will benefit

    • Develop a solid understanding of the Adobe Animate interface and its functionalities
    • Learn to create and manage different types of symbols for efficient animation workflows
    • Master various animation techniques, including frame-by-frame animation, tweening, and motion editing
    • Gain proficiency in character design, from basic sketching to detailed character creation
    • Explore advanced animation techniques such as rotoscoping and rigging with the Bone Tool
    • Understand how to add interactivity to animations using ActionScript or JavaScript
    • Learn to integrate audio and video elements into animations for a richer experience
    • Discover the art of masking and applying filters and blend modes to enhance animations
    • Acquire skills in creating content for HTML5 Canvas and WebGL, expanding web animation capabilities
    • Prepare for a career in the animation industry with an understanding of key principles and best practices

    Self-Study

    This Adobe Animate course offers a comprehensive journey into the world of digital animation and interactive media. Designed for both beginners and experienced users, it covers all aspects of Adobe Animate, from the basics of the interface to advanced animation techniques. You will learn how to create engaging animations, design characters, and integrate sound and video, utilizing Animate's powerful tools. This online animation course also covers scripting with ActionScript and JavaScript to add interactivity to animations.

    Through practical exercises and real-world applications, animation training ensures that you not only understand the software's capabilities but also how to apply these skills in your creative projects. The course encompasses all topics covered in the Animate certification exam and much more. Whether your goal is to work in the animation industry or to enhance your animation skills, this course provides the knowledge and hands-on experience needed to excel in the field of digital animation.

 

  • Adobe Illustrator CC 
  • Fee: $155.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP279071
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This course equips you with the skills to create sophisticated vector illustrations, logos, and typography, expanding your web design resume and helping you become proficient in Adobe Illustrator for professional graphic design work.


    This comprehensive Adobe Illustrator course caters to both beginners and experienced users, aiming to foster proficiency in this industry-standard vector graphics software. The curriculum is expansive, covering all facets pertinent to the Illustrator certification exam while delving into practical, real-world applications that demonstrate how to effectively utilize Illustrator's robust tools in design projects. You are guided through creating detailed vector illustrations, logos, and typography, with a focus on leveraging the latest features and mastering advanced techniques to elevate your vector art.

    This online Adobe Illustrator training course offers extensive benefits, including improving your workflow efficiency by becoming adept with the Illustrator interface. It provides detailed instruction on creating and manipulating vector shapes, using Illustrator's precision tools, and advanced techniques for drawing and path tools, including the Pencil and Pen tools. Participants will develop crucial skills in managing layers and artboards, applying color theory in vector graphics, and employing swatches and color panels effectively.

    The course covers the creation of complex illustrations using Pathfinder and Shape Builder tools, and introduces you to gradients, patterns, brushes, and advanced typographic designs, equipping you with the skills to manage project components and prepare for projects in various print and digital formats.

    The course is structured to facilitate self-paced learning, granting 24/7 access to on-demand content for flexibility. The curriculum is carefully laid out to guide students from the basics of the Illustrator interface and document creation to more complex tasks such as organizing projects, creating advanced illustrations, managing shapes, and working with type and project components. Practical exercises are interspersed throughout the course to reinforce learning, culminating in the ability to share and export projects proficiently. By the end of the course, you are prepared for the Illustrator certification exam and ready to tackle design projects with confidence and creativity, making you a valuable asset in the design industry.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.0 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Illustrator (not included in enrollment)
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn how to use Adobe Illustrator, the industry-standard vector graphics software, with the comprehensive Adobe Illustrator CC course. While there are different Adobe Illustrator courses available on the market, this course encompasses all topics covered in the Illustrator certification exam and much more, extending beyond mere exam preparation. It offers practical, real-world applications, illustrating how to leverage Illustrator's powerful tools in design work. Suitable for both new and experienced users, this online adobe illustrator training course provides valuable insights into creating intricate vector illustrations, logos, and typography.

    You will explore Illustrator's latest features and learn advanced techniques to enhance your vector art. Whether starting from scratch or seeking to refine existing skills, this course will help you learn how to use Adobe Illustrator more efficiently.


    1. The Illustrator Interface
      1. Illustrator Home Screen
      2. Creating New Documents
      3. Inserting a Shape
      4. The Illustrator Interface
      5. Setting Preferences
      6. Zooming
      7. Panning
      8. Rulers, Guides, and Grids
    2. Getting Started
      1. Creating a Project
      2. Create New Document (Exercise)
      3. Creating Basic Shapes
      4. Selection
      5. Creating and Modifying Shapes (Exercise)
      6. Using Drawing Modes
      7. The Alignment Tools
      8. Draw Components of the Project (Exercise)
      9. Working with Colors
      10. Working with Swatches
      11. Fill and Stroke Attributes
      12. Format Artwork (Exercise)
    3. Organizing a Project
      1. Organizing a Project
      2. Work with Layers (Exercise)
      3. Artboards
      4. Artboards and Duplication (Exercise)
    4. Creating Advanced Illustrations
      1. The Pencil and Pen Tools
      2. Drawing with the Pencil Tool (Exercise)
      3. More on the Pen Tool
      4. Drawing with the Pen Tool (Exercise)
      5. Using the Line Tools
      6. Adding Spirals (Exercise)
      7. Transforming Objects
      8. Align and Distribute Objects
      9. Tools for Reshaping
      10. Working with Grouped Objects
      11. Manipulate Project Components (Exercise)
    5. Advanced Management of Shapes
      1. Appearance Panel
      2. Appearance Panel (Exercise)
      3. Working with Pathfinder
      4. Working with Shape Builder Tool
      5. Path and Shape Builder Tools (Exercise)
      6. The Paintbrush Tool
      7. Live Paint
      8. Creating Patterns
      9. Brushes and Patterns (Exercise)
      10. Using Gradient Tools
      11. Gradients (Exercise)
      12. Working with Graphic Styles
      13. Styles (Exercise)
    6. Working with Type
      1. Working with Type
      2. Format Text
      3. Creating Types of Text (Exercise)
      4. Working with Styles
      5. Using Tab Stops
      6. Styles and Tabs (Exercise)
      7. Working with Glyphs
      8. Converting Type to Outlines
      9. Type to Outlines (Exercise)
    7. Managing Project Components
      1. Project Components
      2. Custom Art Brush
      3. Reuse (Exercise)
      4. Import Text and Thread Text Frames
      5. Import Styles
      6. Import Artwork
      7. Import (Exercise)
      8. Manage Linked and Embedded Project Components
      9. Working with Linked Content (Exercise)
    8. Sharing Your Project
      1. Proofing Your Project
      2. Preview Project
      3. Proof (Exercise)
      4. Printing
      5. Export Options
      6. Save for Video
      7. Package a Project
    9. Working In The Design Industry
      1. Client Goals and Audience
      2. Communicating about Design Plans
      3. Basic Project Management Concepts for Designers
      4. Copyright, Permissions, and Licensing
      5. Digital Image Terminology
      6. Typography
      7. Visual Composition

    What you will learn

    • How to navigate and utilize the Adobe Illustrator interface efficiently
    • Techniques for creating intricate vector illustrations, logos, and typography
    • Advanced features and tools within Illustrator to enhance your vector art
    • Real-world applications of Illustrator skills in graphic design projects

    How you will benefit

    • Gain proficiency with the Illustrator interface, enhancing workflow efficiency
    • Create and manipulate vector shapes, utilizing Illustrator's precision tools
    • Obtain advanced techniques for using Illustrator's unique drawing and path tools
    • Develop skills in using layers and artboards for organized and versatile design projects
    • Understand color theory as it applies to vector graphics and use swatches and color panels effectively
    • Acquire the ability to create complex illustrations using Pathfinder and Shape Builder tools
    • Explore the use of gradients, patterns, and brushes to add depth and texture to designs
    • Work with type in Illustrator, from simple text manipulation to advanced typographic designs
    • Manage project components, including the use of linked and embedded content
    • Discover best practices for exporting and sharing Illustrator projects in various formats for print and digital use
    • Open the door for new employment and freelance opportunities

    Self-Study

    Learn how to use Adobe Illustrator, the industry-standard vector graphics software, with the comprehensive Adobe Illustrator CC course. While there are different Adobe Illustrator courses available on the market, this course encompasses all topics covered in the Illustrator certification exam and much more, extending beyond mere exam preparation. It offers practical, real-world applications, illustrating how to leverage Illustrator's powerful tools in design work. Suitable for both new and experienced users, this online adobe illustrator training course provides valuable insights into creating intricate vector illustrations, logos, and typography.

    You will explore Illustrator's latest features and learn advanced techniques to enhance your vector art. Whether starting from scratch or seeking to refine existing skills, this course will help you learn how to use Adobe Illustrator more efficiently.

 

  • Adobe Illustrator CC 
  • Fee: $155.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP279071
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This course equips you with the skills to create sophisticated vector illustrations, logos, and typography, expanding your web design resume and helping you become proficient in Adobe Illustrator for professional graphic design work.


    This comprehensive Adobe Illustrator course caters to both beginners and experienced users, aiming to foster proficiency in this industry-standard vector graphics software. The curriculum is expansive, covering all facets pertinent to the Illustrator certification exam while delving into practical, real-world applications that demonstrate how to effectively utilize Illustrator's robust tools in design projects. You are guided through creating detailed vector illustrations, logos, and typography, with a focus on leveraging the latest features and mastering advanced techniques to elevate your vector art.

    This online Adobe Illustrator training course offers extensive benefits, including improving your workflow efficiency by becoming adept with the Illustrator interface. It provides detailed instruction on creating and manipulating vector shapes, using Illustrator's precision tools, and advanced techniques for drawing and path tools, including the Pencil and Pen tools. Participants will develop crucial skills in managing layers and artboards, applying color theory in vector graphics, and employing swatches and color panels effectively.

    The course covers the creation of complex illustrations using Pathfinder and Shape Builder tools, and introduces you to gradients, patterns, brushes, and advanced typographic designs, equipping you with the skills to manage project components and prepare for projects in various print and digital formats.

    The course is structured to facilitate self-paced learning, granting 24/7 access to on-demand content for flexibility. The curriculum is carefully laid out to guide students from the basics of the Illustrator interface and document creation to more complex tasks such as organizing projects, creating advanced illustrations, managing shapes, and working with type and project components. Practical exercises are interspersed throughout the course to reinforce learning, culminating in the ability to share and export projects proficiently. By the end of the course, you are prepared for the Illustrator certification exam and ready to tackle design projects with confidence and creativity, making you a valuable asset in the design industry.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.0 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Illustrator (not included in enrollment)
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn how to use Adobe Illustrator, the industry-standard vector graphics software, with the comprehensive Adobe Illustrator CC course. While there are different Adobe Illustrator courses available on the market, this course encompasses all topics covered in the Illustrator certification exam and much more, extending beyond mere exam preparation. It offers practical, real-world applications, illustrating how to leverage Illustrator's powerful tools in design work. Suitable for both new and experienced users, this online adobe illustrator training course provides valuable insights into creating intricate vector illustrations, logos, and typography.

    You will explore Illustrator's latest features and learn advanced techniques to enhance your vector art. Whether starting from scratch or seeking to refine existing skills, this course will help you learn how to use Adobe Illustrator more efficiently.


    1. The Illustrator Interface
      1. Illustrator Home Screen
      2. Creating New Documents
      3. Inserting a Shape
      4. The Illustrator Interface
      5. Setting Preferences
      6. Zooming
      7. Panning
      8. Rulers, Guides, and Grids
    2. Getting Started
      1. Creating a Project
      2. Create New Document (Exercise)
      3. Creating Basic Shapes
      4. Selection
      5. Creating and Modifying Shapes (Exercise)
      6. Using Drawing Modes
      7. The Alignment Tools
      8. Draw Components of the Project (Exercise)
      9. Working with Colors
      10. Working with Swatches
      11. Fill and Stroke Attributes
      12. Format Artwork (Exercise)
    3. Organizing a Project
      1. Organizing a Project
      2. Work with Layers (Exercise)
      3. Artboards
      4. Artboards and Duplication (Exercise)
    4. Creating Advanced Illustrations
      1. The Pencil and Pen Tools
      2. Drawing with the Pencil Tool (Exercise)
      3. More on the Pen Tool
      4. Drawing with the Pen Tool (Exercise)
      5. Using the Line Tools
      6. Adding Spirals (Exercise)
      7. Transforming Objects
      8. Align and Distribute Objects
      9. Tools for Reshaping
      10. Working with Grouped Objects
      11. Manipulate Project Components (Exercise)
    5. Advanced Management of Shapes
      1. Appearance Panel
      2. Appearance Panel (Exercise)
      3. Working with Pathfinder
      4. Working with Shape Builder Tool
      5. Path and Shape Builder Tools (Exercise)
      6. The Paintbrush Tool
      7. Live Paint
      8. Creating Patterns
      9. Brushes and Patterns (Exercise)
      10. Using Gradient Tools
      11. Gradients (Exercise)
      12. Working with Graphic Styles
      13. Styles (Exercise)
    6. Working with Type
      1. Working with Type
      2. Format Text
      3. Creating Types of Text (Exercise)
      4. Working with Styles
      5. Using Tab Stops
      6. Styles and Tabs (Exercise)
      7. Working with Glyphs
      8. Converting Type to Outlines
      9. Type to Outlines (Exercise)
    7. Managing Project Components
      1. Project Components
      2. Custom Art Brush
      3. Reuse (Exercise)
      4. Import Text and Thread Text Frames
      5. Import Styles
      6. Import Artwork
      7. Import (Exercise)
      8. Manage Linked and Embedded Project Components
      9. Working with Linked Content (Exercise)
    8. Sharing Your Project
      1. Proofing Your Project
      2. Preview Project
      3. Proof (Exercise)
      4. Printing
      5. Export Options
      6. Save for Video
      7. Package a Project
    9. Working In The Design Industry
      1. Client Goals and Audience
      2. Communicating about Design Plans
      3. Basic Project Management Concepts for Designers
      4. Copyright, Permissions, and Licensing
      5. Digital Image Terminology
      6. Typography
      7. Visual Composition

    What you will learn

    • How to navigate and utilize the Adobe Illustrator interface efficiently
    • Techniques for creating intricate vector illustrations, logos, and typography
    • Advanced features and tools within Illustrator to enhance your vector art
    • Real-world applications of Illustrator skills in graphic design projects

    How you will benefit

    • Gain proficiency with the Illustrator interface, enhancing workflow efficiency
    • Create and manipulate vector shapes, utilizing Illustrator's precision tools
    • Obtain advanced techniques for using Illustrator's unique drawing and path tools
    • Develop skills in using layers and artboards for organized and versatile design projects
    • Understand color theory as it applies to vector graphics and use swatches and color panels effectively
    • Acquire the ability to create complex illustrations using Pathfinder and Shape Builder tools
    • Explore the use of gradients, patterns, and brushes to add depth and texture to designs
    • Work with type in Illustrator, from simple text manipulation to advanced typographic designs
    • Manage project components, including the use of linked and embedded content
    • Discover best practices for exporting and sharing Illustrator projects in various formats for print and digital use
    • Open the door for new employment and freelance opportunities

    Self-Study

    Learn how to use Adobe Illustrator, the industry-standard vector graphics software, with the comprehensive Adobe Illustrator CC course. While there are different Adobe Illustrator courses available on the market, this course encompasses all topics covered in the Illustrator certification exam and much more, extending beyond mere exam preparation. It offers practical, real-world applications, illustrating how to leverage Illustrator's powerful tools in design work. Suitable for both new and experienced users, this online adobe illustrator training course provides valuable insights into creating intricate vector illustrations, logos, and typography.

    You will explore Illustrator's latest features and learn advanced techniques to enhance your vector art. Whether starting from scratch or seeking to refine existing skills, this course will help you learn how to use Adobe Illustrator more efficiently.

 

  • Color Theory 
  • Fee: $99.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP278061
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This self-paced course will teach you the basics of working with color in web design.


    Color plays an important role in visual communication, especially when designing websites. For web designers, understanding color theory is a key to creating a color palette for UI/UX projects. This self-paced course will teach you the fundamentals of color theory and how to apply this framework to your web design practice.

    What you will learn

    • About the traditional color wheel and explore color in Adobe Illustrator
    • About relationships between colors and how to create a color "feel"
    • Basic color theory principles
    • About considerations for print and web
    • To create a color palette for your project

    How you will benefit

    • Master the basics color theory in a completely online environment
    • Expand your web design skills to UI/UX
    • Perfect your use of color in your design projects

    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.0 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Recommended: Though they are not strictly required, you will get the most out of this course if you have Adobe Photoshop and/or Adobe Illustrator installed on your computer. These tools are not included with the course.

    • Adobe Photoshop (not included in enrollment)
    • Adobe Illustrator (not included in enrollment)

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn the rules for working with color in UI design projects.


    1. Terminology
      1. Color Wheel
      2. Explore a Live Color Wheel
      3. Saturation, Hues and Shades
      4. Exploring Shades and Tints Using Adobe Illustrator
      5. Value of the Hue
      6. Explore a Color Using Photoshop
      7. Color Scheme
    2. Building an Efficient Color Theme
      1. Triadic Colors
      2. Complementary Colors
      3. Split Colors
      4. Analogous Colors
      5. Color Moods
      6. Work with Client Color Plans
      7. Medium Types
    3. Color Theory Principles
      1. Complementary Colors
      2. Contrasting
      3. Vibrancy
      4. Monochromatic
      5. Work with Color Principles
    4. Color Context
      1. Mode RGB/CMYK
      2. Print or Screen
      3. Audience Type
      4. Choose Colors for Different Audience Types
      5. Scope of Project
    5. Implementing Color
      1. Create Color Palette
      2. Mechanics of a Color Scheme
      3. Whitespace
      4. Creating an Electronic Color Scheme


    Self-Study

    Learn the rules for working with color in UI design projects.

 

  • Color Theory 
  • Fee: $99.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP278061
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This self-paced course will teach you the basics of working with color in web design.


    Color plays an important role in visual communication, especially when designing websites. For web designers, understanding color theory is a key to creating a color palette for UI/UX projects. This self-paced course will teach you the fundamentals of color theory and how to apply this framework to your web design practice.

    What you will learn

    • About the traditional color wheel and explore color in Adobe Illustrator
    • About relationships between colors and how to create a color "feel"
    • Basic color theory principles
    • About considerations for print and web
    • To create a color palette for your project

    How you will benefit

    • Master the basics color theory in a completely online environment
    • Expand your web design skills to UI/UX
    • Perfect your use of color in your design projects

    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.0 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Recommended: Though they are not strictly required, you will get the most out of this course if you have Adobe Photoshop and/or Adobe Illustrator installed on your computer. These tools are not included with the course.

    • Adobe Photoshop (not included in enrollment)
    • Adobe Illustrator (not included in enrollment)

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn the rules for working with color in UI design projects.


    1. Terminology
      1. Color Wheel
      2. Explore a Live Color Wheel
      3. Saturation, Hues and Shades
      4. Exploring Shades and Tints Using Adobe Illustrator
      5. Value of the Hue
      6. Explore a Color Using Photoshop
      7. Color Scheme
    2. Building an Efficient Color Theme
      1. Triadic Colors
      2. Complementary Colors
      3. Split Colors
      4. Analogous Colors
      5. Color Moods
      6. Work with Client Color Plans
      7. Medium Types
    3. Color Theory Principles
      1. Complementary Colors
      2. Contrasting
      3. Vibrancy
      4. Monochromatic
      5. Work with Color Principles
    4. Color Context
      1. Mode RGB/CMYK
      2. Print or Screen
      3. Audience Type
      4. Choose Colors for Different Audience Types
      5. Scope of Project
    5. Implementing Color
      1. Create Color Palette
      2. Mechanics of a Color Scheme
      3. Whitespace
      4. Creating an Electronic Color Scheme


    Self-Study

    Learn the rules for working with color in UI design projects.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27522202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to create websites with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform.


    Learn how to create attractive, sophisticated blogs and websites—without any coding! WordPress is the world's most popular content management system, powering more than 40 percent of all sites on the Internet. WordPress is an easy-to-use solution that will help you put your site on the web in far less time than by coding, and at a much lower cost than hiring a professional.

    In these lessons, you'll get hands-on experience with this powerful tool as you create your own WordPress.org site and blog. You'll find out how to use WordPress to create pages and posts, add images and videos, change a site's look and feel, and include user-friendly features. You'll discover the ease of using WordPress design themes to express your creativity, and you'll see how much fun it is to be part of the vibrant WordPress online community.

    In addition to mastering the technical elements of WordPress, you'll learn how to organize a blog or website, create appealing content, keep your site secure, and achieve better positions on search engine results pages. By the end of this course, you'll be able to confidently use WordPress to create a blog or a personal, business, or organizational website.

    The WordPress.org version covered in this class is the platform the pros use. To set up a practice site for this class, you will need to sign up for a hosting account. Several options are described in the lessons. WordPress itself is free, but you'll need to host it somewhere.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Microsoft Edge are preferred. Mozilla Firefox and Safari are also compatible.
    • WordPress.org requires a paid hosting account. You'll receive instructions on how to sign up for an account.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Getting Started With WordPress

    This first lesson explores the magic of WordPress! You'll discover how to use this WordPress to create an attractive, dynamic blog or website—without needing to learn any special code. You'll find out what the two "flavors" of WordPress are and why most experts recommend the WordPress.org version we will use in this course. Then you'll go online, sign up for a hosting account, and tour the WordPress Dashboard.

    Creating a Blog

    What can a blog do that a website can't? Blogging's become a popular way to establish an online presence. This lesson focuses on how adding a blog can make a traditional website more effective. Then you'll build a blog with WordPress—by creating, refining, and categorizing posts. You'll also find out how to encourage and control visitor feedback.

    Making a WordPress Website

    Get the best of both worlds by combining a blog with a traditional website. In this lesson, you'll use WordPress to create and organize web pages. You will also learn how to convert your blog to a traditional website—or vice versa—with the click of a button.

    Making Your Pages Look Great

    This lesson is all about WordPress themes—the templates that give your website its look and feel. You'll discover how to choose a theme, install it, and tweak it.

    Working With Images and Multimedia

    Photos, drawings, charts, videos, and audio clips can make your website more appealing and understandable. This lesson teaches you how to use WordPress to upload and insert images and multimedia files.

    Plugins: The Modular Solution for Functional Websites

    Plugins are little programs that add features to your WordPress website. In this lesson, you'll learn how to find and use them.

    Making a User-Friendly Website

    If your online visitors have trouble understanding or navigating your website, they'll go somewhere else. This lesson helps you pinpoint and eliminate usability problems.

    Polishing Your WordPress Website

    In this lesson, you'll take a long, hard look at your class project and how to make it better. You'll create a front page featuring both static and dynamic content; add links to pages, documents, email, and other sites; and repair typos, grammatical errors, and other mistakes.

    Getting Search Engines to Love Your Website

    What if you launched a website and nobody came? This lesson will show you how to keep that from happening. You'll find out what makes search engines tick and how to get them to visit your pages.

    Making the Most of Statistics and Social Networking

    Statistics are just a bunch of numbers if you don't know how to use them. This lesson focuses on how to analyze stats so you can improve your site. You'll also find out how to tie your WordPress pages into social sites like Facebook and Twitter.

    WordPress Security and Monetization

    This lesson will teach you how to protect a WordPress site against hackers and reviews money-making strategies for blogs and websites.

    Mastering Your Domains

    In the final lesson, you will take a tour of the hosting control panel, discuss domain naming strategies, and review where to get help after the course ends.


    What you will learn

    • Learn to use WordPress to create pages and posts, add images and videos, change a site's look and feel, and include user-friendly features
    • Learn how to organize a blog or website and create appealing content
    • Discover how to keep your site secure and achieve better positions on search engine results pages

    How you will benefit

    • Confidently use WordPress to create a blog or a personal, business, or organizational website
    • Open the door to more career opportunities as a WordPress designer for small businesses
    • Create your own personal website to brand yourself and your business services online

    Richard Mansfield

    Richard Mansfield is a best-selling author and widely recognized expert on computer programming. He holds a master's degree in English from the University of California, Santa Barbara. He has written numerous articles and columns on computer topics, and was the editor of Compute! Magazine. In addition, he has authored or co-authored 44 books, including the best sellers Machine Language for Beginners (Compute!) and The Visual Guide to Visual Basic (Ventana). His more recent titles include Creating Web Pages for Dummies (co-authored, Wiley), XML for Dummies: All-in-One Desktop Reference (co-authored, Wiley), Mastering VBA for Office 2019 (Sybex), and Programming: A Beginner's Guide (McGraw-Hill). Richard's books have sold more than 600,000 copies worldwide and have been translated into 12 languages.


    Learn how to create websites with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27522203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to create websites with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform.


    Learn how to create attractive, sophisticated blogs and websites—without any coding! WordPress is the world's most popular content management system, powering more than 40 percent of all sites on the Internet. WordPress is an easy-to-use solution that will help you put your site on the web in far less time than by coding, and at a much lower cost than hiring a professional.

    In these lessons, you'll get hands-on experience with this powerful tool as you create your own WordPress.org site and blog. You'll find out how to use WordPress to create pages and posts, add images and videos, change a site's look and feel, and include user-friendly features. You'll discover the ease of using WordPress design themes to express your creativity, and you'll see how much fun it is to be part of the vibrant WordPress online community.

    In addition to mastering the technical elements of WordPress, you'll learn how to organize a blog or website, create appealing content, keep your site secure, and achieve better positions on search engine results pages. By the end of this course, you'll be able to confidently use WordPress to create a blog or a personal, business, or organizational website.

    The WordPress.org version covered in this class is the platform the pros use. To set up a practice site for this class, you will need to sign up for a hosting account. Several options are described in the lessons. WordPress itself is free, but you'll need to host it somewhere.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Microsoft Edge are preferred. Mozilla Firefox and Safari are also compatible.
    • WordPress.org requires a paid hosting account. You'll receive instructions on how to sign up for an account.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Getting Started With WordPress

    This first lesson explores the magic of WordPress! You'll discover how to use this WordPress to create an attractive, dynamic blog or website—without needing to learn any special code. You'll find out what the two "flavors" of WordPress are and why most experts recommend the WordPress.org version we will use in this course. Then you'll go online, sign up for a hosting account, and tour the WordPress Dashboard.

    Creating a Blog

    What can a blog do that a website can't? Blogging's become a popular way to establish an online presence. This lesson focuses on how adding a blog can make a traditional website more effective. Then you'll build a blog with WordPress—by creating, refining, and categorizing posts. You'll also find out how to encourage and control visitor feedback.

    Making a WordPress Website

    Get the best of both worlds by combining a blog with a traditional website. In this lesson, you'll use WordPress to create and organize web pages. You will also learn how to convert your blog to a traditional website—or vice versa—with the click of a button.

    Making Your Pages Look Great

    This lesson is all about WordPress themes—the templates that give your website its look and feel. You'll discover how to choose a theme, install it, and tweak it.

    Working With Images and Multimedia

    Photos, drawings, charts, videos, and audio clips can make your website more appealing and understandable. This lesson teaches you how to use WordPress to upload and insert images and multimedia files.

    Plugins: The Modular Solution for Functional Websites

    Plugins are little programs that add features to your WordPress website. In this lesson, you'll learn how to find and use them.

    Making a User-Friendly Website

    If your online visitors have trouble understanding or navigating your website, they'll go somewhere else. This lesson helps you pinpoint and eliminate usability problems.

    Polishing Your WordPress Website

    In this lesson, you'll take a long, hard look at your class project and how to make it better. You'll create a front page featuring both static and dynamic content; add links to pages, documents, email, and other sites; and repair typos, grammatical errors, and other mistakes.

    Getting Search Engines to Love Your Website

    What if you launched a website and nobody came? This lesson will show you how to keep that from happening. You'll find out what makes search engines tick and how to get them to visit your pages.

    Making the Most of Statistics and Social Networking

    Statistics are just a bunch of numbers if you don't know how to use them. This lesson focuses on how to analyze stats so you can improve your site. You'll also find out how to tie your WordPress pages into social sites like Facebook and Twitter.

    WordPress Security and Monetization

    This lesson will teach you how to protect a WordPress site against hackers and reviews money-making strategies for blogs and websites.

    Mastering Your Domains

    In the final lesson, you will take a tour of the hosting control panel, discuss domain naming strategies, and review where to get help after the course ends.


    What you will learn

    • Learn to use WordPress to create pages and posts, add images and videos, change a site's look and feel, and include user-friendly features
    • Learn how to organize a blog or website and create appealing content
    • Discover how to keep your site secure and achieve better positions on search engine results pages

    How you will benefit

    • Confidently use WordPress to create a blog or a personal, business, or organizational website
    • Open the door to more career opportunities as a WordPress designer for small businesses
    • Create your own personal website to brand yourself and your business services online

    Richard Mansfield

    Richard Mansfield is a best-selling author and widely recognized expert on computer programming. He holds a master's degree in English from the University of California, Santa Barbara. He has written numerous articles and columns on computer topics, and was the editor of Compute! Magazine. In addition, he has authored or co-authored 44 books, including the best sellers Machine Language for Beginners (Compute!) and The Visual Guide to Visual Basic (Ventana). His more recent titles include Creating Web Pages for Dummies (co-authored, Wiley), XML for Dummies: All-in-One Desktop Reference (co-authored, Wiley), Mastering VBA for Office 2019 (Sybex), and Programming: A Beginner's Guide (McGraw-Hill). Richard's books have sold more than 600,000 copies worldwide and have been translated into 12 languages.


 

  • Creating WordPress Websites (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP276261
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to create websites with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform.


    Learn how to create attractive, sophisticated blogs and websites—without any coding! WordPress is the world's most popular content management system, powering more than 40 percent of all sites on the Internet. WordPress is an easy-to-use solution that will help you put your site on the web in far less time than by coding, and at a much lower cost than hiring a professional.

    In these lessons, you'll get hands-on experience with this powerful tool as you create your own WordPress.org site and blog. You'll find out how to use WordPress to create pages and posts, add images and videos, change a site's look and feel, and include user-friendly features. You'll discover the ease of using WordPress design themes to express your creativity, and you'll see how much fun it is to be part of the vibrant WordPress online community.

    In addition to mastering the technical elements of WordPress, you'll learn how to organize a blog or website, create appealing content, keep your site secure, and achieve better positions on search engine results pages. By the end of this course, you'll be able to confidently use WordPress to create a blog or a personal, business, or organizational website.

    The WordPress.org version covered in this class is the platform the pros use. To set up a practice site for this class, you will need to sign up for a hosting account. Several options are described in the first lesson. WordPress itself is free, but it needs to be hosted in the cloud.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • WordPress.org requires a paid hosting account. You'll receive instructions on how to sign up for an account.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn how to create websites with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform.


    Getting Started With WordPress

    This first lesson explores the magic of WordPress! You'll discover how to use this WordPress to create an attractive, dynamic blog or website—without needing to learn any special code. You'll find out what the two "flavors" of WordPress are and why most experts recommend the WordPress.org version we will use in this course. Then you'll go online, sign up for a hosting account, and tour the WordPress Dashboard.

    Creating a Blog

    What can a blog do that a website can't? Blogging's become a popular way to establish an online presence. This lesson focuses on how adding a blog can make a traditional website more effective. Then you'll build a blog with WordPress—by creating, refining, and categorizing posts. You'll also find out how to encourage and control visitor feedback.

    Making a WordPress Website

    Get the best of both worlds by combining a blog with a traditional website. In this lesson, you'll use WordPress to create and organize Web pages. And you will learn how to convert your blog to a traditional website—or vice versa—with the click of a button.

    Making Your Pages Look Great

    This lesson's all about WordPress themes—the templates that give your website its look and feel. You'll discover how to choose a theme, install it, and tweak it.

    Working With Images and Multimedia

    Photos, drawings, charts, videos, and audio clips can make your website more appealing and understandable. This lesson teaches you how to use WordPress to upload and insert images and multimedia files.

    Plugins: The Modular Solution for Functional Websites

    Plugins are little programs that add features to your WordPress website. In this lesson, you'll learn how to find and use them.

    Making a User-Friendly Website

    If your online visitors have trouble understanding or navigating your website, they'll go somewhere else. This lesson helps you pinpoint and eliminate usability problems.

    Polishing Your WordPress Website

    This lesson takes a long, hard look at your class project and how to make it better. You'll create a front page featuring both static and dynamic content; add links to pages, documents, email, and other sites; and repair typos, grammatical errors, and other mistakes.

    Getting Search Engines to Love Your Website

    What if you launched a website and nobody came? This lesson will show you how to keep that from happening. You'll find out what makes search engines tick and how to get them to visit your pages.

    Making the Most of Statistics and Social Networking

    Statistics are just a bunch of numbers if you don't know how to use them. This lesson focuses on how to analyze stats so you can improve your site. You'll also find out how to tie your WordPress pages into social sites like Facebook and Twitter.

    WordPress Security and Monetization

    This lesson will teach you how to protect a WordPress site against hackers and reviews money-making strategies for blogs and websites.

    Mastering Your Domains

    In the final lesson, you will take a tour of the hosting control panel, discuss domain naming strategies, and review where to get help after the course ends.



    Self-Study

    Learn how to create websites with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform.

 

  • Creating WordPress Websites (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP276261
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to create websites with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform.


    Learn how to create attractive, sophisticated blogs and websites—without any coding! WordPress is the world's most popular content management system, powering more than 40 percent of all sites on the Internet. WordPress is an easy-to-use solution that will help you put your site on the web in far less time than by coding, and at a much lower cost than hiring a professional.

    In these lessons, you'll get hands-on experience with this powerful tool as you create your own WordPress.org site and blog. You'll find out how to use WordPress to create pages and posts, add images and videos, change a site's look and feel, and include user-friendly features. You'll discover the ease of using WordPress design themes to express your creativity, and you'll see how much fun it is to be part of the vibrant WordPress online community.

    In addition to mastering the technical elements of WordPress, you'll learn how to organize a blog or website, create appealing content, keep your site secure, and achieve better positions on search engine results pages. By the end of this course, you'll be able to confidently use WordPress to create a blog or a personal, business, or organizational website.

    The WordPress.org version covered in this class is the platform the pros use. To set up a practice site for this class, you will need to sign up for a hosting account. Several options are described in the first lesson. WordPress itself is free, but it needs to be hosted in the cloud.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • WordPress.org requires a paid hosting account. You'll receive instructions on how to sign up for an account.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn how to create websites with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform.


    Getting Started With WordPress

    This first lesson explores the magic of WordPress! You'll discover how to use this WordPress to create an attractive, dynamic blog or website—without needing to learn any special code. You'll find out what the two "flavors" of WordPress are and why most experts recommend the WordPress.org version we will use in this course. Then you'll go online, sign up for a hosting account, and tour the WordPress Dashboard.

    Creating a Blog

    What can a blog do that a website can't? Blogging's become a popular way to establish an online presence. This lesson focuses on how adding a blog can make a traditional website more effective. Then you'll build a blog with WordPress—by creating, refining, and categorizing posts. You'll also find out how to encourage and control visitor feedback.

    Making a WordPress Website

    Get the best of both worlds by combining a blog with a traditional website. In this lesson, you'll use WordPress to create and organize Web pages. And you will learn how to convert your blog to a traditional website—or vice versa—with the click of a button.

    Making Your Pages Look Great

    This lesson's all about WordPress themes—the templates that give your website its look and feel. You'll discover how to choose a theme, install it, and tweak it.

    Working With Images and Multimedia

    Photos, drawings, charts, videos, and audio clips can make your website more appealing and understandable. This lesson teaches you how to use WordPress to upload and insert images and multimedia files.

    Plugins: The Modular Solution for Functional Websites

    Plugins are little programs that add features to your WordPress website. In this lesson, you'll learn how to find and use them.

    Making a User-Friendly Website

    If your online visitors have trouble understanding or navigating your website, they'll go somewhere else. This lesson helps you pinpoint and eliminate usability problems.

    Polishing Your WordPress Website

    This lesson takes a long, hard look at your class project and how to make it better. You'll create a front page featuring both static and dynamic content; add links to pages, documents, email, and other sites; and repair typos, grammatical errors, and other mistakes.

    Getting Search Engines to Love Your Website

    What if you launched a website and nobody came? This lesson will show you how to keep that from happening. You'll find out what makes search engines tick and how to get them to visit your pages.

    Making the Most of Statistics and Social Networking

    Statistics are just a bunch of numbers if you don't know how to use them. This lesson focuses on how to analyze stats so you can improve your site. You'll also find out how to tie your WordPress pages into social sites like Facebook and Twitter.

    WordPress Security and Monetization

    This lesson will teach you how to protect a WordPress site against hackers and reviews money-making strategies for blogs and websites.

    Mastering Your Domains

    In the final lesson, you will take a tour of the hosting control panel, discuss domain naming strategies, and review where to get help after the course ends.



    Self-Study

    Learn how to create websites with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27387202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn powerful graphic design techniques and build websites that are both attractive and wickedly effective.


    These days, creating a website is so easy almost anyone can do it. But with all the competition on the web, creating a site that's effective is more challenging than ever. Regardless of your current skills or level of knowledge, in this course you'll master the basics of web design and learn how to build sites that are better and more effective.

    You'll examine the tension between form and function, explore the six major states of the website development process, and learn the basics of user-centered design. You'll also look at the five basic steps to organizing information, find out how site design themes can be used for information delivery, and review website design considerations. Along the way, you'll learn about effective type and graphics and explore the idea of making a website fully interactive. This course is a must for web designers, giving the tips and tools that will help them establish a solid career.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • An imaging program, such as Photoshop or Paint Shop Pro, is recommended (not included in enrollment).
    • A web page authoring tool, such as Adobe Dreamweaver or Microsoft Expression Web, is recommended (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Form Versus Function

    This course is different from most web creation courses you'll find because it's not designed to teach you the mechanics of creating a web page or how to use a particular software program. Instead, it's designed to help you take your website creations to the next level by enhancing both design and functionality. You'll discover what attracts visitors to a website, and how to use design tools such as typography, Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), and multimedia to captivate visitors and keep them coming back.

    Website Planning Process

    Visitors are attracted by good design, but content is what keeps them at the site longer and motivates them to return. Learn how to use two tools to attract and retain visitors: design critiques and a content inventory. Explore the six major development stages that yield expert design and smart content. Then study the three parts of web design and the skills you'll need for each.

    Interface Design

    By now, you probably understand that an interface is the screen visitors see and use when they visit any page of your site. Designing an interface is easy. Designing an effective interface, however, is more challenging. There are four main elements that you'll need to consider to make your site user-centric: usability, visualization, functionality, and accessibility. Explore each of these elements to see the thought that goes into effective interface design.

    Site Structure

    Even if your basic content is accurate, attractive, and well written, your site won't function well without a solid and logical organizational foundation. Review the five basic steps involved in organizing information and four essential structures that you can use to build a website. Then learn how to create a flowchart for the pages you want to include on your site.

    Site Design

    Websites exist to inform, educate, persuade, or entertain. Take this opportunity to concentrate on site design themes that pay attention to information delivery. Learn how to organize elements in order to enable visitors to accomplish their own goals. Explore usability, content, and design.

    Page Design

    Discover how you can use visual and graphic design, page layout, and grids to take your designs to the next level. At the same time, become familiar with design considerations like visual hierarchy, page dimensions, and white space.

    Typography on the Web

    Typography plays a dual role by providing both verbal and visual communication. Almost any type of font will do to transmit information to others. But to convey the right type of mood along with the information takes a special type and color of font. Learn all the secrets here!

    CSS and Font Embedding

    Find out how you can use Cascading Style Sheets to modify fonts. Become familiar with inline, document-level, and external (linked) style sheets, and learn how to create an external CSS file to control the formatting of any or all pages on your site. You'll also take a look at some early font embedding techniques and explore two popular Flash-related options currently in use.

    Writing for the Web

    Before you write for the web, you should take the time to understand how people read online. Become familiar with the use of titles, headlines, and subheads to assist readers in navigating your site. Discover the advantages of using a web content management system. Learn how you can communicate more easily and informally with web visitors by adding a blog to your site.

    Images, Colors, and Layers

    You can use images to add interest to your site and to help with navigation. Early designers were limited graphically by HTML attributes, and later designers discovered they could use tables to place images. Today's designers also use CSS to add styles to their text and images. As fun as CSS can be, you also have to take accessibility into account so that users with older browsers or screen readers can still navigate your website.

    CSS Positioning: More Layers

    The combination of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript allows you to create intensely interactive web applications similar to any game or presentation built with traditional programming languages. This interaction of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript is known as Dynamic HTML or DHTML. Become familiar with the basics of DHTML, including code you can use to enhance your designs by adding layers to your pages.

    Web 2.0 and Beyond

    Early websites were created by a few to be read by many. Over the years, developers added interactivity to websites through discussion forums, chat rooms, and shopping carts. These features are part of what might be called "web 1.0". Today the focus has shifted from the sponsor of the site to the visitor, and sites like Flickr and YouTube are popular. They're examples of web 2.0 sites. Examine several popular web 2.0 sites, and take a look ahead to web 3.0.


    What you will learn

    • Learn the fundamentals of effective website design
    • Discover the relationship between website design themes and information delivery
    • Explore the six major states of the website development process
    • Learn how to effectively reach an online audience and stand out from the fierce competition

    How you will benefit

    • Learn about the elements and principles of design and how they can be applied to a number of career fields
    • Gain confidence in your ability to communicate and market to a specific audience
    • Open the door to new career opportunities
    • Gain a greater understanding of modern, forward-thinking website design

    Richard Blum

    Richard Blum has been an IT industry professional for over 20 years, working mainly as a network and systems administrator. During this time, he has worked with Microsoft, Novell, Unix, and Linux servers, and has created websites using a variety of different programming languages. Blum is the author of several programming and systems administration books, including Professional Assembly Language, C# Network Programming, PostgreSQL 8 for Windows, Sendmail for Linux, Postfix, and Network Performance Open Source Toolkit.


    Master the basics of web design and learn to build sites that are better and more effective. This course provides powerful graphic design techniques that will help your site stand-out from all the others.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27387203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn powerful graphic design techniques and build websites that are both attractive and wickedly effective.


    These days, creating a website is so easy almost anyone can do it. But with all the competition on the web, creating a site that's effective is more challenging than ever. Regardless of your current skills or level of knowledge, in this course you'll master the basics of web design and learn how to build sites that are better and more effective.

    You'll examine the tension between form and function, explore the six major states of the website development process, and learn the basics of user-centered design. You'll also look at the five basic steps to organizing information, find out how site design themes can be used for information delivery, and review website design considerations. Along the way, you'll learn about effective type and graphics and explore the idea of making a website fully interactive. This course is a must for web designers, giving the tips and tools that will help them establish a solid career.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • An imaging program, such as Photoshop or Paint Shop Pro, is recommended (not included in enrollment).
    • A web page authoring tool, such as Adobe Dreamweaver or Microsoft Expression Web, is recommended (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Form Versus Function

    This course is different from most web creation courses you'll find because it's not designed to teach you the mechanics of creating a web page or how to use a particular software program. Instead, it's designed to help you take your website creations to the next level by enhancing both design and functionality. You'll discover what attracts visitors to a website, and how to use design tools such as typography, Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), and multimedia to captivate visitors and keep them coming back.

    Website Planning Process

    Visitors are attracted by good design, but content is what keeps them at the site longer and motivates them to return. Learn how to use two tools to attract and retain visitors: design critiques and a content inventory. Explore the six major development stages that yield expert design and smart content. Then study the three parts of web design and the skills you'll need for each.

    Interface Design

    By now, you probably understand that an interface is the screen visitors see and use when they visit any page of your site. Designing an interface is easy. Designing an effective interface, however, is more challenging. There are four main elements that you'll need to consider to make your site user-centric: usability, visualization, functionality, and accessibility. Explore each of these elements to see the thought that goes into effective interface design.

    Site Structure

    Even if your basic content is accurate, attractive, and well written, your site won't function well without a solid and logical organizational foundation. Review the five basic steps involved in organizing information and four essential structures that you can use to build a website. Then learn how to create a flowchart for the pages you want to include on your site.

    Site Design

    Websites exist to inform, educate, persuade, or entertain. Take this opportunity to concentrate on site design themes that pay attention to information delivery. Learn how to organize elements in order to enable visitors to accomplish their own goals. Explore usability, content, and design.

    Page Design

    Discover how you can use visual and graphic design, page layout, and grids to take your designs to the next level. At the same time, become familiar with design considerations like visual hierarchy, page dimensions, and white space.

    Typography on the Web

    Typography plays a dual role by providing both verbal and visual communication. Almost any type of font will do to transmit information to others. But to convey the right type of mood along with the information takes a special type and color of font. Learn all the secrets here!

    CSS and Font Embedding

    Find out how you can use Cascading Style Sheets to modify fonts. Become familiar with inline, document-level, and external (linked) style sheets, and learn how to create an external CSS file to control the formatting of any or all pages on your site. You'll also take a look at some early font embedding techniques and explore two popular Flash-related options currently in use.

    Writing for the Web

    Before you write for the web, you should take the time to understand how people read online. Become familiar with the use of titles, headlines, and subheads to assist readers in navigating your site. Discover the advantages of using a web content management system. Learn how you can communicate more easily and informally with web visitors by adding a blog to your site.

    Images, Colors, and Layers

    You can use images to add interest to your site and to help with navigation. Early designers were limited graphically by HTML attributes, and later designers discovered they could use tables to place images. Today's designers also use CSS to add styles to their text and images. As fun as CSS can be, you also have to take accessibility into account so that users with older browsers or screen readers can still navigate your website.

    CSS Positioning: More Layers

    The combination of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript allows you to create intensely interactive web applications similar to any game or presentation built with traditional programming languages. This interaction of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript is known as Dynamic HTML or DHTML. Become familiar with the basics of DHTML, including code you can use to enhance your designs by adding layers to your pages.

    Web 2.0 and Beyond

    Early websites were created by a few to be read by many. Over the years, developers added interactivity to websites through discussion forums, chat rooms, and shopping carts. These features are part of what might be called "web 1.0". Today the focus has shifted from the sponsor of the site to the visitor, and sites like Flickr and YouTube are popular. They're examples of web 2.0 sites. Examine several popular web 2.0 sites, and take a look ahead to web 3.0.


    What you will learn

    • Learn the fundamentals of effective website design
    • Discover the relationship between website design themes and information delivery
    • Explore the six major states of the website development process
    • Learn how to effectively reach an online audience and stand out from the fierce competition

    How you will benefit

    • Learn about the elements and principles of design and how they can be applied to a number of career fields
    • Gain confidence in your ability to communicate and market to a specific audience
    • Open the door to new career opportunities
    • Gain a greater understanding of modern, forward-thinking website design

    Richard Blum

    Richard Blum has been an IT industry professional for over 20 years, working mainly as a network and systems administrator. During this time, he has worked with Microsoft, Novell, Unix, and Linux servers, and has created websites using a variety of different programming languages. Blum is the author of several programming and systems administration books, including Professional Assembly Language, C# Network Programming, PostgreSQL 8 for Windows, Sendmail for Linux, Postfix, and Network Performance Open Source Toolkit.


 

  • Designing Effective Websites (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP278381
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn powerful graphic design techniques and build websites that are both attractive and wickedly effective.


    These days, creating a website is so easy almost anyone can do it. But with all the competition on the web, creating a site that's effective is more challenging than ever. Regardless of your current skills or level of knowledge, in this course you'll master the basics of web design and learn how to build sites that are better and more effective.

    You'll examine the tension between form and function, explore the six major states of the website development process, and learn the basics of user-centered design. You'll also cover the five basic steps to organizing information, find out how site design themes can be used for information delivery, and review website design considerations. Along the way, you'll learn about effective type and graphics and explore the idea of web 2.0. This course is a must for web designers, giving the tips and tools that will help them establish a solid career.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • An imaging program, such as Photoshop or Paint Shop Pro, is recommended (not included in enrollment).
    • A web page authoring tool, such as Adobe Dreamweaver or Microsoft Expression Web, is recommended (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Master the basics of web design and learn to build sites that are better and more effective. This course provides powerful graphic design techniques for attractive websites and is a must for web designers — giving the tips and tools that will help your site stand-out from all the others.


    Form Versus Function

    This course is different from most web creation courses you'll find because it's not designed to teach you the mechanics of creating a web page or how to use a particular software program. Instead, it's designed to help you take your website creations to the next level by enhancing both design and functionality. You'll discover what attracts visitors to a website, and how to use design tools such as typography, Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), and multimedia to captivate visitors and keep them coming back.

    Website Planning Process

    Visitors are attracted by good design, but content is what keeps them at the site longer and motivates them to return. Learn how to use two tools to attract and retain visitors: design critiques and a content inventory. Explore the six major development stages that yield expert design and smart content. Then study the three parts of web design and the skills you'll need for each.

    Interface Design

    By now, you probably understand that an interface is the screen visitors see and use when they visit any page of your site. Designing an interface is easy. Designing an effective interface, however, is more challenging. There are four main elements that you'll need to consider to make your site user-centric: usability, visualization, functionality, and accessibility. Explore each of these elements to see the thought that goes into effective interface design.

    Site Structure

    Even if your basic content is accurate, attractive, and well written, your site won't function well without a solid and logical organizational foundation. Review the five basic steps involved in organizing information and four essential structures that you can use to build a website. Then learn how to create a flowchart for the pages you want to include on your site.

    Site Design

    Websites exist to inform, educate, persuade, or entertain. Take this opportunity to concentrate on site design themes that pay attention to information delivery. Learn how to organize elements in order to enable visitors to accomplish their own goals. Explore usability, content, and design.

    Page Design

    Discover how you can use visual and graphic design, page layout, and grids to take your designs to the next level. At the same time, become familiar with design considerations like visual hierarchy, page dimensions, and white space.

    Typography on the Web

    Typography plays a dual role by providing both verbal and visual communication. Almost any type of font will do to transmit information to others. But to convey the right type of mood along with the information takes a special type and color of font. Learn all the secrets here!

    CSS and Font Embedding

    Find out how you can use Cascading Style Sheets to modify fonts. Become familiar with inline, document-level, and external (linked) style sheets, and learn how to create an external CSS file to control the formatting of any or all pages on your site. You'll also take a look at some early font embedding techniques and explore two popular Flash-related options currently in use.

    Writing for the Web

    Before you write for the web, you should take the time to understand how people read online. Become familiar with the use of titles, headlines, and subheads to assist readers in navigating your site. Discover the advantages of using a web content management system. Learn how you can communicate more easily and informally with web visitors by adding a blog to your site.

    Images, Colors, and Layers

    You can use images to add interest to your site and to help with navigation. Early designers were limited graphically by HTML attributes, and later designers discovered they could use tables to place images. Today's designers also have the option of using CSS to position images on the screen. But believe it or not, many people still use text-based browsers. So, you'll learn how to make the information you convey through your images accessible to those individuals as well.

    CSS Positioning: More Layers

    The combination of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript allows you to create intensely interactive web applications similar to any game or presentation built with traditional programming languages. This interaction of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript is known as Dynamic HTML or DHTML. Become familiar with the basics of DHTML, including code you can use to enhance your designs by adding layers to your pages.

    Web 2.0 and Beyond

    Early websites were created by a few to be read by many. Over the years, developers added interactivity to websites through discussion forums, chat rooms, and shopping carts. These features are part of what might be called "web 1.0". Today the focus has shifted from the sponsor of the site to the visitor, and sites like Flickr and YouTube are popular. They're examples of web 2.0 sites. Examine several popular web 2.0 sites, and take a look ahead to web 3.0.



    Self-Study

    Master the basics of web design and learn to build sites that are better and more effective. This course provides powerful graphic design techniques for attractive websites and is a must for web designers — giving the tips and tools that will help your site stand-out from all the others.

 

  • Designing Effective Websites (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP278381
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn powerful graphic design techniques and build websites that are both attractive and wickedly effective.


    These days, creating a website is so easy almost anyone can do it. But with all the competition on the web, creating a site that's effective is more challenging than ever. Regardless of your current skills or level of knowledge, in this course you'll master the basics of web design and learn how to build sites that are better and more effective.

    You'll examine the tension between form and function, explore the six major states of the website development process, and learn the basics of user-centered design. You'll also cover the five basic steps to organizing information, find out how site design themes can be used for information delivery, and review website design considerations. Along the way, you'll learn about effective type and graphics and explore the idea of web 2.0. This course is a must for web designers, giving the tips and tools that will help them establish a solid career.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • An imaging program, such as Photoshop or Paint Shop Pro, is recommended (not included in enrollment).
    • A web page authoring tool, such as Adobe Dreamweaver or Microsoft Expression Web, is recommended (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Master the basics of web design and learn to build sites that are better and more effective. This course provides powerful graphic design techniques for attractive websites and is a must for web designers — giving the tips and tools that will help your site stand-out from all the others.


    Form Versus Function

    This course is different from most web creation courses you'll find because it's not designed to teach you the mechanics of creating a web page or how to use a particular software program. Instead, it's designed to help you take your website creations to the next level by enhancing both design and functionality. You'll discover what attracts visitors to a website, and how to use design tools such as typography, Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), and multimedia to captivate visitors and keep them coming back.

    Website Planning Process

    Visitors are attracted by good design, but content is what keeps them at the site longer and motivates them to return. Learn how to use two tools to attract and retain visitors: design critiques and a content inventory. Explore the six major development stages that yield expert design and smart content. Then study the three parts of web design and the skills you'll need for each.

    Interface Design

    By now, you probably understand that an interface is the screen visitors see and use when they visit any page of your site. Designing an interface is easy. Designing an effective interface, however, is more challenging. There are four main elements that you'll need to consider to make your site user-centric: usability, visualization, functionality, and accessibility. Explore each of these elements to see the thought that goes into effective interface design.

    Site Structure

    Even if your basic content is accurate, attractive, and well written, your site won't function well without a solid and logical organizational foundation. Review the five basic steps involved in organizing information and four essential structures that you can use to build a website. Then learn how to create a flowchart for the pages you want to include on your site.

    Site Design

    Websites exist to inform, educate, persuade, or entertain. Take this opportunity to concentrate on site design themes that pay attention to information delivery. Learn how to organize elements in order to enable visitors to accomplish their own goals. Explore usability, content, and design.

    Page Design

    Discover how you can use visual and graphic design, page layout, and grids to take your designs to the next level. At the same time, become familiar with design considerations like visual hierarchy, page dimensions, and white space.

    Typography on the Web

    Typography plays a dual role by providing both verbal and visual communication. Almost any type of font will do to transmit information to others. But to convey the right type of mood along with the information takes a special type and color of font. Learn all the secrets here!

    CSS and Font Embedding

    Find out how you can use Cascading Style Sheets to modify fonts. Become familiar with inline, document-level, and external (linked) style sheets, and learn how to create an external CSS file to control the formatting of any or all pages on your site. You'll also take a look at some early font embedding techniques and explore two popular Flash-related options currently in use.

    Writing for the Web

    Before you write for the web, you should take the time to understand how people read online. Become familiar with the use of titles, headlines, and subheads to assist readers in navigating your site. Discover the advantages of using a web content management system. Learn how you can communicate more easily and informally with web visitors by adding a blog to your site.

    Images, Colors, and Layers

    You can use images to add interest to your site and to help with navigation. Early designers were limited graphically by HTML attributes, and later designers discovered they could use tables to place images. Today's designers also have the option of using CSS to position images on the screen. But believe it or not, many people still use text-based browsers. So, you'll learn how to make the information you convey through your images accessible to those individuals as well.

    CSS Positioning: More Layers

    The combination of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript allows you to create intensely interactive web applications similar to any game or presentation built with traditional programming languages. This interaction of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript is known as Dynamic HTML or DHTML. Become familiar with the basics of DHTML, including code you can use to enhance your designs by adding layers to your pages.

    Web 2.0 and Beyond

    Early websites were created by a few to be read by many. Over the years, developers added interactivity to websites through discussion forums, chat rooms, and shopping carts. These features are part of what might be called "web 1.0". Today the focus has shifted from the sponsor of the site to the visitor, and sites like Flickr and YouTube are popular. They're examples of web 2.0 sites. Examine several popular web 2.0 sites, and take a look ahead to web 3.0.



    Self-Study

    Master the basics of web design and learn to build sites that are better and more effective. This course provides powerful graphic design techniques for attractive websites and is a must for web designers — giving the tips and tools that will help your site stand-out from all the others.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27358202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    An informative introduction to the fascinating world of digital photography.


    Discover Digital Photography is designed for the novice photographer with no previous experience with digital cameras.

    This course will teach you all about digital cameras, from DSLRs to smart phone cameras and what different equipment is used for. You will learn about different display methods for your camera, including sizing, print options, online storage, and how social media factors into digital photography. If you have old slides, negatives, or prints, this course will also teach you how to scan those "old school" photo assets.

    After completing the course, you will understand how the process of composing photos has changed with the evolving capabilities of digital photography.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    What Is Digital Photography?

    In your first lesson, you'll have a chance to become familiar with the online classroom and discover the many resources available to you, including the beginning of the Digital Dictionary. You will also learn how digital photography works and what's needed to get started with a digital workshop at home.

    Learn About Cameras

    In this lesson, you'll have an opportunity to understand the key features of a digital camera. This will be helpful as you learn about what to look for both inside and outside the camera and as you explore the different levels of equipment available.

    Shopping for Digital Equipment

    When it's time to buy your own camera, you'll want to know how to make the right choice. This lesson covers more of the attributes and features of digital photography, so you're ready to go shopping!

    Storing Digital Images

    Digital storage is a big issue. In this lesson, you will learn the ways to address this aspect of digital photography. When it comes to digital images, you'll need storage space—not only on your camera, but also on your computer and somewhere offline for backup. This lesson also recommends how to get the most out of your storage space and the best backup option.

    Phone and Tablet Photography

    Digital photography isn't limited to traditional cameras! You probably have your phone or tablet with you most of the time, and this lesson explores the option of using that camera to take pictures, display your images, or even do quick editing. If you've been a bit confused by all the new terminology connected with smartphones and tablets, here you'll find easy explanations and clear examples of how to make the most of this technology.

    The Digital Darkroom

    The ability to edit your digital images is one of the most compelling features of digital photography. This lesson will show you several of the software programs available to you and some of the many features you'll find in digital editing programs.

    Digital Photography Online

    Using digital images online and on your computer are big parts of digital photography. In this lesson, you'll discover ways you can easily use digital images with email and on websites. You will also learn how to size images for use on the Internet. You'll love learning how simple it is to use your images as backgrounds and computer wallpaper. With digital photography, you can customize almost anything!

    Digital Printing

    Printing digital images can take many forms. This lesson explores the options for printing at home and the extensive network of retail printers available for digital work. You'll also learn how to prepare your images for the best quality prints, regardless of where you print them. If archival quality is important to you, or if you're scrapbooking, there are some things you'll want to know!

    A Changing Society

    This lesson explores how new and how digital imaging is changing communication, business practices, and the way photographers protect their images.

    Scanning and Restoring Photos

    Scanning printed images is an important option for digital photography. This lesson focuses on restoring old and damaged photos, as well as using scanners to convert slides, negatives, and prints into digital images. You'll even learn how to capture an image of a 3D object with a scanner! A scanner is a terrific tool for digital photographers and does an excellent job of connecting traditional photography with the digital era. This is an especially important lesson for scrapbookers who are working on family histories with damaged images or printed documents.

    Traveling With Digital Equipment

    Travel photography is always a favorite subject for photographers, whether you're shooting in your own backyard or around the world. Digital photography presents some different challenges and opportunities. This lesson focuses on how professionals in the field handle the challenges, as well as techniques and opportunities you can use when you travel, including file organization with Adobe's Lightroom.

    Composing Digitally

    Your final lesson will teach you how to compose your pictures with digital options in mind. There's a lot more to being a digital photographer than just owning a digital camera. In this lesson, you will see some great examples of difficult situations that you can remedy with digital solutions. The more you learn about your options, the more you'll want to experiment!


    What you will learn

    • Become familiar with digital photography basics and decision-making tools for choosing the right computer for you
    • Explore the features and functions of digital cameras
    • Understand the need for image storage and the options available
    • Become familiar with the resources for digital photographers on computers and the Internet
    • Explore the options for printing quality prints from digital images
    • Examine the equipment available for scanning film and prints, as well as options for restoring damaged images
    • Realize the options for composing images where you intend to use digital editing as part of the artistic process

    How you will benefit

    • Gain confidence using your digital camera to take pictures
    • Capture perfect memories with family and friends
    • Develop a great new, creative hobby

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"


    Gain the skills you need to take great photos with your digital camera and never miss a memorable moment again. This course is an informative introduction to digital photography, from DSLRs to smart phone cameras.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27358203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    An informative introduction to the fascinating world of digital photography.


    Discover Digital Photography is designed for the novice photographer with no previous experience with digital cameras.

    This course will teach you all about digital cameras, from DSLRs to smart phone cameras and what different equipment is used for. You will learn about different display methods for your camera, including sizing, print options, online storage, and how social media factors into digital photography. If you have old slides, negatives, or prints, this course will also teach you how to scan those "old school" photo assets.

    After completing the course, you will understand how the process of composing photos has changed with the evolving capabilities of digital photography.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    What Is Digital Photography?

    In your first lesson, you'll have a chance to become familiar with the online classroom and discover the many resources available to you, including the beginning of the Digital Dictionary. You will also learn how digital photography works and what's needed to get started with a digital workshop at home.

    Learn About Cameras

    In this lesson, you'll have an opportunity to understand the key features of a digital camera. This will be helpful as you learn about what to look for both inside and outside the camera and as you explore the different levels of equipment available.

    Shopping for Digital Equipment

    When it's time to buy your own camera, you'll want to know how to make the right choice. This lesson covers more of the attributes and features of digital photography, so you're ready to go shopping!

    Storing Digital Images

    Digital storage is a big issue. In this lesson, you will learn the ways to address this aspect of digital photography. When it comes to digital images, you'll need storage space—not only on your camera, but also on your computer and somewhere offline for backup. This lesson also recommends how to get the most out of your storage space and the best backup option.

    Phone and Tablet Photography

    Digital photography isn't limited to traditional cameras! You probably have your phone or tablet with you most of the time, and this lesson explores the option of using that camera to take pictures, display your images, or even do quick editing. If you've been a bit confused by all the new terminology connected with smartphones and tablets, here you'll find easy explanations and clear examples of how to make the most of this technology.

    The Digital Darkroom

    The ability to edit your digital images is one of the most compelling features of digital photography. This lesson will show you several of the software programs available to you and some of the many features you'll find in digital editing programs.

    Digital Photography Online

    Using digital images online and on your computer are big parts of digital photography. In this lesson, you'll discover ways you can easily use digital images with email and on websites. You will also learn how to size images for use on the Internet. You'll love learning how simple it is to use your images as backgrounds and computer wallpaper. With digital photography, you can customize almost anything!

    Digital Printing

    Printing digital images can take many forms. This lesson explores the options for printing at home and the extensive network of retail printers available for digital work. You'll also learn how to prepare your images for the best quality prints, regardless of where you print them. If archival quality is important to you, or if you're scrapbooking, there are some things you'll want to know!

    A Changing Society

    This lesson explores how new and how digital imaging is changing communication, business practices, and the way photographers protect their images.

    Scanning and Restoring Photos

    Scanning printed images is an important option for digital photography. This lesson focuses on restoring old and damaged photos, as well as using scanners to convert slides, negatives, and prints into digital images. You'll even learn how to capture an image of a 3D object with a scanner! A scanner is a terrific tool for digital photographers and does an excellent job of connecting traditional photography with the digital era. This is an especially important lesson for scrapbookers who are working on family histories with damaged images or printed documents.

    Traveling With Digital Equipment

    Travel photography is always a favorite subject for photographers, whether you're shooting in your own backyard or around the world. Digital photography presents some different challenges and opportunities. This lesson focuses on how professionals in the field handle the challenges, as well as techniques and opportunities you can use when you travel, including file organization with Adobe's Lightroom.

    Composing Digitally

    Your final lesson will teach you how to compose your pictures with digital options in mind. There's a lot more to being a digital photographer than just owning a digital camera. In this lesson, you will see some great examples of difficult situations that you can remedy with digital solutions. The more you learn about your options, the more you'll want to experiment!


    What you will learn

    • Become familiar with digital photography basics and decision-making tools for choosing the right computer for you
    • Explore the features and functions of digital cameras
    • Understand the need for image storage and the options available
    • Become familiar with the resources for digital photographers on computers and the Internet
    • Explore the options for printing quality prints from digital images
    • Examine the equipment available for scanning film and prints, as well as options for restoring damaged images
    • Realize the options for composing images where you intend to use digital editing as part of the artistic process

    How you will benefit

    • Gain confidence using your digital camera to take pictures
    • Capture perfect memories with family and friends
    • Develop a great new, creative hobby

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"


 

  • Discover Digital Photography (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP276491
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    An informative introduction to the fascinating world of digital photography.


    Discover Digital Photography is designed for the novice photographer with no previous experience with digital cameras.

    This course will teach you all about digital cameras, from DSLRs to smart phone cameras and what different equipment is used for. You will learn about different display methods for your camera, including sizing, print options, online storage, and how social media factors into digital photography. Also, if you have old slides, negatives, or prints, this course will teach you how to scan those "old school" photo assets.

    By the course completion, you will understand how composing photos has changed with the evolving capabilities of digital photography.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • A few Windows-specific examples are included. Mac students are welcome, but may not be able to duplicate all examples.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    An informative introduction to the fascinating world of digital photography.


    What Is Digital Photography?

    In your first lesson, you'll have a chance to become familiar with the online classroom and discover the many resources available to you, including the beginning of our Digital Dictionary. You will also learn how digital photography works and what's needed to get started with a digital workshop at home.

    Let's Talk About Cameras

    In today's lesson, you'll have an opportunity to understand the key features of a digital camera. This will be helpful as you learn about what to look for both inside and outside the camera and as you explore the different levels of equipment available.

    Shopping for Digital Equipment

    When it's time to buy the camera that's right for you, you'll want to know how to make your best choice. This lesson covers more of the attributes and features of digital photography, so you're ready to go shopping!

    Storing Digital Images

    Digital storage is a big issue. In this lesson, you will learn the ways to address this aspect of digital photography. When it comes to digital images, you'll need storage space—not only on your camera, but also on your computer and somewhere offline for backup. This lesson also recommends how to get the most out of your storage space and the best backup option.

    Phone and Tablet Photography

    Digital photography isn't limited to traditional cameras! You probably have your phone or tablet with you most of the time, and this lesson explores the option of using that camera to take pictures, display your images, or even do quick editing. If you've been a bit confused by all the new terminology connected with smartphones and tablets, here you'll find easy explanations and clear examples of how to make the most of this technology.

    The Digital Darkroom

    The ability to edit your digital images is one of the most compelling features of digital photography. Today's lesson looked at several of the software programs available to you and some of the many features you'll find in digital editing programs.

    Digital Photography Online

    Using digital images online and on your computer are big parts of digital photography. In this lesson, you'll discover ways you can easily use digital images with email and on websites. You will also learn how to size images for use on the Internet. You'll love learning how simple it is to use your images as backgrounds and computer wallpaper. With digital photography, you can customize almost anything!

    Digital Printing

    Printing digital images can take many forms. This lesson explores the options for printing at home and the extensive network of retail printers available for digital work. You'll also learn how to prepare your images for the best quality prints, regardless of where you print them. If archival quality is important to you, or if you're scrapbooking, there are some things you'll want to know!

    A Changing Society

    This lesson explores how new and how digital imaging is changing communication, business practices, and the way photographers protect their images.

    Scanning and Restoring Photos

    Scanning printed images is an important option for digital photography. Today's lesson focuses on restoring old and damaged photos, as well as using scanners to convert slides, negatives, and prints into digital images. You'll even learn how to capture an image of a 3-D object with a scanner! A scanner is a terrific tool for digital photographers and does an excellent job of connecting traditional photography with the digital era. This is an especially important lesson for scrap bookers working on family histories with damaged images or printed documents.

    Traveling With Digital Equipment

    Travel photography is always a favorite subject for photographers, whether you're shooting in your own backyard or around the world. Digital photography presents some different challenges and opportunities. This lesson focuses on how professionals in the field handle the challenges, as well as techniques and opportunities you can use when you travel, including file organization with Adobe's Lightroom.

    Composing Digitally

    Your final lesson will teach you how to compose your pictures with digital options in mind. There's a lot more to be a digital photographer than just owning a digital camera. Today you will see some great examples of difficult situations that you can remedy with digital solutions. The more you learn about your options, the more you'll want to experiment!



    Self-Study

    An informative introduction to the fascinating world of digital photography.

 

  • Discover Digital Photography (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP276491
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    An informative introduction to the fascinating world of digital photography.


    Discover Digital Photography is designed for the novice photographer with no previous experience with digital cameras.

    This course will teach you all about digital cameras, from DSLRs to smart phone cameras and what different equipment is used for. You will learn about different display methods for your camera, including sizing, print options, online storage, and how social media factors into digital photography. Also, if you have old slides, negatives, or prints, this course will teach you how to scan those "old school" photo assets.

    By the course completion, you will understand how composing photos has changed with the evolving capabilities of digital photography.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • A few Windows-specific examples are included. Mac students are welcome, but may not be able to duplicate all examples.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    An informative introduction to the fascinating world of digital photography.


    What Is Digital Photography?

    In your first lesson, you'll have a chance to become familiar with the online classroom and discover the many resources available to you, including the beginning of our Digital Dictionary. You will also learn how digital photography works and what's needed to get started with a digital workshop at home.

    Let's Talk About Cameras

    In today's lesson, you'll have an opportunity to understand the key features of a digital camera. This will be helpful as you learn about what to look for both inside and outside the camera and as you explore the different levels of equipment available.

    Shopping for Digital Equipment

    When it's time to buy the camera that's right for you, you'll want to know how to make your best choice. This lesson covers more of the attributes and features of digital photography, so you're ready to go shopping!

    Storing Digital Images

    Digital storage is a big issue. In this lesson, you will learn the ways to address this aspect of digital photography. When it comes to digital images, you'll need storage space—not only on your camera, but also on your computer and somewhere offline for backup. This lesson also recommends how to get the most out of your storage space and the best backup option.

    Phone and Tablet Photography

    Digital photography isn't limited to traditional cameras! You probably have your phone or tablet with you most of the time, and this lesson explores the option of using that camera to take pictures, display your images, or even do quick editing. If you've been a bit confused by all the new terminology connected with smartphones and tablets, here you'll find easy explanations and clear examples of how to make the most of this technology.

    The Digital Darkroom

    The ability to edit your digital images is one of the most compelling features of digital photography. Today's lesson looked at several of the software programs available to you and some of the many features you'll find in digital editing programs.

    Digital Photography Online

    Using digital images online and on your computer are big parts of digital photography. In this lesson, you'll discover ways you can easily use digital images with email and on websites. You will also learn how to size images for use on the Internet. You'll love learning how simple it is to use your images as backgrounds and computer wallpaper. With digital photography, you can customize almost anything!

    Digital Printing

    Printing digital images can take many forms. This lesson explores the options for printing at home and the extensive network of retail printers available for digital work. You'll also learn how to prepare your images for the best quality prints, regardless of where you print them. If archival quality is important to you, or if you're scrapbooking, there are some things you'll want to know!

    A Changing Society

    This lesson explores how new and how digital imaging is changing communication, business practices, and the way photographers protect their images.

    Scanning and Restoring Photos

    Scanning printed images is an important option for digital photography. Today's lesson focuses on restoring old and damaged photos, as well as using scanners to convert slides, negatives, and prints into digital images. You'll even learn how to capture an image of a 3-D object with a scanner! A scanner is a terrific tool for digital photographers and does an excellent job of connecting traditional photography with the digital era. This is an especially important lesson for scrap bookers working on family histories with damaged images or printed documents.

    Traveling With Digital Equipment

    Travel photography is always a favorite subject for photographers, whether you're shooting in your own backyard or around the world. Digital photography presents some different challenges and opportunities. This lesson focuses on how professionals in the field handle the challenges, as well as techniques and opportunities you can use when you travel, including file organization with Adobe's Lightroom.

    Composing Digitally

    Your final lesson will teach you how to compose your pictures with digital options in mind. There's a lot more to be a digital photographer than just owning a digital camera. Today you will see some great examples of difficult situations that you can remedy with digital solutions. The more you learn about your options, the more you'll want to experiment!



    Self-Study

    An informative introduction to the fascinating world of digital photography.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27402202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Gain a solid foundation in drawing and become the artist you've always dreamed you could be!


    If you've always been interested in drawing but don't really know how to get started, then this is the course for you. Gain a solid foundation and understanding of the basics of drawing and become the artist you've always dreamed you could be!

    You'll become intimately familiar with paper types, drawing styles, rendering techniques, and the basic principles of perspective, layout, design, lighting, volume, and space. If you have an interest in learning what it's like to draw or would love to increase your current knowledge in the field of art and illustrating, then this course aims to fulfill all of your needs.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Equipment and Studio

    Have you ever wondered what kind of tools you would need to become an artist? Going into an art store can sometimes be overwhelming, so in the first lesson, you're going to take a look at the basic tools and supplies an artist needs for various projects. After you understand the tool set, you'll be prepared to confidently go to your local art store and start experimenting with supplies!

    Basics of Drawing

    With your art supplies in hand, it's time you get a firm understanding of drawing basics. In this lesson, you'll look at the importance of the silhouette and the outlining shape. When beginning to draw, it's so important that you understand the shapes you look at and how to put them onto paper. You'll also learn an amazingly fun one-eye drawing trick!

    Drawing From Life and Photographs

    This lesson will go over the two major components of drawing for the beginner. You'll find that the first challenge you're faced with is drawing from things you see. This is, after all, how people learn to draw. You'll gain lots of great tips on how to draw what you see, how to set up scenes for photographs, and much more.

    Lighting and Shading

    Did you know that there are five forms of light? That's right! In this lesson, you'll learn how to illuminate the scene and change the mood all at once. The lesson will go over lighting and shading so that you'll have all the knowledge a beginning artist needs when learning how to sketch (and more). Have you ever drawn a picture and realized that it looked quite flat? Well, that might be because you never added light to your images. The lesson will show you how to add light, and more importantly, shading!

    Perspective: Unraveling the Mystery

    Perspective has always been a necessity for anyone drawing pictures with depth. If you wanted to draw a set of buildings and have the viewer looking down the road, how would you do it? One, two, and even three-point perspective is how! In this lesson, you'll learn how to find the horizon line, create depth in your page, and even find the vanishing points of your lines.

    Rendering Techniques

    It's time to make a spoon "feel" like a spoon and a rock "feel" like a rock. When you're drawing objects, it's important to create the sense of realism with line work. So in this lesson, you'll go over some important rendering techniques that will give you a jump start toward understanding gradation, line weight, and stylization, all of which will get you on the road to finding your own style and creative expression.

    Layout and Design

    It's all about telling your story! If you see a drawing of a big arrow pointing to the right, you'd probably look to the right, wouldn't you? In this lesson, you'll look at what it takes to persuade your audience to look at certain spots on your images at particular times without a big arrow. Sounds tough, doesn't it? Don't worry, because the lesson will show you some great methods and proven techniques for controlling everything you draw.

    Landscape and City Rendering

    It's time to put your skills to the test! In this lesson, you'll work up an entire scene with thumbnails and then begin working on a first draft. A discussion on creating landscapes will help you gain confidence in your skills that you've been working on up to this point. You'll also look at how to render your scenes with realistic lighting and shading while keeping the flow entertaining and informative.

    Introduction to Color

    Do pink and blue go together? Great question! What about the shadow color on an apple? What's the complement to green? Creating images in color requires you to take your artistic understanding to a whole new level. This lesson on color composition will be one of the most exciting and rewarding lessons in your art education!

    Techno/Futuristic Drawing

    This lesson will walk you through the future. That's right—you're going to look at and draw the techno future. You know those cool robots in movies and orbital vehicles flying around in space? Well, after you complete this lesson, you'll have a great understanding of how to create your very own future.

    Introduction to Animals

    This lesson is a great chance to get up close and personal with animals because it's packed full of measurements, proportions, and basic shapes for many of the animals around you. You'll be using a lot of what you've learned from the previous lessons in this course in order to bring your animal together. You'll also look at step-by-step techniques and sketches you can use to help draw monkeys and other crazy animals. It's time to stop monkeying around and start drawing!

    Creating Things on Your Own

    In the final lesson, you'll explore the human brain and how it functions to create art, memorizing and interpreting the world around you and keeping everything slightly straight in the process. You'll take those images and thoughts in your head and put them down on paper for everyone to see and enjoy!


    What you will learn

    • Gain an understanding of the basics of drawing
    • Become familiar with paper types, drawing styles, and rendering techniques
    • Learn the basic principles of perspective, layout, design, lighting, volume, and space

    How you will benefit

    • Gain the confidence you need to experiment with new art supplies and techniques
    • Learn to create realistic drawings with the color, light, depth and perspective of a professional artist
    • Develop a new hobby that will allow you to experience the world around you in new ways
    • Learn to tap into your creative thoughts and put them on display for the world to see

    Chad Walker

    Chad Walker is the conceptual designer and artist of several award-winning games, including "Age Of Empires, "Age of Kings," and "Age of Conquerors." He attended the Joe Kubert School of Cartoon and Graphic Arts Inc. and has worked as a computer game artist, comic book illustrator, and instructor. He teaches both traditional art courses and courses in 3D modeling for computer games. Walker co-wrote the popular gaming book "Game Modeling Using Low Polygon Techniques" with his twin brother Eric. They are the co-founders of Walker Boys Studio, which produced the highly acclaimed "Civil War: War Between the States."


    Gain a solid foundation in the basics of drawing to become the artist you've always wanted to be. This course will help you become familiar with paper type, drawing styles, techniques, and basic principles of perspective, layout and design.

 

  • Drawing for the Absolute Beginner 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27402203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Gain a solid foundation in drawing and become the artist you've always dreamed you could be!


    If you've always been interested in drawing but don't really know how to get started, then this is the course for you. Gain a solid foundation and understanding of the basics of drawing and become the artist you've always dreamed you could be!

    You'll become intimately familiar with paper types, drawing styles, rendering techniques, and the basic principles of perspective, layout, design, lighting, volume, and space. If you have an interest in learning what it's like to draw or would love to increase your current knowledge in the field of art and illustrating, then this course aims to fulfill all of your needs.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Equipment and Studio

    Have you ever wondered what kind of tools you would need to become an artist? Going into an art store can sometimes be overwhelming, so in the first lesson, you're going to take a look at the basic tools and supplies an artist needs for various projects. After you understand the tool set, you'll be prepared to confidently go to your local art store and start experimenting with supplies!

    Basics of Drawing

    With your art supplies in hand, it's time you get a firm understanding of drawing basics. In this lesson, you'll look at the importance of the silhouette and the outlining shape. When beginning to draw, it's so important that you understand the shapes you look at and how to put them onto paper. You'll also learn an amazingly fun one-eye drawing trick!

    Drawing From Life and Photographs

    This lesson will go over the two major components of drawing for the beginner. You'll find that the first challenge you're faced with is drawing from things you see. This is, after all, how people learn to draw. You'll gain lots of great tips on how to draw what you see, how to set up scenes for photographs, and much more.

    Lighting and Shading

    Did you know that there are five forms of light? That's right! In this lesson, you'll learn how to illuminate the scene and change the mood all at once. The lesson will go over lighting and shading so that you'll have all the knowledge a beginning artist needs when learning how to sketch (and more). Have you ever drawn a picture and realized that it looked quite flat? Well, that might be because you never added light to your images. The lesson will show you how to add light, and more importantly, shading!

    Perspective: Unraveling the Mystery

    Perspective has always been a necessity for anyone drawing pictures with depth. If you wanted to draw a set of buildings and have the viewer looking down the road, how would you do it? One, two, and even three-point perspective is how! In this lesson, you'll learn how to find the horizon line, create depth in your page, and even find the vanishing points of your lines.

    Rendering Techniques

    It's time to make a spoon "feel" like a spoon and a rock "feel" like a rock. When you're drawing objects, it's important to create the sense of realism with line work. So in this lesson, you'll go over some important rendering techniques that will give you a jump start toward understanding gradation, line weight, and stylization, all of which will get you on the road to finding your own style and creative expression.

    Layout and Design

    It's all about telling your story! If you see a drawing of a big arrow pointing to the right, you'd probably look to the right, wouldn't you? In this lesson, you'll look at what it takes to persuade your audience to look at certain spots on your images at particular times without a big arrow. Sounds tough, doesn't it? Don't worry, because the lesson will show you some great methods and proven techniques for controlling everything you draw.

    Landscape and City Rendering

    It's time to put your skills to the test! In this lesson, you'll work up an entire scene with thumbnails and then begin working on a first draft. A discussion on creating landscapes will help you gain confidence in your skills that you've been working on up to this point. You'll also look at how to render your scenes with realistic lighting and shading while keeping the flow entertaining and informative.

    Introduction to Color

    Do pink and blue go together? Great question! What about the shadow color on an apple? What's the complement to green? Creating images in color requires you to take your artistic understanding to a whole new level. This lesson on color composition will be one of the most exciting and rewarding lessons in your art education!

    Techno/Futuristic Drawing

    This lesson will walk you through the future. That's right—you're going to look at and draw the techno future. You know those cool robots in movies and orbital vehicles flying around in space? Well, after you complete this lesson, you'll have a great understanding of how to create your very own future.

    Introduction to Animals

    This lesson is a great chance to get up close and personal with animals because it's packed full of measurements, proportions, and basic shapes for many of the animals around you. You'll be using a lot of what you've learned from the previous lessons in this course in order to bring your animal together. You'll also look at step-by-step techniques and sketches you can use to help draw monkeys and other crazy animals. It's time to stop monkeying around and start drawing!

    Creating Things on Your Own

    In the final lesson, you'll explore the human brain and how it functions to create art, memorizing and interpreting the world around you and keeping everything slightly straight in the process. You'll take those images and thoughts in your head and put them down on paper for everyone to see and enjoy!


    What you will learn

    • Gain an understanding of the basics of drawing
    • Become familiar with paper types, drawing styles, and rendering techniques
    • Learn the basic principles of perspective, layout, design, lighting, volume, and space

    How you will benefit

    • Gain the confidence you need to experiment with new art supplies and techniques
    • Learn to create realistic drawings with the color, light, depth and perspective of a professional artist
    • Develop a new hobby that will allow you to experience the world around you in new ways
    • Learn to tap into your creative thoughts and put them on display for the world to see

    Chad Walker

    Chad Walker is the conceptual designer and artist of several award-winning games, including "Age Of Empires, "Age of Kings," and "Age of Conquerors." He attended the Joe Kubert School of Cartoon and Graphic Arts Inc. and has worked as a computer game artist, comic book illustrator, and instructor. He teaches both traditional art courses and courses in 3D modeling for computer games. Walker co-wrote the popular gaming book "Game Modeling Using Low Polygon Techniques" with his twin brother Eric. They are the co-founders of Walker Boys Studio, which produced the highly acclaimed "Civil War: War Between the States."


 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27546202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Take steps toward a new career in game development by building a foundation to design games in a wide variety of genres for different audiences and platforms.


    There has never been a better time to start a career in the game development industry. Games can be found on computers, the web, gaming consoles, and virtually every mobile tablet and phone. Industry forecasts indicate that gaming will be worth close to $100 billion dollars in the next two years. Talented, creative, and enthusiastic people are in great demand in this industry. Whether you want to start your own independent game project in your basement or work with a small creative team or for a large game development studio, this course will prepare you to start developing your own games.

    You will start by learning the fundamentals of game development and get and overview of game genres, platforms, and audiences. Next, you will learn tools and techniques to help you make better design decisions and achieve greater efficiencies as you develop your own games. You will learn why many games fail and how to ensure your games are positioned for success. During the course, you will gain hands-on experience in many of the game development processes. By the end of the course, you will have the experience and confidence to start developing your own games.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Getting Started With Game Development

    In this first lesson, you'll get an overview of the game-development industry. You'll find out where the industry is headed and where it came from. You'll also discover what it takes to be a game developer and the wide range of opportunities available—from large development studios to a corporate training office. By the end of this lesson, you'll have a sense of whether this exciting and challenging career is right for you!

    Game Genres, Platforms, and Audiences

    In this second lesson, you'll get an overview of game genres, platforms, and audiences. You'll find out information on how to leverage specific game-genre techniques to ensure your game is fun. You will also discover the differences between game platforms and how they have an impact on you and the games you develop. By the end of this lesson, you'll have an idea of what game genre you want to develop, what platform or platforms you want to develop for, and what audience segment you'll target.

    Game Interface Design

    In this lesson, you'll get an overview of game interface design. You'll learn the importance of interface design decisions to your game's success. You'll also find out information about the differences between interfaces based on game genre and gaming platform. By the end of this lesson, you'll have an idea of what interface components to include in your game and how to optimize user experiences.

    Immersive and Fun Games

    In this lesson, you'll get an overview of why people play games and what makes them fun. You'll discover key elements to include in your games that will make them fun to play. You'll also learn the concept of game immersion, what makes games immersive, and how to create immersive game worlds.

    Production Planning

    In this lesson, you'll learn about finding talented people and how to create a team to develop your game. You'll also discover the hardware and software requirements of game development. You will also learn about the budgetary requirements associated with developing your game as well as some insight into sources of funding.

    Working With Development Tools

    In this lesson, you'll explore game engines and how you can use them to develop your game. You'll also learn about several professional development environments and how they can be leveraged to your advantage. You'll also have the opportunity to experiment with a few mobile-application development environments.

    Game-Development Processes: Part 1

    How do you work with and lead game-development teams both in person and remotely? In this lesson, you'll learn how! You'll also discover the benefits and pitfalls of outsourcing portions of your game-development project and how to use consultants to your advantage. Last, you'll explore the game-development cycle and how to apply the cycle to your game-development project.

    Game-Development Processes: Part 2

    You'll continue your exploration of game-development processes in this lesson. First, you'll examine several practices and processes that will help you with your game-development project. Then, you'll discover the importance of testing your game's functions and features. You'll also learn how to manage the testing process. Finally, you'll learn how to create your own game-release schema including alpha, beta, and public game releases.

    Developing Games as Mobile Apps

    In this lesson, you'll explore the mobile application market to help you decide which mobile platforms you want to develop your game for. You'll discover tools and techniques that you can use to develop games for mobile devices, including tablets and smartphones. You'll also learn how to distribute your mobile app to Apple's App Store, Google Play, Windows Phone Store, and BlackBerry's App World.

    Post-production

    In this lesson, you'll examine how to prepare your game for post-production and how to continue working on your game after it has been distributed. You'll discover how to make your game marketable, including the developing of pricing and marketing strategies. You'll learn how to get people to play and talk about your game as part of your post-production efforts. Last, you'll learn how to upgrade and support your game.

    Preparing for a Career in Game Development

    In this lesson, you'll explore the game-development industry and decide where you want to fit in. You'll learn about several career fields and explore the knowledge and skills each one requires and where to get the proper education and experience. You'll also gain the necessary information to develop your own path toward a career in game development.

    Putting It All Together

    In the last lesson, you'll discover the opportunities and challenges in game development—and how to capitalize on the first and overcome the second! You'll learn how to develop a game project to include designing, developing, and publishing your game. You'll also learn how to move beyond the basics of game development.


    What you will learn

    • Learn what it takes to be a game developer and the wide range of opportunities available
    • Learn about game genres, platforms, and audiences
    • Discover the differences between game platforms and how they impact your game
    • Learn the importance of interface design decisions to your game's success
    • Learn what interface components to include in your game and how to optimize user experiences
    • Discover key elements to include in games you develop
    • Learn hardware and software requirements in game development
    • Explore game engines and how to use them
    • Learn to lead a game-development team, benefits and pitfalls of outsourcing, and how to use consultants to your advantage
    • Discover how to test your game's functions and features
    • Learn how to market your game

    How you will benefit

    • Learn how you can harness your game development skills to fit into this $100 billion industry
    • Gain hands-on experience in many of the game development processes
    • Learn the many career opportunities available and gain information to develop your own path toward a career in game development

    Chad Walker

    Chad Walker is the conceptual designer and artist of several award-winning games, including "Age Of Empires, "Age of Kings," and "Age of Conquerors." He attended the Joe Kubert School of Cartoon and Graphic Arts Inc. and has worked as a computer game artist, comic book illustrator, and instructor. He teaches both traditional art courses and courses in 3D modeling for computer games. Walker co-wrote the popular gaming book "Game Modeling Using Low Polygon Techniques" with his twin brother Eric. They are the co-founders of Walker Boys Studio, which produced the highly acclaimed "Civil War: War Between the States."


    Prepare to start developing your own games. This course provides the fundamentals of game development, tools and techniques for better game design decisions, and ways to position your games for success.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27546203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Take steps toward a new career in game development by building a foundation to design games in a wide variety of genres for different audiences and platforms.


    There has never been a better time to start a career in the game development industry. Games can be found on computers, the web, gaming consoles, and virtually every mobile tablet and phone. Industry forecasts indicate that gaming will be worth close to $100 billion dollars in the next two years. Talented, creative, and enthusiastic people are in great demand in this industry. Whether you want to start your own independent game project in your basement or work with a small creative team or for a large game development studio, this course will prepare you to start developing your own games.

    You will start by learning the fundamentals of game development and get and overview of game genres, platforms, and audiences. Next, you will learn tools and techniques to help you make better design decisions and achieve greater efficiencies as you develop your own games. You will learn why many games fail and how to ensure your games are positioned for success. During the course, you will gain hands-on experience in many of the game development processes. By the end of the course, you will have the experience and confidence to start developing your own games.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Getting Started With Game Development

    In this first lesson, you'll get an overview of the game-development industry. You'll find out where the industry is headed and where it came from. You'll also discover what it takes to be a game developer and the wide range of opportunities available—from large development studios to a corporate training office. By the end of this lesson, you'll have a sense of whether this exciting and challenging career is right for you!

    Game Genres, Platforms, and Audiences

    In this second lesson, you'll get an overview of game genres, platforms, and audiences. You'll find out information on how to leverage specific game-genre techniques to ensure your game is fun. You will also discover the differences between game platforms and how they have an impact on you and the games you develop. By the end of this lesson, you'll have an idea of what game genre you want to develop, what platform or platforms you want to develop for, and what audience segment you'll target.

    Game Interface Design

    In this lesson, you'll get an overview of game interface design. You'll learn the importance of interface design decisions to your game's success. You'll also find out information about the differences between interfaces based on game genre and gaming platform. By the end of this lesson, you'll have an idea of what interface components to include in your game and how to optimize user experiences.

    Immersive and Fun Games

    In this lesson, you'll get an overview of why people play games and what makes them fun. You'll discover key elements to include in your games that will make them fun to play. You'll also learn the concept of game immersion, what makes games immersive, and how to create immersive game worlds.

    Production Planning

    In this lesson, you'll learn about finding talented people and how to create a team to develop your game. You'll also discover the hardware and software requirements of game development. You will also learn about the budgetary requirements associated with developing your game as well as some insight into sources of funding.

    Working With Development Tools

    In this lesson, you'll explore game engines and how you can use them to develop your game. You'll also learn about several professional development environments and how they can be leveraged to your advantage. You'll also have the opportunity to experiment with a few mobile-application development environments.

    Game-Development Processes: Part 1

    How do you work with and lead game-development teams both in person and remotely? In this lesson, you'll learn how! You'll also discover the benefits and pitfalls of outsourcing portions of your game-development project and how to use consultants to your advantage. Last, you'll explore the game-development cycle and how to apply the cycle to your game-development project.

    Game-Development Processes: Part 2

    You'll continue your exploration of game-development processes in this lesson. First, you'll examine several practices and processes that will help you with your game-development project. Then, you'll discover the importance of testing your game's functions and features. You'll also learn how to manage the testing process. Finally, you'll learn how to create your own game-release schema including alpha, beta, and public game releases.

    Developing Games as Mobile Apps

    In this lesson, you'll explore the mobile application market to help you decide which mobile platforms you want to develop your game for. You'll discover tools and techniques that you can use to develop games for mobile devices, including tablets and smartphones. You'll also learn how to distribute your mobile app to Apple's App Store, Google Play, Windows Phone Store, and BlackBerry's App World.

    Post-production

    In this lesson, you'll examine how to prepare your game for post-production and how to continue working on your game after it has been distributed. You'll discover how to make your game marketable, including the developing of pricing and marketing strategies. You'll learn how to get people to play and talk about your game as part of your post-production efforts. Last, you'll learn how to upgrade and support your game.

    Preparing for a Career in Game Development

    In this lesson, you'll explore the game-development industry and decide where you want to fit in. You'll learn about several career fields and explore the knowledge and skills each one requires and where to get the proper education and experience. You'll also gain the necessary information to develop your own path toward a career in game development.

    Putting It All Together

    In the last lesson, you'll discover the opportunities and challenges in game development—and how to capitalize on the first and overcome the second! You'll learn how to develop a game project to include designing, developing, and publishing your game. You'll also learn how to move beyond the basics of game development.


    What you will learn

    • Learn what it takes to be a game developer and the wide range of opportunities available
    • Learn about game genres, platforms, and audiences
    • Discover the differences between game platforms and how they impact your game
    • Learn the importance of interface design decisions to your game's success
    • Learn what interface components to include in your game and how to optimize user experiences
    • Discover key elements to include in games you develop
    • Learn hardware and software requirements in game development
    • Explore game engines and how to use them
    • Learn to lead a game-development team, benefits and pitfalls of outsourcing, and how to use consultants to your advantage
    • Discover how to test your game's functions and features
    • Learn how to market your game

    How you will benefit

    • Learn how you can harness your game development skills to fit into this $100 billion industry
    • Gain hands-on experience in many of the game development processes
    • Learn the many career opportunities available and gain information to develop your own path toward a career in game development

    Chad Walker

    Chad Walker is the conceptual designer and artist of several award-winning games, including "Age Of Empires, "Age of Kings," and "Age of Conquerors." He attended the Joe Kubert School of Cartoon and Graphic Arts Inc. and has worked as a computer game artist, comic book illustrator, and instructor. He teaches both traditional art courses and courses in 3D modeling for computer games. Walker co-wrote the popular gaming book "Game Modeling Using Low Polygon Techniques" with his twin brother Eric. They are the co-founders of Walker Boys Studio, which produced the highly acclaimed "Civil War: War Between the States."


 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP278421
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Take steps toward a new career in game development by building a foundation to design games in a wide variety of genres for different audiences and platforms.


    There has never been a better time to start a career in the game development industry. Games can be found on computers, the web, gaming consoles, and virtually every mobile tablet and phone. Industry forecasts indicate that gaming will be worth close to $100 billion dollars in the next two years. Talented, creative, and enthusiastic people are in great demand in this industry. Whether you want to start your own independent game project in your basement or work with a small creative team or for a large game development studio, this course will prepare you to start developing your own games.

    You will start by learning the fundamentals of game development and get and overview of game genres, platforms, and audiences. Next, you will learn tools and techniques to help you make better design decisions and achieve greater efficiencies as you develop your own games. You will learn why many games fail and how to ensure your games are positioned from success. During the course, you will gain hands-on experience in many of the game development processes. By the end of the course, you will have the experience and confidence to start developing your own games.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Prepare to start developing your own games. This course provides the fundamentals of game development, tools and techniques for better game design decisions, and ways to position your games for success.


    Getting Started With Game Development

    In this first lesson, you'll get an overview of the game-development industry. You'll find out where the industry is headed and where it came from. You'll also discover what it takes to be a game developer and the wide range of opportunities available—from large development studios to a corporate training office. By the end of this lesson, you'll have a sense of whether this exciting and challenging career is right for you!

    Game Genres, Platforms, and Audiences

    In this second lesson, you'll get an overview of game genres, platforms, and audiences. You'll find out information on how to leverage specific game-genre techniques to ensure your game is fun. You will also discover the differences between game platforms and how they have an impact on you and the games you develop. By the end of this lesson, you'll have an idea of what game genre you want to develop, what platform or platforms you want to develop for, and what audience segment you'll target.

    Game Interface Design

    In this lesson, you'll get an overview of game interface design. You'll learn the importance of interface design decisions to your game's success. You'll also find out information about the differences between interfaces based on game genre and gaming platform. By the end of this lesson, you'll have an idea of what interface components to include in your game and how to optimize user experiences.

    Immersive and Fun Games

    In this lesson, you'll get an overview of why people play games and what makes them fun. You'll discover key elements to include in games you develop, so they'll be fun to play. You'll also learn the concept of game immersion, what makes games immersive, and how to create immersive game worlds.

    Production Planning

    In this lesson, you'll learn about finding talented people and how to create a team to develop your game. You'll also discover the hardware and software requirements of game development. You will also learn about the budgetary requirements associated with developing your game as well as some insight into sources of funding.

    Working With Development Tools

    In this lesson, you'll explore game engines and how you can use them to develop your game. You'll also learn about several professional development environments and how they can be leveraged to your advantage. You'll also have the opportunity to experiment with a few mobile-application development environments.

    Game-Development Processes: Part 1

    How do you work with and lead game-development teams both in person and remotely? In this lesson, you'll learn how! You'll also discover the benefits and pitfalls of outsourcing portions of your game-development project and how to use consultants to your advantage. Last, you'll explore the game-development cycle and how to apply the cycle to your game-development project.

    Game-Development Processes: Part 2

    You'll continue your exploration of game-development processes in this lesson. First, you'll examine several practices and processes that will help you with your game-development project. Then, you'll discover the importance of testing your game's functions and features. You'll also learn how to manage the testing process. Finally, you'll learn how to create your own game-release schema including alpha, beta, and public game releases.

    Developing Games as Mobile Apps

    In this lesson, you'll explore the mobile application market to help you decide which mobile platforms you want to develop your game for. You'll discover tools and techniques that you can use to develop games for mobile devices including tablets, smartphones, and other devices. You'll also learn how to distribute your mobile app to Apple's App Store, Google Play, Windows Phone Store, and BlackBerry's App World.

    Postproduction

    In this lesson, you'll examine how to prepare your game for postproduction and how to continue working on your game after it has been distributed. You'll discover how to make your game marketable, including the developing of pricing and marketing strategies. You'll learn how to get people to play and talk about your game as part of your postproduction efforts. Last, you'll learn how to upgrade and support your game.

    Preparing for a Career in Game Development

    In this lesson, you'll explore the game-development industry and decide where you want to fit in. You'll learn about several career fields and explore the knowledge and skills each one requires and where to get the proper education and experience. You'll also gain the necessary information to develop your own path toward a career in game development.

    Putting It All Together

    In the last lesson, you'll discover the opportunities and challenges in game development—and how to capitalize on the first and overcome the second! You'll learn how to develop a game project to include designing, developing, and publishing your game. You'll also learn how to move beyond the basics of game development.



    Self-Study

    Prepare to start developing your own games. This course provides the fundamentals of game development, tools and techniques for better game design decisions, and ways to position your games for success.

 

  • How to Get Started in Game Development (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP278421
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Take steps toward a new career in game development by building a foundation to design games in a wide variety of genres for different audiences and platforms.


    There has never been a better time to start a career in the game development industry. Games can be found on computers, the web, gaming consoles, and virtually every mobile tablet and phone. Industry forecasts indicate that gaming will be worth close to $100 billion dollars in the next two years. Talented, creative, and enthusiastic people are in great demand in this industry. Whether you want to start your own independent game project in your basement or work with a small creative team or for a large game development studio, this course will prepare you to start developing your own games.

    You will start by learning the fundamentals of game development and get and overview of game genres, platforms, and audiences. Next, you will learn tools and techniques to help you make better design decisions and achieve greater efficiencies as you develop your own games. You will learn why many games fail and how to ensure your games are positioned from success. During the course, you will gain hands-on experience in many of the game development processes. By the end of the course, you will have the experience and confidence to start developing your own games.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Prepare to start developing your own games. This course provides the fundamentals of game development, tools and techniques for better game design decisions, and ways to position your games for success.


    Getting Started With Game Development

    In this first lesson, you'll get an overview of the game-development industry. You'll find out where the industry is headed and where it came from. You'll also discover what it takes to be a game developer and the wide range of opportunities available—from large development studios to a corporate training office. By the end of this lesson, you'll have a sense of whether this exciting and challenging career is right for you!

    Game Genres, Platforms, and Audiences

    In this second lesson, you'll get an overview of game genres, platforms, and audiences. You'll find out information on how to leverage specific game-genre techniques to ensure your game is fun. You will also discover the differences between game platforms and how they have an impact on you and the games you develop. By the end of this lesson, you'll have an idea of what game genre you want to develop, what platform or platforms you want to develop for, and what audience segment you'll target.

    Game Interface Design

    In this lesson, you'll get an overview of game interface design. You'll learn the importance of interface design decisions to your game's success. You'll also find out information about the differences between interfaces based on game genre and gaming platform. By the end of this lesson, you'll have an idea of what interface components to include in your game and how to optimize user experiences.

    Immersive and Fun Games

    In this lesson, you'll get an overview of why people play games and what makes them fun. You'll discover key elements to include in games you develop, so they'll be fun to play. You'll also learn the concept of game immersion, what makes games immersive, and how to create immersive game worlds.

    Production Planning

    In this lesson, you'll learn about finding talented people and how to create a team to develop your game. You'll also discover the hardware and software requirements of game development. You will also learn about the budgetary requirements associated with developing your game as well as some insight into sources of funding.

    Working With Development Tools

    In this lesson, you'll explore game engines and how you can use them to develop your game. You'll also learn about several professional development environments and how they can be leveraged to your advantage. You'll also have the opportunity to experiment with a few mobile-application development environments.

    Game-Development Processes: Part 1

    How do you work with and lead game-development teams both in person and remotely? In this lesson, you'll learn how! You'll also discover the benefits and pitfalls of outsourcing portions of your game-development project and how to use consultants to your advantage. Last, you'll explore the game-development cycle and how to apply the cycle to your game-development project.

    Game-Development Processes: Part 2

    You'll continue your exploration of game-development processes in this lesson. First, you'll examine several practices and processes that will help you with your game-development project. Then, you'll discover the importance of testing your game's functions and features. You'll also learn how to manage the testing process. Finally, you'll learn how to create your own game-release schema including alpha, beta, and public game releases.

    Developing Games as Mobile Apps

    In this lesson, you'll explore the mobile application market to help you decide which mobile platforms you want to develop your game for. You'll discover tools and techniques that you can use to develop games for mobile devices including tablets, smartphones, and other devices. You'll also learn how to distribute your mobile app to Apple's App Store, Google Play, Windows Phone Store, and BlackBerry's App World.

    Postproduction

    In this lesson, you'll examine how to prepare your game for postproduction and how to continue working on your game after it has been distributed. You'll discover how to make your game marketable, including the developing of pricing and marketing strategies. You'll learn how to get people to play and talk about your game as part of your postproduction efforts. Last, you'll learn how to upgrade and support your game.

    Preparing for a Career in Game Development

    In this lesson, you'll explore the game-development industry and decide where you want to fit in. You'll learn about several career fields and explore the knowledge and skills each one requires and where to get the proper education and experience. You'll also gain the necessary information to develop your own path toward a career in game development.

    Putting It All Together

    In the last lesson, you'll discover the opportunities and challenges in game development—and how to capitalize on the first and overcome the second! You'll learn how to develop a game project to include designing, developing, and publishing your game. You'll also learn how to move beyond the basics of game development.



    Self-Study

    Prepare to start developing your own games. This course provides the fundamentals of game development, tools and techniques for better game design decisions, and ways to position your games for success.

 

  • Instructional Design Training 
  • Fee: $99.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP278101
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This self-paced course will teach you the concepts and applications of instructional design.


    Understanding your audience and their needs is the key to designing learning solutions. This instructional design course will teach you the basics of instructional design and the phases of the design process, including conducting a needs assessment, designing and delivering training, and evaluating instruction.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.0 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn the fundamentals of instructional design and how to create innovative learning solutions.


    1. What Is Instructional Design?
    2. Analyzing and Objective Setting
    3. Learning Design Concepts
    4. Developing and Implementing the Learning
    5. Evaluating the Effectiveness of the Learning

    What you will learn

    • To identify what instructional design is, including the role of the instructional designer
    • How to analyze the learning situation and develop goals
    • To understand learning design concepts
    • To identify how to develop and implement the learning solution
    • How to evaluate the effectiveness of the learning

    How you will benefit

    • Gain basic instructional design skills that can used in a professional environment
    • Understand how to design and develop workplace training programs

    Self-Study

    Learn the fundamentals of instructional design and how to create innovative learning solutions.

 

  • Instructional Design Training 
  • Fee: $99.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP278101
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This self-paced course will teach you the concepts and applications of instructional design.


    Understanding your audience and their needs is the key to designing learning solutions. This instructional design course will teach you the basics of instructional design and the phases of the design process, including conducting a needs assessment, designing and delivering training, and evaluating instruction.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.0 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn the fundamentals of instructional design and how to create innovative learning solutions.


    1. What Is Instructional Design?
    2. Analyzing and Objective Setting
    3. Learning Design Concepts
    4. Developing and Implementing the Learning
    5. Evaluating the Effectiveness of the Learning

    What you will learn

    • To identify what instructional design is, including the role of the instructional designer
    • How to analyze the learning situation and develop goals
    • To understand learning design concepts
    • To identify how to develop and implement the learning solution
    • How to evaluate the effectiveness of the learning

    How you will benefit

    • Gain basic instructional design skills that can used in a professional environment
    • Understand how to design and develop workplace training programs

    Self-Study

    Learn the fundamentals of instructional design and how to create innovative learning solutions.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27538202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to build unique WordPress sites where visitors can respond to messages, fill out forms, buy products, make appointments, and much more.


    Take your WordPress site to the next level! This online course will teach you how to optimize your site for a great user experience. You'll learn how to easily add CSS—without writing any code—to fine-tune your site's appearance. You'll also find out how to add important functionality with the best WordPress plugins. Master the tools and skills needed to get the most out of WordPress in six weeks with Intermediate WordPress Websites.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Microsoft Edge are preferred. Mozilla Firefox and Safari are also compatible.
    • WordPress.org software is free, but to use it, you must install it on a paid account with a hosting service, which costs approximately $5 to $20 a month (usually quite a bit less for the first year's "introductory" price). The course will explain how to choose a host. Many hosts offer a 30-day money-back guarantee if you decide this isn't for you.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Setting Up Your WordPress Website

    In this first lesson, you'll create a practice website by finding the best hosting service for your site, then installing a free version of WordPress.org. You'll understand the concept of domains and subdomains, then you'll learn how to work with utilities in the host's cPanel. You'll also tour the WordPress dashboard to get an overview of the administrative tools WordPress offers. Then you'll install the classic WordPress editor where you'll build and modify your practice site's pages.

    Planning and Organizing Your Website

    Now that you've set up your brand-new WordPress practice site, you're ready to dive in and explore the WordPress back end, and also to begin building and modifying your site. You'll start by doing some pre-planning, creating an outline of your site before adding text or images. This can help you build an organic website, where the components harmonize and serve the site's overall purpose. Then you'll conclude by touring the WordPress administrative area (back end), where you'll configure your website and add content.

    Working with Themes

    This lesson covers every aspect of WordPress themes—how they work, where to find them, what to look for, and how to install them. You'll then begin working on your practice website! You will look at various themes in order to pick one that will complement your site's topic. You'll install a theme, then explore it down in the engine room where its support files reside.

    Building Your WordPress Website

    This lesson is all about creating and organizing written content! It explores how to enter and organize the information your visitors are looking for, and how to create pages and posts. You'll also find out how to put together an effective menu to guide your guests around the site. Quality content and efficient navigation are the cornerstones of a successful website.

    Exploring Plugins

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to use plugins—the features and tools that you can add to WordPress with a single mouse click. You'll learn where to find thousands of these free mini-programs and how to choose the best. What themes are to site design, plugins are to functionality.

    Adding Images, Video, and Other Digital Media

    This lesson covers how to add media to your pages. The WordPress Media Library helps you upload and edit your media files to create an engaging experience for visitors. You can also embed video, audio, PDF files, and maps from other sites into your site. The lesson will focus on media and all the ways it can enrich your website.

    Customizing Themes

    Themes are fine, but if you're interested in really fine-tuning your site's design, you'll want to go beyond accepting everything the theme designer came up with. This lesson will cover HTML and CSS coding, tools that you'll use to seriously refine your site's appearance. You'll learn the basics of each language and quickly discover how to change font styles, sizes, and colors, as well as create lists and work with margins. You'll also practice using some tools that can make working with CSS very easy. No coding required!

    Mastering the Inspector

    In this lesson, you'll work with a handy tool called the Inspector, which will help you make a few more design changes to your project website. You'll also look at two excellent plugins that can do some of the heavy lifting when you're modifying a website's layout and design.

    Monetizing Your Website

    So, how can you use your WordPress website to make money? That's what this lesson is all about. You'll learn ways to create employ pay-per-click, advertising, and affiliate marketing programs. The lesson will also discuss PayPal and credit card processing and end by setting up a shopping cart system. While monetization may not be your primary goal, as long as you've put in the time and effort to create an online presence, there's no reason you shouldn't benefit from all that work if you wish. Even if your site isn't commercial, there may come a time when you want to solicit donations, include some ads, or sell promotional goods.

    Maximizing Your Audience

    What if you launch your site and nobody visits? When you do get visitors, how can you know if you're giving them the information they came for? This lesson will answer those questions by showing you how to attract an online audience and satisfy their needs. You'll also examine some unique WordPress tools designed to help achieve these goals. Since 90% of a website's first visits result from online searches, it's important that you know what Google wants. Once you know this, you can use a set of strategies known as search engine optimization (SEO) to get your site in front of your audience.

    Introduction to Block Editing

    For many years, WordPress used a page (and post) editor named TinyMCE, which is the editor that you work with throughout this course. It includes a textbox, accompanied by a set of formatting icons, an Add Media button, and a code view where you can see and work with HTML and CSS code embedded within your text.

    WordPress recently switched its default editor to a block editor. However, the classic editor will still be available for many years to come. In this lesson, you'll give the block editor a try to help you decide which editor you prefer.

    Polishing Your Website for Launch

    In the final lesson, you'll take a last look at ways to improve the practice site prior to launch. You'll examine a popular animated feature called a slider, add a widget to the sidebar, refine several elements of your site's visual design, and consider some different options for web hosting services.


    What you will learn

    • Building, updating, and improving your WordPress site from the online administrative area
    • Using CSS to customize a website's appearance-no coding required!
    • Installing and managing the best plugins for everything from great analytics to SEO
    • Installing themes and customizing tools to create a compelling design

    How you will benefit

    • Confidently use WordPress to create a professional-looking personal, business, or organizational website
    • Open the door to more career opportunities as a WordPress designer for small businesses
    • Create your own personal website to brand yourself and your business services online
    • Includes 90-days of free hosting on SiteGround

    Richard Mansfield

    Richard Mansfield is a best-selling author and widely recognized expert on computer programming. He holds a master's degree in English from the University of California, Santa Barbara. He has written numerous articles and columns on computer topics, and was the editor of Compute! Magazine. In addition, he has authored or co-authored 44 books, including the best sellers Machine Language for Beginners (Compute!) and The Visual Guide to Visual Basic (Ventana). His more recent titles include Creating Web Pages for Dummies (co-authored, Wiley), XML for Dummies: All-in-One Desktop Reference (co-authored, Wiley), Mastering VBA for Office 2019 (Sybex), and Programming: A Beginner's Guide (McGraw-Hill). Richard's books have sold more than 600,000 copies worldwide and have been translated into 12 languages.


    Discover how to add features to and customize websites built with WordPress, the world's most popular website building platform. This course will help you build interactive sites where visitors can comment on your articles, fill out forms and applications, buy your products, and even make appointments.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27538203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to build unique WordPress sites where visitors can respond to messages, fill out forms, buy products, make appointments, and much more.


    Take your WordPress site to the next level! This online course will teach you how to optimize your site for a great user experience. You'll learn how to easily add CSS—without writing any code—to fine-tune your site's appearance. You'll also find out how to add important functionality with the best WordPress plugins. Master the tools and skills needed to get the most out of WordPress in six weeks with Intermediate WordPress Websites.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Microsoft Edge are preferred. Mozilla Firefox and Safari are also compatible.
    • WordPress.org software is free, but to use it, you must install it on a paid account with a hosting service, which costs approximately $5 to $20 a month (usually quite a bit less for the first year's "introductory" price). The course will explain how to choose a host. Many hosts offer a 30-day money-back guarantee if you decide this isn't for you.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Setting Up Your WordPress Website

    In this first lesson, you'll create a practice website by finding the best hosting service for your site, then installing a free version of WordPress.org. You'll understand the concept of domains and subdomains, then you'll learn how to work with utilities in the host's cPanel. You'll also tour the WordPress dashboard to get an overview of the administrative tools WordPress offers. Then you'll install the classic WordPress editor where you'll build and modify your practice site's pages.

    Planning and Organizing Your Website

    Now that you've set up your brand-new WordPress practice site, you're ready to dive in and explore the WordPress back end, and also to begin building and modifying your site. You'll start by doing some pre-planning, creating an outline of your site before adding text or images. This can help you build an organic website, where the components harmonize and serve the site's overall purpose. Then you'll conclude by touring the WordPress administrative area (back end), where you'll configure your website and add content.

    Working with Themes

    This lesson covers every aspect of WordPress themes—how they work, where to find them, what to look for, and how to install them. You'll then begin working on your practice website! You will look at various themes in order to pick one that will complement your site's topic. You'll install a theme, then explore it down in the engine room where its support files reside.

    Building Your WordPress Website

    This lesson is all about creating and organizing written content! It explores how to enter and organize the information your visitors are looking for, and how to create pages and posts. You'll also find out how to put together an effective menu to guide your guests around the site. Quality content and efficient navigation are the cornerstones of a successful website.

    Exploring Plugins

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to use plugins—the features and tools that you can add to WordPress with a single mouse click. You'll learn where to find thousands of these free mini-programs and how to choose the best. What themes are to site design, plugins are to functionality.

    Adding Images, Video, and Other Digital Media

    This lesson covers how to add media to your pages. The WordPress Media Library helps you upload and edit your media files to create an engaging experience for visitors. You can also embed video, audio, PDF files, and maps from other sites into your site. The lesson will focus on media and all the ways it can enrich your website.

    Customizing Themes

    Themes are fine, but if you're interested in really fine-tuning your site's design, you'll want to go beyond accepting everything the theme designer came up with. This lesson will cover HTML and CSS coding, tools that you'll use to seriously refine your site's appearance. You'll learn the basics of each language and quickly discover how to change font styles, sizes, and colors, as well as create lists and work with margins. You'll also practice using some tools that can make working with CSS very easy. No coding required!

    Mastering the Inspector

    In this lesson, you'll work with a handy tool called the Inspector, which will help you make a few more design changes to your project website. You'll also look at two excellent plugins that can do some of the heavy lifting when you're modifying a website's layout and design.

    Monetizing Your Website

    So, how can you use your WordPress website to make money? That's what this lesson is all about. You'll learn ways to create employ pay-per-click, advertising, and affiliate marketing programs. The lesson will also discuss PayPal and credit card processing and end by setting up a shopping cart system. While monetization may not be your primary goal, as long as you've put in the time and effort to create an online presence, there's no reason you shouldn't benefit from all that work if you wish. Even if your site isn't commercial, there may come a time when you want to solicit donations, include some ads, or sell promotional goods.

    Maximizing Your Audience

    What if you launch your site and nobody visits? When you do get visitors, how can you know if you're giving them the information they came for? This lesson will answer those questions by showing you how to attract an online audience and satisfy their needs. You'll also examine some unique WordPress tools designed to help achieve these goals. Since 90% of a website's first visits result from online searches, it's important that you know what Google wants. Once you know this, you can use a set of strategies known as search engine optimization (SEO) to get your site in front of your audience.

    Introduction to Block Editing

    For many years, WordPress used a page (and post) editor named TinyMCE, which is the editor that you work with throughout this course. It includes a textbox, accompanied by a set of formatting icons, an Add Media button, and a code view where you can see and work with HTML and CSS code embedded within your text.

    WordPress recently switched its default editor to a block editor. However, the classic editor will still be available for many years to come. In this lesson, you'll give the block editor a try to help you decide which editor you prefer.

    Polishing Your Website for Launch

    In the final lesson, you'll take a last look at ways to improve the practice site prior to launch. You'll examine a popular animated feature called a slider, add a widget to the sidebar, refine several elements of your site's visual design, and consider some different options for web hosting services.


    What you will learn

    • Building, updating, and improving your WordPress site from the online administrative area
    • Using CSS to customize a website's appearance-no coding required!
    • Installing and managing the best plugins for everything from great analytics to SEO
    • Installing themes and customizing tools to create a compelling design

    How you will benefit

    • Confidently use WordPress to create a professional-looking personal, business, or organizational website
    • Open the door to more career opportunities as a WordPress designer for small businesses
    • Create your own personal website to brand yourself and your business services online
    • Includes 90-days of free hosting on SiteGround

    Richard Mansfield

    Richard Mansfield is a best-selling author and widely recognized expert on computer programming. He holds a master's degree in English from the University of California, Santa Barbara. He has written numerous articles and columns on computer topics, and was the editor of Compute! Magazine. In addition, he has authored or co-authored 44 books, including the best sellers Machine Language for Beginners (Compute!) and The Visual Guide to Visual Basic (Ventana). His more recent titles include Creating Web Pages for Dummies (co-authored, Wiley), XML for Dummies: All-in-One Desktop Reference (co-authored, Wiley), Mastering VBA for Office 2019 (Sybex), and Programming: A Beginner's Guide (McGraw-Hill). Richard's books have sold more than 600,000 copies worldwide and have been translated into 12 languages.


 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP276311
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to build unique WordPress sites where visitors can respond to messages, fill out forms, buy products, make appointments, and much more.


    Take your WordPress site to the next level! This online course will teach you how to optimize your site for a great user experience. You'll learn how to easily add CSS to fine-tune your site's appearance and discover how to add important functionality with the best WordPress plugins. Master the tools and skills needed to get the most out of WordPress in six weeks with Intermediate WordPress Websites.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Microsoft Edge are preferred. Mozilla Firefox and Safari are also compatible.
    • WordPress.org software is free, but to use it, you must install it on a paid account with a hosting service, which costs approximately $5 to $20 a month (usually quite a bit less for the first year's "introductory" price). The course will explain how to sign up with a host. Many hosts offer a 30-day money-back guarantee if you decide this isn't for you.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn how to build unique WordPress sites where visitors can respond to messages, fill out forms, buy products, make appointments, and much more.


    Setting Up Your WordPress Website

    In this first lesson, you'll create a practice website by finding the best hosting service for your site, then installing a free version of WordPress.org. You'll understand the concept of domains and subdomains, then you'll learn how to work with utilities in the host's cPanel. You'll also tour the WordPress dashboard to get an overview of the administrative tools WordPress offers. Then you'll install the classic WordPress editor where you'll build and modify your practice site's pages.

    Planning and Organizing Your Website

    Now that you've set up your brand-new WordPress practice site, you're ready to dive in and explore the WordPress back end, and also to begin building and modifying your site. You'll start by doing some pre-planning, creating an outline of your site before adding text or images. This can help you build an organic website, where the components harmonize and serve the site's overall purpose. Then you'll conclude by touring the WordPress administrative area (back end), where you'll configure your website and add content.

    Working with Themes

    This lesson covers every aspect of WordPress themes—how they work, where to find them, what to look for, how to ensure site security, and how to install them. You'll then begin working on your practice website! You'll look at various themes in order to pick one that will best complement your site's topic.

    Building Your WordPress Website

    This lesson is all about creating and organizing written content! It explores how to enter and organize the information your visitors are looking for, and how to create pages and posts. You'll also find out how to put together an effective menu to guide your guests around the site. Quality content and efficient navigation are the cornerstones of a successful website.

    Exploring Plugins

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to use plugins, which are features and tools that you can add to WordPress with a single mouse click. You'll learn where to find thousands of these free mini-programs and how to choose the best. What themes are to site design, plugins are to functionality.

    Adding Images, Video, and Other Digital Media

    This lesson covers how to add media to your pages. The WordPress Media Library helps you upload and edit your media files to create an engaging experience for visitors. You can also embed video, audio, PDF files, and maps from other sites into your site. The lesson will focus on media and all the ways it can enrich your website.

    Customizing Themes

    Themes are fine, but if you're interested in really fine-tuning your site's design, you'll want to go beyond accepting everything the theme designer came up with. This lesson will cover HTML and CSS coding, tools that you'll use to seriously refine your site's appearance. You'll learn the basics of each language and quickly discover how to change font styles, sizes, and colors, as well as create lists and work with margins. You'll also practice using some tools that can make working with CSS very easy. No coding required!

    Mastering the Inspector

    In this lesson, you'll work with a handy tool called the Inspector, which will help you make a few more design changes to your project website. You'll also look at two excellent plugins that can do some of the heavy lifting when you're modifying a website's layout and design.

    Monetizing Your Website

    So, how can you use your WordPress website to make money? That's what this lesson is all about. You'll learn ways to employ pay-per-click, advertising, and affiliate marketing programs. The lesson will also discuss PayPal and credit card processing and end by setting up a shopping cart system. While monetization may not be your primary goal, as long as you've put in the time and effort to create an online presence, there's no reason you shouldn't benefit from all that work if you wish. Even if your site isn't commercial, there may come a time when you want to solicit donations, include some ads, or sell promotional goods.

    Maximizing Your Audience

    What if you launch your site and nobody visits? And if you do get visitors, how can you know if you're giving them the information they came for? This lesson will answer those questions by showing you how to attract an online audience and also how to determine if you're satisfying their needs, so they revisit. We'll also examine some unique WordPress tools designed to help achieve these goals. Since 90% of a website's first visits result from online searches, it's important that you know what Google wants. Once you know this, you can use a set of strategies known as search engine optimization (SEO) to get your site in front of your audience.

    Introduction to Block Editing

    For many years, WordPress used a page (and post) editor named TinyMCE, which is the editor that you'll work with throughout this course. It resembles a word processor and includes a textbox, accompanied by a set of formatting icons, an Add Media button, and a code view where you can see and work with HTML and CSS code embedded within your text.

    WordPress recently switched its default editor to a block editor. However, the classic editor will still be available for many years to come. In this lesson, you'll give the block editor a try to help you decide which editor you prefer.

    Polishing Your Website for Launch

    In the final lesson, you'll take a last look at ways to improve the practice site prior to launch. You'll examine a popular animated feature called a slider, add a widget to the sidebar, refine several elements of your site's visual design, and consider some different options for web hosting services.



    Self-Study

    Learn how to build unique WordPress sites where visitors can respond to messages, fill out forms, buy products, make appointments, and much more.

 

  • Intermediate WordPress Websites (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP276311
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to build unique WordPress sites where visitors can respond to messages, fill out forms, buy products, make appointments, and much more.


    Take your WordPress site to the next level! This online course will teach you how to optimize your site for a great user experience. You'll learn how to easily add CSS to fine-tune your site's appearance and discover how to add important functionality with the best WordPress plugins. Master the tools and skills needed to get the most out of WordPress in six weeks with Intermediate WordPress Websites.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Microsoft Edge are preferred. Mozilla Firefox and Safari are also compatible.
    • WordPress.org software is free, but to use it, you must install it on a paid account with a hosting service, which costs approximately $5 to $20 a month (usually quite a bit less for the first year's "introductory" price). The course will explain how to sign up with a host. Many hosts offer a 30-day money-back guarantee if you decide this isn't for you.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn how to build unique WordPress sites where visitors can respond to messages, fill out forms, buy products, make appointments, and much more.


    Setting Up Your WordPress Website

    In this first lesson, you'll create a practice website by finding the best hosting service for your site, then installing a free version of WordPress.org. You'll understand the concept of domains and subdomains, then you'll learn how to work with utilities in the host's cPanel. You'll also tour the WordPress dashboard to get an overview of the administrative tools WordPress offers. Then you'll install the classic WordPress editor where you'll build and modify your practice site's pages.

    Planning and Organizing Your Website

    Now that you've set up your brand-new WordPress practice site, you're ready to dive in and explore the WordPress back end, and also to begin building and modifying your site. You'll start by doing some pre-planning, creating an outline of your site before adding text or images. This can help you build an organic website, where the components harmonize and serve the site's overall purpose. Then you'll conclude by touring the WordPress administrative area (back end), where you'll configure your website and add content.

    Working with Themes

    This lesson covers every aspect of WordPress themes—how they work, where to find them, what to look for, how to ensure site security, and how to install them. You'll then begin working on your practice website! You'll look at various themes in order to pick one that will best complement your site's topic.

    Building Your WordPress Website

    This lesson is all about creating and organizing written content! It explores how to enter and organize the information your visitors are looking for, and how to create pages and posts. You'll also find out how to put together an effective menu to guide your guests around the site. Quality content and efficient navigation are the cornerstones of a successful website.

    Exploring Plugins

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to use plugins, which are features and tools that you can add to WordPress with a single mouse click. You'll learn where to find thousands of these free mini-programs and how to choose the best. What themes are to site design, plugins are to functionality.

    Adding Images, Video, and Other Digital Media

    This lesson covers how to add media to your pages. The WordPress Media Library helps you upload and edit your media files to create an engaging experience for visitors. You can also embed video, audio, PDF files, and maps from other sites into your site. The lesson will focus on media and all the ways it can enrich your website.

    Customizing Themes

    Themes are fine, but if you're interested in really fine-tuning your site's design, you'll want to go beyond accepting everything the theme designer came up with. This lesson will cover HTML and CSS coding, tools that you'll use to seriously refine your site's appearance. You'll learn the basics of each language and quickly discover how to change font styles, sizes, and colors, as well as create lists and work with margins. You'll also practice using some tools that can make working with CSS very easy. No coding required!

    Mastering the Inspector

    In this lesson, you'll work with a handy tool called the Inspector, which will help you make a few more design changes to your project website. You'll also look at two excellent plugins that can do some of the heavy lifting when you're modifying a website's layout and design.

    Monetizing Your Website

    So, how can you use your WordPress website to make money? That's what this lesson is all about. You'll learn ways to employ pay-per-click, advertising, and affiliate marketing programs. The lesson will also discuss PayPal and credit card processing and end by setting up a shopping cart system. While monetization may not be your primary goal, as long as you've put in the time and effort to create an online presence, there's no reason you shouldn't benefit from all that work if you wish. Even if your site isn't commercial, there may come a time when you want to solicit donations, include some ads, or sell promotional goods.

    Maximizing Your Audience

    What if you launch your site and nobody visits? And if you do get visitors, how can you know if you're giving them the information they came for? This lesson will answer those questions by showing you how to attract an online audience and also how to determine if you're satisfying their needs, so they revisit. We'll also examine some unique WordPress tools designed to help achieve these goals. Since 90% of a website's first visits result from online searches, it's important that you know what Google wants. Once you know this, you can use a set of strategies known as search engine optimization (SEO) to get your site in front of your audience.

    Introduction to Block Editing

    For many years, WordPress used a page (and post) editor named TinyMCE, which is the editor that you'll work with throughout this course. It resembles a word processor and includes a textbox, accompanied by a set of formatting icons, an Add Media button, and a code view where you can see and work with HTML and CSS code embedded within your text.

    WordPress recently switched its default editor to a block editor. However, the classic editor will still be available for many years to come. In this lesson, you'll give the block editor a try to help you decide which editor you prefer.

    Polishing Your Website for Launch

    In the final lesson, you'll take a last look at ways to improve the practice site prior to launch. You'll examine a popular animated feature called a slider, add a widget to the sidebar, refine several elements of your site's visual design, and consider some different options for web hosting services.



    Self-Study

    Learn how to build unique WordPress sites where visitors can respond to messages, fill out forms, buy products, make appointments, and much more.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27536202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to make the most of your scrapbooking talents and artistic ideas when you combine digital and traditional scrapbooking techniques.


    Learn to use digital editing techniques to show off your photos and memorabilia in Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking! Using Photoshop Elements, this course will teach you how to make the most of your scrapbooking talents and artistic ideas when you combine traditional and digital scrapbooking.

    Starting with simple projects, you'll quickly learn how to build pages, use artistic journaling, and produce sophisticated illusions. Photoshop Elements lets you build your own clip art, create frames, and develop multi-layer pages with an endless array of layouts and designs. You'll see how to draw and create your own art, build collages and scrapbooks to share, and work with both color and black and white. If you need to restore or age images—the tools are all available to you. Come take your scrapbooking to a new level!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.
    • This course is written using the Windows version of the software. If you have Mac, you will need to make standard Windows/Mac keystroke conversions which are included in the course material.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Photoshop Elements 11 or higher (not included in enrollment). Instructions, screenshots, and examples are based on versions 11, 12, and 13, but later versions, including year-numbered versions like Photoshop Elements 2025, work well with only minor changes for the course.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    What Is Digital Scrapbooking?

    Digital editing gives scrapbooking a new level of creativity! In the first lesson, you'll have an opportunity to become familiar with the online classroom, Photoshop Elements 11 (the digital editing software you'll be using in this course), and a number of ways to integrate digital options with traditional scrapbooking. You'll see how to keep your personal style intact while taking advantage of fun and easy techniques to enhance your scrapbooks.

    Journaling

    In this lesson, you'll have an opportunity to experiment with and explore the many options for enhancing text. You'll see how to add color, shape, and styles, along with more advanced techniques like warping text to fit on objects, making circles with words, and transforming images into text. Journaling is an important part of the storytelling process, so it's time to put the words to work!

    Layering

    Whether you're working with scissors and glue or digital images, one of the ways to embellish scrapbook pages is to layer artistic elements. In this, you'll explore Adobe's layers so you can master the ability to build pages with many different pieces to create the look that tells your story best! The lesson will discuss sizing, background images, frames, and piecing together pages with multiple images, text, and clip art.

    Clip Art

    Now that you're comfortable with backgrounds, cropping, text, and layers, it's time to add some pizzazz to your pages! In this lesson, you'll see how to create and use clip art to add personal touches and dimension to your scrapbook. You may be surprised at how many important details you have in your pictures, and with Photoshop Elements, you'll be able to pick those out and use them just where you want them. Creating clip art is fun and easy with the tools in Elements. You'll be a pro by the time you finish this lesson!

    Themed Layouts

    Continuity and strong story lines captivate readers—even in scrapbooks! This lesson focuses on defining themes, using repetitive elements, and sizing enlargements for excellent quality. You'll see how to build two-page layouts, create panoramic images, and use two different techniques for adding frames to your pages.

    Beauty of Black and White

    Bold and beautiful, black-and-white photography leads to a lesson on how to take a classic look and make it modern, timeless, or even old-fashioned. You'll see how to turn color photos into stunning black-and-white images, or how to keep just a portion in color. You'll also explore using gradients to create black-and-white backgrounds to set off color images.

    Creative Illusions

    In this lesson, you'll work a little magic as you learn to create special effects to enhance your backgrounds and pages. You'll even be able to create some of these from nothing! The illusion of texture and dimension is important when building a sophisticated scrapbook, and you'll look at ways to build pages that might just make you wonder if they're real. With the Effects panel, the Filter menu, and some new tricks with layers and layer styles, you'll be amazed at what you can do.

    Bountiful Brushes

    Much like finger painting lets you release your artistic side, Photoshop Elements brushes are full of possibilities for detailed strokes, colors, and patterns—some even paint pictures! You'll see how to use the standard brushes, create and customize your own, and build pages and backgrounds with a variety of styles and patterns.

    Digital Nostalgia

    In this lesson, you'll see how to turn back the hands of time to create pages using restored images and nostalgic pages. You'll also learn how to age a modern photo to match the look of older ones. With the pattern tools in Photoshop Elements, you'll create fabric-like backgrounds and even see how to add a bit of stitching. Digital editing merges the old and the new in surprising ways!

    3D Imagery

    Digital scrapbooking gives you lots of options for creating three-dimensional looks, and in this lesson, you'll see how to use new shortcuts to make this quick and easy. With Photoshop Elements Guided Edit and special filters, you'll be able to create reflections, spheres, and many more effects.

    Digital Drawing

    It's time to draw! You'll be surprised by how creative you can be with Photoshop Elements drawing tools, even if you don't think of yourself as artistic. With the Pencil tool, the Undo option, and the Eraser tool, changes and corrections are easy. You can even remove something and put it back. You'll see how to add line graphics with Wingdings and turn color images into coloring pages, as well as some other drawing techniques you can use to build backgrounds and art for your scrapbook pages.

    Bringing It All Together

    In the last lesson, you'll explore a couple of automatic options in Photoshop Elements to help you finish your scrapbooks quickly. You'll see how to build an automatic collage page from your images and how to upload them to book formats you can print at home or send out to have professionally printed. You'll finish this course with lots of great ideas to finish your scrapbooks and share them with your family and friends!


    What you will learn

    • Get acquainted with options for combining traditional and digital scrapbooking
    • Learn to build sophisticated pages with multiple artistic elements
    • Examine the options for panoramic layouts, full-page layouts, and recurring themes
    • Explore the options for black-and-white scrapbooking
    • Learn how to use Photoshop Elements to create special effects for scrapbooks
    • Learn to restore images or create nostalgic formats for scrapbooking
    • Explore the automated features of Photoshop Elements that let you create quick pages and books

    How you will benefit

    • Gain confidence in your ability to use Photoshop Elements to create digital scrapbooks for your memories
    • Begin a new hobby in digital scrapbooking
    • Impress friends and family by creating memorabilia artwork in the form of scrapbooks

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"

    Eric Johnson

    Eric Johnson is an experienced digital photographer and editor. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education (emphases on Computer Science) from Oregon State University and a Master's in Business Administration from Seattle University. Eric has worked for major software and computer corporations, freelance photography and editing services, and has been working with Beverly Schulz teaching ed2go photography courses since 2004. He is her co-author on "Photoshop Elements 14 - What's New?"


    Make the most of your scrapbooking talents to show off your photos and memorabilia with digital scrapbooking. This course provides hands-on experience building scrapbook pages, using artistic journaling, and producing your own artwork with Photoshop Elements.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27536203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to make the most of your scrapbooking talents and artistic ideas when you combine digital and traditional scrapbooking techniques.


    Learn to use digital editing techniques to show off your photos and memorabilia in Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking! Using Photoshop Elements, this course will teach you how to make the most of your scrapbooking talents and artistic ideas when you combine traditional and digital scrapbooking.

    Starting with simple projects, you'll quickly learn how to build pages, use artistic journaling, and produce sophisticated illusions. Photoshop Elements lets you build your own clip art, create frames, and develop multi-layer pages with an endless array of layouts and designs. You'll see how to draw and create your own art, build collages and scrapbooks to share, and work with both color and black and white. If you need to restore or age images—the tools are all available to you. Come take your scrapbooking to a new level!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.
    • This course is written using the Windows version of the software. If you have Mac, you will need to make standard Windows/Mac keystroke conversions which are included in the course material.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Photoshop Elements 11 or higher (not included in enrollment). Instructions, screenshots, and examples are based on versions 11, 12, and 13, but later versions, including year-numbered versions like Photoshop Elements 2025, work well with only minor changes for the course.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    What Is Digital Scrapbooking?

    Digital editing gives scrapbooking a new level of creativity! In the first lesson, you'll have an opportunity to become familiar with the online classroom, Photoshop Elements 11 (the digital editing software you'll be using in this course), and a number of ways to integrate digital options with traditional scrapbooking. You'll see how to keep your personal style intact while taking advantage of fun and easy techniques to enhance your scrapbooks.

    Journaling

    In this lesson, you'll have an opportunity to experiment with and explore the many options for enhancing text. You'll see how to add color, shape, and styles, along with more advanced techniques like warping text to fit on objects, making circles with words, and transforming images into text. Journaling is an important part of the storytelling process, so it's time to put the words to work!

    Layering

    Whether you're working with scissors and glue or digital images, one of the ways to embellish scrapbook pages is to layer artistic elements. In this, you'll explore Adobe's layers so you can master the ability to build pages with many different pieces to create the look that tells your story best! The lesson will discuss sizing, background images, frames, and piecing together pages with multiple images, text, and clip art.

    Clip Art

    Now that you're comfortable with backgrounds, cropping, text, and layers, it's time to add some pizzazz to your pages! In this lesson, you'll see how to create and use clip art to add personal touches and dimension to your scrapbook. You may be surprised at how many important details you have in your pictures, and with Photoshop Elements, you'll be able to pick those out and use them just where you want them. Creating clip art is fun and easy with the tools in Elements. You'll be a pro by the time you finish this lesson!

    Themed Layouts

    Continuity and strong story lines captivate readers—even in scrapbooks! This lesson focuses on defining themes, using repetitive elements, and sizing enlargements for excellent quality. You'll see how to build two-page layouts, create panoramic images, and use two different techniques for adding frames to your pages.

    Beauty of Black and White

    Bold and beautiful, black-and-white photography leads to a lesson on how to take a classic look and make it modern, timeless, or even old-fashioned. You'll see how to turn color photos into stunning black-and-white images, or how to keep just a portion in color. You'll also explore using gradients to create black-and-white backgrounds to set off color images.

    Creative Illusions

    In this lesson, you'll work a little magic as you learn to create special effects to enhance your backgrounds and pages. You'll even be able to create some of these from nothing! The illusion of texture and dimension is important when building a sophisticated scrapbook, and you'll look at ways to build pages that might just make you wonder if they're real. With the Effects panel, the Filter menu, and some new tricks with layers and layer styles, you'll be amazed at what you can do.

    Bountiful Brushes

    Much like finger painting lets you release your artistic side, Photoshop Elements brushes are full of possibilities for detailed strokes, colors, and patterns—some even paint pictures! You'll see how to use the standard brushes, create and customize your own, and build pages and backgrounds with a variety of styles and patterns.

    Digital Nostalgia

    In this lesson, you'll see how to turn back the hands of time to create pages using restored images and nostalgic pages. You'll also learn how to age a modern photo to match the look of older ones. With the pattern tools in Photoshop Elements, you'll create fabric-like backgrounds and even see how to add a bit of stitching. Digital editing merges the old and the new in surprising ways!

    3D Imagery

    Digital scrapbooking gives you lots of options for creating three-dimensional looks, and in this lesson, you'll see how to use new shortcuts to make this quick and easy. With Photoshop Elements Guided Edit and special filters, you'll be able to create reflections, spheres, and many more effects.

    Digital Drawing

    It's time to draw! You'll be surprised by how creative you can be with Photoshop Elements drawing tools, even if you don't think of yourself as artistic. With the Pencil tool, the Undo option, and the Eraser tool, changes and corrections are easy. You can even remove something and put it back. You'll see how to add line graphics with Wingdings and turn color images into coloring pages, as well as some other drawing techniques you can use to build backgrounds and art for your scrapbook pages.

    Bringing It All Together

    In the last lesson, you'll explore a couple of automatic options in Photoshop Elements to help you finish your scrapbooks quickly. You'll see how to build an automatic collage page from your images and how to upload them to book formats you can print at home or send out to have professionally printed. You'll finish this course with lots of great ideas to finish your scrapbooks and share them with your family and friends!


    What you will learn

    • Get acquainted with options for combining traditional and digital scrapbooking
    • Learn to build sophisticated pages with multiple artistic elements
    • Examine the options for panoramic layouts, full-page layouts, and recurring themes
    • Explore the options for black-and-white scrapbooking
    • Learn how to use Photoshop Elements to create special effects for scrapbooks
    • Learn to restore images or create nostalgic formats for scrapbooking
    • Explore the automated features of Photoshop Elements that let you create quick pages and books

    How you will benefit

    • Gain confidence in your ability to use Photoshop Elements to create digital scrapbooks for your memories
    • Begin a new hobby in digital scrapbooking
    • Impress friends and family by creating memorabilia artwork in the form of scrapbooks

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"

    Eric Johnson

    Eric Johnson is an experienced digital photographer and editor. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education (emphases on Computer Science) from Oregon State University and a Master's in Business Administration from Seattle University. Eric has worked for major software and computer corporations, freelance photography and editing services, and has been working with Beverly Schulz teaching ed2go photography courses since 2004. He is her co-author on "Photoshop Elements 14 - What's New?"


 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP278571
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to make the most of your scrapbooking talents and artistic ideas when you combine digital and traditional scrapbooking techniques.


    Learn to use digital editing techniques to show off your photos and memorabilia in Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking! Using Photoshop Elements 11, 12, or 13, this course will teach you how to make the most of your scrapbooking talents and artistic ideas when you combine traditional and digital scrapbooking.

    Starting with simple projects, you'll quickly learn how to build pages, use artistic journaling, and produce sophisticated illusions. Photoshop Elements lets you build your own clip art, create frames, and develop multi-layer pages with an endless array of layouts and designs. You'll see how to draw and create your own art, build collages and scrapbooks to share, and work with both color and black and white. If you need to restore or age images—the tools are all available to you. Come take your scrapbooking to a new level!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.
    • This course is written using the Windows version of the software. If you have Mac, you will need to make standard Windows/Mac keystroke conversions which are included in the course material.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Photoshop Elements 11 or higher (not included in enrollment). Instructions, screenshots, and examples are based on versions 11, 12, and 13, but later versions, including year-numbered versions like Photoshop Elements 2025, work well with only minor changes for the course.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Make the most of your scrapbooking talents to show off your photos and memorabilia with digital scrapbooking. This course provides hands-on experience building scrapbook pages, using artistic journaling, and producing your own artwork with Photoshop Elements.


    What Is Digital Scrapbooking?

    Digital editing gives scrapbooking a new level of creativity! In the first lesson, you'll have an opportunity to become familiar with the online classroom, Photoshop Elements 11 (the digital editing software you'll be using in this course), and a number of ways to integrate digital options with traditional scrapbooking. You'll see how to keep your personal style intact while taking advantage of fun and easy techniques to enhance your scrapbooks.

    Journaling

    In this lesson, you'll have an opportunity to experiment with and explore the many options for enhancing text. You'll see how to add color, shape, and styles, along with more advanced techniques like warping text to fit on objects, making circles with words, and transforming images into text. Journaling is an important part of the storytelling process, so it's time to put the words to work!

    Layering

    Whether you're working with scissors and glue or digital images, one of the ways to embellish scrapbook pages is to layer artistic elements. In this, you'll explore Adobe's layers so you can master the ability to build pages with many different pieces to create the look that tells your story best! The lesson will discuss sizing, background images, frames, and piecing together pages with multiple images, text, and clip art.

    Clip Art

    Now that you're comfortable with backgrounds, cropping, text, and layers, it's time to add some pizzazz to your pages! In this lesson, you'll see how to create and use clip art to add personal touches and dimension to your scrapbook. You may be surprised at how many important details you have in your pictures, and with Photoshop Elements, you'll be able to pick those out and use them just where you want them. Creating clip art is fun and easy with the tools in Elements. You'll be a pro by the time you finish this lesson!

    Themed Layouts

    Continuity and strong story lines captivate readers—even in scrapbooks! This lesson focuses on defining themes, using repetitive elements, and sizing enlargements for excellent quality. You'll see how to build two-page layouts, create panoramic images, and use two different techniques for adding frames to your pages.

    Beauty of Black and White

    Bold and beautiful, black-and-white photography leads to a lesson on how to take a classic look and make it modern, timeless, or even old-fashioned. You'll see how to turn color photos into stunning black-and-white images, or how to keep just a portion in color. You'll also explore using gradients to create black-and-white backgrounds to set off color images.

    Creative Illusions

    In this lesson, you'll work a little magic as you learn to create special effects to enhance your backgrounds and pages. You'll even be able to create some of these from nothing! The illusion of texture and dimension is important when building a sophisticated scrapbook, and you'll look at ways to build pages that might just make you wonder if they're real. With the Effects panel, the Filter menu, and some new tricks with layers and layer styles, you'll be amazed at what you can do.

    Bountiful Brushes

    Much like finger painting lets you release your artistic side, Photoshop Elements brushes are full of possibilities for detailed strokes, colors, and patterns—some even paint pictures! You'll see how to use the standard brushes, create and customize your own, and build pages and backgrounds with a variety of styles and patterns.

    Digital Nostalgia

    In this lesson, you'll see how to turn back the hands of time to create pages using restored images and nostalgic pages. You'll also learn how to age a modern photo to match the look of older ones. With the pattern tools in Photoshop Elements, you'll create fabric-like backgrounds and even see how to add a bit of stitching. Digital editing merges the old and the new in surprising ways!

    3D Imagery

    Digital scrapbooking gives you lots of options for creating three-dimensional looks, and in this lesson, you'll see how to use new shortcuts to make this quick and easy. With Photoshop Elements Guided Edit and special filters, you'll be able to create reflections, spheres, and many more effects.

    Digital Drawing

    It's time to draw! You'll be surprised by how creative you can be with Photoshop Elements drawing tools, even if you don't think of yourself as artistic. With the Pencil tool, the Undo option, and the Eraser tool, changes and corrections are easy. You can even remove something and put it back. You'll see how to add line graphics with Wingdings and turn color images into coloring pages, as well as some other drawing techniques you can use to build backgrounds and art for your scrapbook pages.

    Bringing It All Together

    In the last lesson, you'll explore a couple of automatic options in Photoshop Elements to help you finish your scrapbooks quickly. You'll see how to build an automatic collage page from your images and how to upload them to book formats you can print at home or send out to have professionally printed. You'll finish this course with lots of great ideas to finish your scrapbooks and share them with your family and friends!



    Self-Study

    Make the most of your scrapbooking talents to show off your photos and memorabilia with digital scrapbooking. This course provides hands-on experience building scrapbook pages, using artistic journaling, and producing your own artwork with Photoshop Elements.

 

  • Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP278571
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to make the most of your scrapbooking talents and artistic ideas when you combine digital and traditional scrapbooking techniques.


    Learn to use digital editing techniques to show off your photos and memorabilia in Introduction to Digital Scrapbooking! Using Photoshop Elements 11, 12, or 13, this course will teach you how to make the most of your scrapbooking talents and artistic ideas when you combine traditional and digital scrapbooking.

    Starting with simple projects, you'll quickly learn how to build pages, use artistic journaling, and produce sophisticated illusions. Photoshop Elements lets you build your own clip art, create frames, and develop multi-layer pages with an endless array of layouts and designs. You'll see how to draw and create your own art, build collages and scrapbooks to share, and work with both color and black and white. If you need to restore or age images—the tools are all available to you. Come take your scrapbooking to a new level!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.
    • This course is written using the Windows version of the software. If you have Mac, you will need to make standard Windows/Mac keystroke conversions which are included in the course material.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Photoshop Elements 11 or higher (not included in enrollment). Instructions, screenshots, and examples are based on versions 11, 12, and 13, but later versions, including year-numbered versions like Photoshop Elements 2025, work well with only minor changes for the course.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Make the most of your scrapbooking talents to show off your photos and memorabilia with digital scrapbooking. This course provides hands-on experience building scrapbook pages, using artistic journaling, and producing your own artwork with Photoshop Elements.


    What Is Digital Scrapbooking?

    Digital editing gives scrapbooking a new level of creativity! In the first lesson, you'll have an opportunity to become familiar with the online classroom, Photoshop Elements 11 (the digital editing software you'll be using in this course), and a number of ways to integrate digital options with traditional scrapbooking. You'll see how to keep your personal style intact while taking advantage of fun and easy techniques to enhance your scrapbooks.

    Journaling

    In this lesson, you'll have an opportunity to experiment with and explore the many options for enhancing text. You'll see how to add color, shape, and styles, along with more advanced techniques like warping text to fit on objects, making circles with words, and transforming images into text. Journaling is an important part of the storytelling process, so it's time to put the words to work!

    Layering

    Whether you're working with scissors and glue or digital images, one of the ways to embellish scrapbook pages is to layer artistic elements. In this, you'll explore Adobe's layers so you can master the ability to build pages with many different pieces to create the look that tells your story best! The lesson will discuss sizing, background images, frames, and piecing together pages with multiple images, text, and clip art.

    Clip Art

    Now that you're comfortable with backgrounds, cropping, text, and layers, it's time to add some pizzazz to your pages! In this lesson, you'll see how to create and use clip art to add personal touches and dimension to your scrapbook. You may be surprised at how many important details you have in your pictures, and with Photoshop Elements, you'll be able to pick those out and use them just where you want them. Creating clip art is fun and easy with the tools in Elements. You'll be a pro by the time you finish this lesson!

    Themed Layouts

    Continuity and strong story lines captivate readers—even in scrapbooks! This lesson focuses on defining themes, using repetitive elements, and sizing enlargements for excellent quality. You'll see how to build two-page layouts, create panoramic images, and use two different techniques for adding frames to your pages.

    Beauty of Black and White

    Bold and beautiful, black-and-white photography leads to a lesson on how to take a classic look and make it modern, timeless, or even old-fashioned. You'll see how to turn color photos into stunning black-and-white images, or how to keep just a portion in color. You'll also explore using gradients to create black-and-white backgrounds to set off color images.

    Creative Illusions

    In this lesson, you'll work a little magic as you learn to create special effects to enhance your backgrounds and pages. You'll even be able to create some of these from nothing! The illusion of texture and dimension is important when building a sophisticated scrapbook, and you'll look at ways to build pages that might just make you wonder if they're real. With the Effects panel, the Filter menu, and some new tricks with layers and layer styles, you'll be amazed at what you can do.

    Bountiful Brushes

    Much like finger painting lets you release your artistic side, Photoshop Elements brushes are full of possibilities for detailed strokes, colors, and patterns—some even paint pictures! You'll see how to use the standard brushes, create and customize your own, and build pages and backgrounds with a variety of styles and patterns.

    Digital Nostalgia

    In this lesson, you'll see how to turn back the hands of time to create pages using restored images and nostalgic pages. You'll also learn how to age a modern photo to match the look of older ones. With the pattern tools in Photoshop Elements, you'll create fabric-like backgrounds and even see how to add a bit of stitching. Digital editing merges the old and the new in surprising ways!

    3D Imagery

    Digital scrapbooking gives you lots of options for creating three-dimensional looks, and in this lesson, you'll see how to use new shortcuts to make this quick and easy. With Photoshop Elements Guided Edit and special filters, you'll be able to create reflections, spheres, and many more effects.

    Digital Drawing

    It's time to draw! You'll be surprised by how creative you can be with Photoshop Elements drawing tools, even if you don't think of yourself as artistic. With the Pencil tool, the Undo option, and the Eraser tool, changes and corrections are easy. You can even remove something and put it back. You'll see how to add line graphics with Wingdings and turn color images into coloring pages, as well as some other drawing techniques you can use to build backgrounds and art for your scrapbook pages.

    Bringing It All Together

    In the last lesson, you'll explore a couple of automatic options in Photoshop Elements to help you finish your scrapbooks quickly. You'll see how to build an automatic collage page from your images and how to upload them to book formats you can print at home or send out to have professionally printed. You'll finish this course with lots of great ideas to finish your scrapbooks and share them with your family and friends!



    Self-Study

    Make the most of your scrapbooking talents to show off your photos and memorabilia with digital scrapbooking. This course provides hands-on experience building scrapbook pages, using artistic journaling, and producing your own artwork with Photoshop Elements.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27523202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Master basic guitar skills and become the musician you've always wanted to be.


    Learn to play guitar, and become the musician you've always wanted to be! In these fun and informative lessons, you'll build basic guitar skills step-by-step with the help of hands-on exercises, audio and video recordings, and detailed illustrations.

    The classical guitar skills you'll master in this course will allow you to play any style of music, from hard rock to country-and-western. Good guitar players know that the secret to making beautiful music is to practice, practice, practice—so that's what you'll do. You'll make rapid progress as you follow a carefully planned practice schedule that reinforces each new skill you learn. Whether you're a beginner or an intermediate student, this course will take your musical talent to the next level. By the time you're finished, you'll be well on your way to becoming a skilled guitar player.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • You will need a guitar in good working condition and an adjustable footstool for correct positioning. It's advisable to purchase a metronome for developing your rhythm skills and a music stand so you can practice in a correct playing position.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Start Making Music With Your Guitar

    In the first lesson, you'll learn the fundamentals for making music with a guitar. You'll get to know your instrument, realize the benefits of the proper playing position, explore methods for tuning, and discover how to achieve the correct right-hand position. You'll also learn a few playing techniques for producing clear, beautiful notes. This is the first step toward becoming a guitar player. By the end of the lesson, you'll be sitting comfortably and playing notes on your guitar!

    Beautiful Tone and Rhythm

    Want your guitar to sound as beautiful as it looks? In this lesson, you'll learn basic techniques for creating beautiful-sounding notes when you play. The lesson will talk about basic music notation and rhythmic note values and how to interpret those rhythmic note values so that you can play your music in rhythm. By the end of this lesson, you'll be reading and playing guitar music!

    Open Your Mind to Open Strings

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to identify bass and treble string notes on the music staff and about the concept of arpeggios for finger picking the bass and treble strings. You'll explore how to play simple music studies in rhythm and learn how to recognize new music notations and rhythmic values. Of course, you'll have multiple opportunities to apply these new understandings throughout this lesson, and you'll continue to develop your overall proficiency.

    Playing Music With Your Left Hand

    You've got the right hand down. Now it's time to learn about your left hand. This lesson will teach you how to establish the correct left-hand position and the details that go into pressing your left-hand fingers against the strings. You'll also learn to identify the E1 string notes on the music staff and begin playing simple exercises that include open strings. After that, you'll be introduced to stretching exercises that will enhance the range of motion in your fingers. Finally, the lesson will discuss a few new music notations and terms!

    Playing Music on the E1 and B2 Strings

    In this lesson, you'll discover new notes on your B2 string and examine the details that go into creating harmony between the B2 and E1 string notes. You'll learn how to combine your newfound notes together with open strings to play more complex music, allowing you to improve your skill level. You'll also learn about the musical term legato, the facing repeat sign for music with multiple endings. And you'll discover a new time signature, the concept of the pick-up note.

    Playing Music on the E1, B2, and G3 Strings

    In this lesson, you'll begin by focusing on the G3 string. You'll learn notes on the G3 string, be able to identify their location on the music staff, and then practice creating harmony between all three treble string notes to play more beautiful music. You'll learn about rests and their corresponding symbols, find out about music in two voices, and discover techniques that will allow you to gain more control over the way your music sounds.

    Sharps and Flats in New Rhythms

    This lesson will discuss accidentals (sharps and flats) in music. You'll learn to identify their symbols and apply them to play more interesting and beautiful music. You'll also learn about sixteenth notes and the associated rest symbol, and do an exercise so that you can apply this rhythmic value. You'll conclude the lesson by examining a scale and learning why scales are important to your development as a guitarist.

    Playing Two Notes Together

    This is where things really get exciting! In this lesson, you'll examine techniques for playing two notes together. You'll discover a new time signature and various ways of playing this rhythm in music. You'll learn how to use guide and pivot fingers to create smooth chord transitions and continue to build on your skills by learning new music and right-hand exercises.

    Understanding Open String Equivalents

    This lesson will discuss open string equivalents, and you'll learn to identify their location on the music staff and on the fret board. You'll also take a look at a few new notes and discover other possible ways of playing two notes together to further understand the value of playing with correct right-hand fingering. You'll examine how to read other repeat markings and signs that direct you through the music. Finally, the lesson will conclude with a technical exercise to help build your coordination and develop the stretch range of your fingers!

    Tempo Terms and Volume Control

    In this lesson, you'll learn more about tempo and how it's used to create musical expression. You'll continue to build on your understanding of correct left- and right-hand fingering, examine triplets, and learn how to count and play this new rhythm in various time signatures. The lesson will then discuss volume, and you'll learn how you can use it to add expression to your music. Of course, you'll also continue to develop your overall coordination. See you on the inside!

    Volume and Musical Expression

    In this lesson, you'll learn about dynamic markings so that you can further express your music. You'll examine the technique for playing three notes together and continue to build on your understanding of correct right-hand fingering. You'll also discover ways to minimize unwanted sounds that naturally occur when you're playing, and then practice a new exercise that will help to increase your skill level.

    Playing Expressive Music

    In the final lesson, you'll be introduced to dynamic tempo terms that will help you artistically express your music. You'll find out how accenting notes can define the melody and reveal other hidden voices in the music to add nuance and interest. You'll discover how to play four notes together and study some techniques for strumming through the strings so that you can finish a song with flare. You'll also take a look at a final song that incorporates many of the terms and techniques you've learned in this course so you can continue practicing and improving your skills!


    What you will learn

    • Discover how to correctly hold, tune, and achieve the proper right-hand position on your guitar
    • Understand the essential techniques of tone, the fundamentals of music notation, and the basic music rhythms
    • Identify bass and treble string notes on the music staff, and learn the finger-picking technique through various rhythm exercises
    • Gain an understanding of the correct left-hand position
    • Recognize rest symbols, and understand how to apply them in music with two voices
    • Understand the concept and technique for playing two notes together
    • Learn about tempo terms and volume control
    • Realize and practice techniques to minimize unwanted sounds that naturally occur when you play

    How you will benefit

    • Learn to play guitar, and become the musician you've always wanted to be
    • Get a carefully planned practice schedule that reinforces each new skill you learn
    • Take your musical talent to the next level and develop a great new hobby

    Edward Burns

    Edward Burns has an extensive musical background as a professional performer, instructor, composer, and recording artist. He has published two guitar methods and composed several guitar technique studies designed to develop specific skills. Burns has also taught guitar and music theory courses for colleges, music academies, and conservatories.


    Master basic guitar skills and become the musician you've always wanted to be.

 

  • Introduction to Guitar 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27523203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Master basic guitar skills and become the musician you've always wanted to be.


    Learn to play guitar, and become the musician you've always wanted to be! In these fun and informative lessons, you'll build basic guitar skills step-by-step with the help of hands-on exercises, audio and video recordings, and detailed illustrations.

    The classical guitar skills you'll master in this course will allow you to play any style of music, from hard rock to country-and-western. Good guitar players know that the secret to making beautiful music is to practice, practice, practice—so that's what you'll do. You'll make rapid progress as you follow a carefully planned practice schedule that reinforces each new skill you learn. Whether you're a beginner or an intermediate student, this course will take your musical talent to the next level. By the time you're finished, you'll be well on your way to becoming a skilled guitar player.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • You will need a guitar in good working condition and an adjustable footstool for correct positioning. It's advisable to purchase a metronome for developing your rhythm skills and a music stand so you can practice in a correct playing position.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Start Making Music With Your Guitar

    In the first lesson, you'll learn the fundamentals for making music with a guitar. You'll get to know your instrument, realize the benefits of the proper playing position, explore methods for tuning, and discover how to achieve the correct right-hand position. You'll also learn a few playing techniques for producing clear, beautiful notes. This is the first step toward becoming a guitar player. By the end of the lesson, you'll be sitting comfortably and playing notes on your guitar!

    Beautiful Tone and Rhythm

    Want your guitar to sound as beautiful as it looks? In this lesson, you'll learn basic techniques for creating beautiful-sounding notes when you play. The lesson will talk about basic music notation and rhythmic note values and how to interpret those rhythmic note values so that you can play your music in rhythm. By the end of this lesson, you'll be reading and playing guitar music!

    Open Your Mind to Open Strings

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to identify bass and treble string notes on the music staff and about the concept of arpeggios for finger picking the bass and treble strings. You'll explore how to play simple music studies in rhythm and learn how to recognize new music notations and rhythmic values. Of course, you'll have multiple opportunities to apply these new understandings throughout this lesson, and you'll continue to develop your overall proficiency.

    Playing Music With Your Left Hand

    You've got the right hand down. Now it's time to learn about your left hand. This lesson will teach you how to establish the correct left-hand position and the details that go into pressing your left-hand fingers against the strings. You'll also learn to identify the E1 string notes on the music staff and begin playing simple exercises that include open strings. After that, you'll be introduced to stretching exercises that will enhance the range of motion in your fingers. Finally, the lesson will discuss a few new music notations and terms!

    Playing Music on the E1 and B2 Strings

    In this lesson, you'll discover new notes on your B2 string and examine the details that go into creating harmony between the B2 and E1 string notes. You'll learn how to combine your newfound notes together with open strings to play more complex music, allowing you to improve your skill level. You'll also learn about the musical term legato, the facing repeat sign for music with multiple endings. And you'll discover a new time signature, the concept of the pick-up note.

    Playing Music on the E1, B2, and G3 Strings

    In this lesson, you'll begin by focusing on the G3 string. You'll learn notes on the G3 string, be able to identify their location on the music staff, and then practice creating harmony between all three treble string notes to play more beautiful music. You'll learn about rests and their corresponding symbols, find out about music in two voices, and discover techniques that will allow you to gain more control over the way your music sounds.

    Sharps and Flats in New Rhythms

    This lesson will discuss accidentals (sharps and flats) in music. You'll learn to identify their symbols and apply them to play more interesting and beautiful music. You'll also learn about sixteenth notes and the associated rest symbol, and do an exercise so that you can apply this rhythmic value. You'll conclude the lesson by examining a scale and learning why scales are important to your development as a guitarist.

    Playing Two Notes Together

    This is where things really get exciting! In this lesson, you'll examine techniques for playing two notes together. You'll discover a new time signature and various ways of playing this rhythm in music. You'll learn how to use guide and pivot fingers to create smooth chord transitions and continue to build on your skills by learning new music and right-hand exercises.

    Understanding Open String Equivalents

    This lesson will discuss open string equivalents, and you'll learn to identify their location on the music staff and on the fret board. You'll also take a look at a few new notes and discover other possible ways of playing two notes together to further understand the value of playing with correct right-hand fingering. You'll examine how to read other repeat markings and signs that direct you through the music. Finally, the lesson will conclude with a technical exercise to help build your coordination and develop the stretch range of your fingers!

    Tempo Terms and Volume Control

    In this lesson, you'll learn more about tempo and how it's used to create musical expression. You'll continue to build on your understanding of correct left- and right-hand fingering, examine triplets, and learn how to count and play this new rhythm in various time signatures. The lesson will then discuss volume, and you'll learn how you can use it to add expression to your music. Of course, you'll also continue to develop your overall coordination. See you on the inside!

    Volume and Musical Expression

    In this lesson, you'll learn about dynamic markings so that you can further express your music. You'll examine the technique for playing three notes together and continue to build on your understanding of correct right-hand fingering. You'll also discover ways to minimize unwanted sounds that naturally occur when you're playing, and then practice a new exercise that will help to increase your skill level.

    Playing Expressive Music

    In the final lesson, you'll be introduced to dynamic tempo terms that will help you artistically express your music. You'll find out how accenting notes can define the melody and reveal other hidden voices in the music to add nuance and interest. You'll discover how to play four notes together and study some techniques for strumming through the strings so that you can finish a song with flare. You'll also take a look at a final song that incorporates many of the terms and techniques you've learned in this course so you can continue practicing and improving your skills!


    What you will learn

    • Discover how to correctly hold, tune, and achieve the proper right-hand position on your guitar
    • Understand the essential techniques of tone, the fundamentals of music notation, and the basic music rhythms
    • Identify bass and treble string notes on the music staff, and learn the finger-picking technique through various rhythm exercises
    • Gain an understanding of the correct left-hand position
    • Recognize rest symbols, and understand how to apply them in music with two voices
    • Understand the concept and technique for playing two notes together
    • Learn about tempo terms and volume control
    • Realize and practice techniques to minimize unwanted sounds that naturally occur when you play

    How you will benefit

    • Learn to play guitar, and become the musician you've always wanted to be
    • Get a carefully planned practice schedule that reinforces each new skill you learn
    • Take your musical talent to the next level and develop a great new hobby

    Edward Burns

    Edward Burns has an extensive musical background as a professional performer, instructor, composer, and recording artist. He has published two guitar methods and composed several guitar technique studies designed to develop specific skills. Burns has also taught guitar and music theory courses for colleges, music academies, and conservatories.


 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27564202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use Adobe InDesign CC to create professional-quality letterhead, brochures, forms, eBooks, business materials and more.


    Have you ever seen a terrific-looking brochure or newsletter and wondered how it was made? Chances are the designer used Adobe InDesign CC, the industry-standard desktop publishing software now available through the Creative Cloud.

    In each lesson, you will learn an important aspect of InDesign CC and prepare a range of print and online products for a fictional company. You will get dozens of files to work with, including a partially completed InDesign document used to start each lesson. Then you will use the downloaded graphics, images, fonts, and other content to complete the project. To check your work or troubleshoot any problems you encounter, you will always get a copy of the finished InDesign project file.

    Lesson by lesson, you will discover how the program features relate to producing actual usable documents. You will explore the best ways to create different types of material, how to reuse items such as colors and artwork, and how to produce publications for different page sizes and devices. You will come away knowing how to use this popular page layout software to design and create professional-quality letterhead, business cards, brochures, forms, interactive PDF files, an eBook, and more.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.7 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows), Adobe CS6 Design and Web Premium (Windows), Adobe CS6 Master Collection (Windows), InDesign CS6 (Mac), Adobe CS6 Design and Web Premium (Mac), Adobe CS6 Master Collection (Mac), or Adobe InDesign CC Student or Retail versions (Mac or Windows). Older versions of Adobe InDesign are also applicable, including all versions of Adobe InDesign CS5 and CS4 (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Introduction to InDesign CC

    Wouldn't it be terrific if you could use one program to create all the different types of print materials you need for your small business, organization, or family—such as letterhead, forms, and even brochures and business cards? Well, you can! We'll spend this first lesson going over all the different types of content you can produce with InDesign. We'll explore the InDesign workspace and tools, and then we'll get right to work on our first project—a logo for the fictional business we'll create materials for throughout this course!

    Setting Up a New Document

    In this lesson, you'll learn all about starting and saving a new document. What's one of the most common types of print documents? If you said, "letterhead," you'd be right and well on your way into this lesson's project. By the end of the session, you'll know how to choose settings for a new file, add background images, and organize your content to create a custom letterhead. You'll also add a second page to create a matching envelope, and you'll learn how to add a custom Parent page for the envelope. As in all of our lessons, we'll go over how to use the specific colors, styles, and logo for our fictional business, but you'll be able to use the same techniques for your personal business or projects.

    Organizing Objects on a Layout

    Organization is a key ingredient in successful work of any kind, and it's critical to successfully using InDesign. In this lesson, you'll learn about organizing in two ways. First, you'll see how to use a workflow, or an order of operations for creating an InDesign publication. Then, we'll go over how to organize materials on a page and how to use many of InDesign's tools for aligning, organizing, and laying out your content. In the process, we'll complete three projects: a sheet of address stickers, a sheet of business cards, and a reusable business card template.

    Setting Up a Multipage Document

    Many of your projects will use multiple pages with different layouts. Designing a travel brochure is the perfect way to learn these skills, and that's what we'll focus on today. We'll work with two different column layouts while exploring other InDesign features (like grids and document coordinates) that can help you lay out a page evenly. We'll also go over using text frame placeholders so you don't have to add content to the page to see its layout. For a final touch of realism, we'll use placeholder text during the design process to give you a good idea of how a page will look when you're finished. You'll see how to add a graphic into an existing frame and make it fit, as well as how to add content instantly using a file called a snippet.

    Creating a Tri-Fold Brochure

    In this lesson, you'll create another advertising piece for our fictional company: a tri-fold brochure. You'll learn how to make Parent pages work for you. Another skill you'll take away from this lesson is creating guides to accurately place the contents of the brochure. In addition, you'll learn how to add images to a brochure and fit them to rectangular frames. You'll also learn how to save time by copying images. You'll be using placeholder text in this lesson as well and work with paragraph styles. The end result is a tri-fold brochure.

    Creating a Book

    The two key elements in any print project are, of course, text and images. We went over text in our last lesson, so today, we'll create a book. The finished book will have a table of contents and numbered pages. You'll create a cover for the book and work with color. You'll import paragraph styles from another InDesign document and learn how to fit content to a frame. Another useful skill you'll learn is wrapping text around images. Some of the document text will be placed from a Microsoft Word document. The project will be exported as a PDF to be used by a printing service to create multiple copies of the book.

    Managing and Applying Color

    Did you know that your eyes can see over 16 million different colors? It's true! Fortunately, you don't have to work with that many colors in InDesign. But if you ever find yourself trying to choose between thousands and thousands of color possibilities, you'll understand why InDesign offers you so many different ways to work with your choices. In this lesson, you'll learn the best methods for choosing, naming, and organizing colors. You'll practice working with solid colors as well as gradients (which let you display a range of colors within an object), and we'll round out the lesson by using some more special effects in today's fun project—a greeting card.

    Designing Tables and Creating Forms

    When you need to display bits of information in your publication and want to ensure it's easy to read, it's time to use a table. InDesign offers you lots of tools for designing and formatting tables while helping you make sure your content will coordinate with other documents. You'll see how this works today as we practice building tables for an invoice. You'll also find out how to use color tints in your table, as well as how to use styles to quickly and consistently reuse any of your layout features. Finally, we'll experiment with an interactive PDF form. You'll add some fields to a blank form, see how to configure a text field or button, and produce the PDF form.

    Creating an Interactive Document

    Creating an interactive document, is a very useful skill to have in your tool kit, and that's what you'll learn how to design in this lesson. The document you create will have an interactive menu, with buttons. When clicked the buttons will transport the viewer to a specify destination. The menu will be a drop down menu. You'll add actions to the buttons that show and hide then when the user interacts with them. You'll also insert a video into the document. The finished project will be exported as an interactive PDF.

    Storing Text and Color Information

    Recycling doesn't just apply to items in your home or business. In this lesson, you'll see how to use the 3R's of recycling in InDesign to complete a newsletter project. As you recycle and modify colors and styles from previous lessons to create new styles in your newsletter, you'll also reuse a lot of the tools and skills you've used in previous lessons. Learning to effectively use all of InDesign's tools and features in a variety of different ways on many different projects is what it's all about!

    Creating EPUB documents and eBooks

    In this lesson, you'll work with text and images from Alice in Wonderland to build an EPUB. You'll learn a lot about what does and doesn't work in an EPUB document, and work with best practices for producing different types of EPUB documents. You'll learn how to create two types of eBooks, a book that will reflow to the size of the device it is viewed on, and a book with a fixed layout, that is sized for a specific device such as an iPad, or other tablet. You'll learn how to place images so they stay put when viewed on a device.

    Creating and Distributing a Complex Document

    Whether you're designing publications for business, hobbies, or social or community activities, odds are you'll need to share them at some point. InDesign provides many options for exporting and reusing a document, as well as printing. We'll review a few of them in this lesson as we design a postcard using special fonts, colors, and image layout features. Have you ever seen text that shows an image of some sort through the letters and wondered how it's done? You'll know after completing the project in this lesson! By the time you finish this lesson, you'll know how to export a publication as an image, print directly from your desktop, or create a compact PDF version of your finished publication ready to email.


    What you will learn

    • Learn everything you need to know to successfully use this popular page layout software
    • Gain hands-on experience as you use graphics, images, fonts, and other content to complete projects
    • Check your work or troubleshoot any problems you encounter with the finished InDesign project files explore the best ways to create different types of materials
    • Explore the best ways to create different types of materials
    • Learn how to produce publications for different page sizes and devices

    How you will benefit

    • Feel confident using InDesign to create professional-quality business publications
    • Gain the skills you need for a great new hobby and way to express your creativity
    • Open the door to new freelance and employment opportunities as a designer of business publications

    Doug Sahlin

    Doug Sahlin is a professional photographer, author, graphic designer, and instructor living in Venice, Florida. He was President of Superb Images, a wedding and event photography company for three years. He creates fine art images of the flora, fauna, and iconic landscapes and seascapes found on the west coast of Florida. Sahlin has written over twenty how-to books, many of them bestsellers on Amazon.


    Learn how to use Adobe InDesign CC software to create professional-quality letterhead, brochures, forms, eBooks, business materials and more. This course uses hands-on exercises and expert instruction to help you discover how the program features relate to producing actual usable documents.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27564203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use Adobe InDesign CC to create professional-quality letterhead, brochures, forms, eBooks, business materials and more.


    Have you ever seen a terrific-looking brochure or newsletter and wondered how it was made? Chances are the designer used Adobe InDesign CC, the industry-standard desktop publishing software now available through the Creative Cloud.

    In each lesson, you will learn an important aspect of InDesign CC and prepare a range of print and online products for a fictional company. You will get dozens of files to work with, including a partially completed InDesign document used to start each lesson. Then you will use the downloaded graphics, images, fonts, and other content to complete the project. To check your work or troubleshoot any problems you encounter, you will always get a copy of the finished InDesign project file.

    Lesson by lesson, you will discover how the program features relate to producing actual usable documents. You will explore the best ways to create different types of material, how to reuse items such as colors and artwork, and how to produce publications for different page sizes and devices. You will come away knowing how to use this popular page layout software to design and create professional-quality letterhead, business cards, brochures, forms, interactive PDF files, an eBook, and more.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.7 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows), Adobe CS6 Design and Web Premium (Windows), Adobe CS6 Master Collection (Windows), InDesign CS6 (Mac), Adobe CS6 Design and Web Premium (Mac), Adobe CS6 Master Collection (Mac), or Adobe InDesign CC Student or Retail versions (Mac or Windows). Older versions of Adobe InDesign are also applicable, including all versions of Adobe InDesign CS5 and CS4 (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Introduction to InDesign CC

    Wouldn't it be terrific if you could use one program to create all the different types of print materials you need for your small business, organization, or family—such as letterhead, forms, and even brochures and business cards? Well, you can! We'll spend this first lesson going over all the different types of content you can produce with InDesign. We'll explore the InDesign workspace and tools, and then we'll get right to work on our first project—a logo for the fictional business we'll create materials for throughout this course!

    Setting Up a New Document

    In this lesson, you'll learn all about starting and saving a new document. What's one of the most common types of print documents? If you said, "letterhead," you'd be right and well on your way into this lesson's project. By the end of the session, you'll know how to choose settings for a new file, add background images, and organize your content to create a custom letterhead. You'll also add a second page to create a matching envelope, and you'll learn how to add a custom Parent page for the envelope. As in all of our lessons, we'll go over how to use the specific colors, styles, and logo for our fictional business, but you'll be able to use the same techniques for your personal business or projects.

    Organizing Objects on a Layout

    Organization is a key ingredient in successful work of any kind, and it's critical to successfully using InDesign. In this lesson, you'll learn about organizing in two ways. First, you'll see how to use a workflow, or an order of operations for creating an InDesign publication. Then, we'll go over how to organize materials on a page and how to use many of InDesign's tools for aligning, organizing, and laying out your content. In the process, we'll complete three projects: a sheet of address stickers, a sheet of business cards, and a reusable business card template.

    Setting Up a Multipage Document

    Many of your projects will use multiple pages with different layouts. Designing a travel brochure is the perfect way to learn these skills, and that's what we'll focus on today. We'll work with two different column layouts while exploring other InDesign features (like grids and document coordinates) that can help you lay out a page evenly. We'll also go over using text frame placeholders so you don't have to add content to the page to see its layout. For a final touch of realism, we'll use placeholder text during the design process to give you a good idea of how a page will look when you're finished. You'll see how to add a graphic into an existing frame and make it fit, as well as how to add content instantly using a file called a snippet.

    Creating a Tri-Fold Brochure

    In this lesson, you'll create another advertising piece for our fictional company: a tri-fold brochure. You'll learn how to make Parent pages work for you. Another skill you'll take away from this lesson is creating guides to accurately place the contents of the brochure. In addition, you'll learn how to add images to a brochure and fit them to rectangular frames. You'll also learn how to save time by copying images. You'll be using placeholder text in this lesson as well and work with paragraph styles. The end result is a tri-fold brochure.

    Creating a Book

    The two key elements in any print project are, of course, text and images. We went over text in our last lesson, so today, we'll create a book. The finished book will have a table of contents and numbered pages. You'll create a cover for the book and work with color. You'll import paragraph styles from another InDesign document and learn how to fit content to a frame. Another useful skill you'll learn is wrapping text around images. Some of the document text will be placed from a Microsoft Word document. The project will be exported as a PDF to be used by a printing service to create multiple copies of the book.

    Managing and Applying Color

    Did you know that your eyes can see over 16 million different colors? It's true! Fortunately, you don't have to work with that many colors in InDesign. But if you ever find yourself trying to choose between thousands and thousands of color possibilities, you'll understand why InDesign offers you so many different ways to work with your choices. In this lesson, you'll learn the best methods for choosing, naming, and organizing colors. You'll practice working with solid colors as well as gradients (which let you display a range of colors within an object), and we'll round out the lesson by using some more special effects in today's fun project—a greeting card.

    Designing Tables and Creating Forms

    When you need to display bits of information in your publication and want to ensure it's easy to read, it's time to use a table. InDesign offers you lots of tools for designing and formatting tables while helping you make sure your content will coordinate with other documents. You'll see how this works today as we practice building tables for an invoice. You'll also find out how to use color tints in your table, as well as how to use styles to quickly and consistently reuse any of your layout features. Finally, we'll experiment with an interactive PDF form. You'll add some fields to a blank form, see how to configure a text field or button, and produce the PDF form.

    Creating an Interactive Document

    Creating an interactive document, is a very useful skill to have in your tool kit, and that's what you'll learn how to design in this lesson. The document you create will have an interactive menu, with buttons. When clicked the buttons will transport the viewer to a specify destination. The menu will be a drop down menu. You'll add actions to the buttons that show and hide then when the user interacts with them. You'll also insert a video into the document. The finished project will be exported as an interactive PDF.

    Storing Text and Color Information

    Recycling doesn't just apply to items in your home or business. In this lesson, you'll see how to use the 3R's of recycling in InDesign to complete a newsletter project. As you recycle and modify colors and styles from previous lessons to create new styles in your newsletter, you'll also reuse a lot of the tools and skills you've used in previous lessons. Learning to effectively use all of InDesign's tools and features in a variety of different ways on many different projects is what it's all about!

    Creating EPUB documents and eBooks

    In this lesson, you'll work with text and images from Alice in Wonderland to build an EPUB. You'll learn a lot about what does and doesn't work in an EPUB document, and work with best practices for producing different types of EPUB documents. You'll learn how to create two types of eBooks, a book that will reflow to the size of the device it is viewed on, and a book with a fixed layout, that is sized for a specific device such as an iPad, or other tablet. You'll learn how to place images so they stay put when viewed on a device.

    Creating and Distributing a Complex Document

    Whether you're designing publications for business, hobbies, or social or community activities, odds are you'll need to share them at some point. InDesign provides many options for exporting and reusing a document, as well as printing. We'll review a few of them in this lesson as we design a postcard using special fonts, colors, and image layout features. Have you ever seen text that shows an image of some sort through the letters and wondered how it's done? You'll know after completing the project in this lesson! By the time you finish this lesson, you'll know how to export a publication as an image, print directly from your desktop, or create a compact PDF version of your finished publication ready to email.


    What you will learn

    • Learn everything you need to know to successfully use this popular page layout software
    • Gain hands-on experience as you use graphics, images, fonts, and other content to complete projects
    • Check your work or troubleshoot any problems you encounter with the finished InDesign project files explore the best ways to create different types of materials
    • Explore the best ways to create different types of materials
    • Learn how to produce publications for different page sizes and devices

    How you will benefit

    • Feel confident using InDesign to create professional-quality business publications
    • Gain the skills you need for a great new hobby and way to express your creativity
    • Open the door to new freelance and employment opportunities as a designer of business publications

    Doug Sahlin

    Doug Sahlin is a professional photographer, author, graphic designer, and instructor living in Venice, Florida. He was President of Superb Images, a wedding and event photography company for three years. He creates fine art images of the flora, fauna, and iconic landscapes and seascapes found on the west coast of Florida. Sahlin has written over twenty how-to books, many of them bestsellers on Amazon.


 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP276181
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use Adobe InDesign CC software to create professional-quality letterhead, brochures, forms, eBooks, business materials and more.


    Have you ever seen a terrific-looking brochure or newsletter and wondered how it was made? Chances are the designer used Adobe InDesign CC, the industry-standard desktop publishing software now available through the Creative Cloud.

    In each lesson, you will learn an important aspect of InDesign CC and prepare a range of print and online products for a fictional company. You will get dozens of files to work with, including a partially completed InDesign document used to start each lesson. Then you will use the downloaded graphics, images, fonts, and other content to complete the project. In order to check your work or troubleshoot any problems you encounter, you will always get a copy of the finished InDesign project file.

    Lesson by lesson, you will discover how the program features relate to producing actual usable documents. You will explore the best ways to create different types of material, how to reuse items such as colors and artwork, and how to produce publications for different page sizes and devices. You will come away knowing how to use this popular page layout software to design and create professional-quality letterhead, business cards, brochures, forms, interactive PDF files, an eBook, and more.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.7 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows), Adobe CS6 Design and Web Premium (Windows), Adobe CS6 Master Collection (Windows), InDesign CS6 (Mac), Adobe CS6 Design and Web Premium (Mac), Adobe CS6 Master Collection (Mac), or Adobe InDesign CC Student or Retail versions (Mac or Windows). Older versions of Adobe InDesign are also applicable, including all versions of Adobe InDesign CS5 and CS4 (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Learn how to use Adobe InDesign CC software to create professional-quality letterhead, brochures, forms, eBooks, business materials and more.


    Introduction to InDesign CC

    Wouldn't it be terrific if you could use one program to create all the different types of print materials you need for your small business, organization, or family—such as letterhead, forms, and even brochures and business cards? Well, you can! We'll spend this first lesson going over all the different types of content you can produce with InDesign. We'll explore the InDesign workspace and tools, and then we'll get right to work on our first project—a logo for the fictional business we'll create materials for throughout this course!

    Setting Up a New Document

    In this lesson, you'll learn all about starting and saving a new document. What's one of the most common types of print documents? If you said, "letterhead," you'd be right and well on your way into this lesson's project. By the end of the session, you'll know how to choose settings for a new file, add background images, and organize your content to create a custom letterhead. You'll also add a second page to create a matching envelope, and you'll learn how to add a custom Parent page for the envelope. As in all of our lessons, we'll go over how to use the specific colors, styles, and logo for our fictional business, but you'll be able to use the same techniques for your personal business or projects.

    Organizing Objects on a Layouts

    Organization is a key ingredient in successful work of any kind, and it's critical to successfully using InDesign. In this lesson, you'll learn about organizing in two ways. First, you'll see how to use a workflow, or an order of operations for creating an InDesign publication. Then, we'll go over how to organize materials on a page and how to use many of InDesign's tools for aligning, organizing, and laying out your content. In the process, we'll complete three projects: a sheet of address stickers, a sheet of business cards, and a reusable business card template.

    Setting Up a Multipage Document

    Many of your projects will use multiple pages with different layouts. Designing a travel brochure is the perfect way to learn these skills, and that's what we'll focus on today. We'll work with two different column layouts while exploring other InDesign features (like grids and document coordinates) that can help you lay out a page evenly. We'll also go over using text frame placeholders so you don't have to add content to the page to see its layout. For a final touch of realism, we'll use placeholder text during the design process to give you a good idea of how a page will look when you're finished. You'll see how to add a graphic into an existing frame and make it fit, as well as how to add content instantly using a file called a snippet.

    Creating a Tri-Fold Brochure

    In this lesson, you'll create another advertising piece for our fictional company: a tri-fold brochure. You'll learn how to make Parent pages work for you. Another skill you'll take away from this lesson is creating guides to accurately place the contents of the brochure. In addition, you'll learn how to add images to a brochure and fit them to rectangular frames. You'll also learn how to save time by copying images. You'll be using placeholder text in this lesson as well and work with paragraph styles. The end result is a tri-fold brochure.

    Creating a Book

    The two key elements in any print project are, of course, text and images. We went over text in our last lesson, so today, we'll create a book. The finished book will have a table of contents and numbered pages. You'll create a cover for the book and work with color. You'll import paragraph styles from another InDesign document and learn how to fit content to a frame. Another useful skill you'll learn is wrapping text around images. Some of the document text will be placed from a Microsoft Word document. The project will be exported as a PDF to be used by a printing service to create multiple copies of the book.

    Managing and Applying Color

    Did you know that your eyes can see over 16 million different colors? It's true! Fortunately, you don't have to work with that many colors in InDesign. But if you ever find yourself trying to choose between thousands and thousands of color possibilities, you'll understand why InDesign offers you so many different ways to work with your choices. In this lesson, you'll learn the best methods for choosing, naming, and organizing colors. You'll practice working with solid colors as well as gradients (which let you display a range of colors within an object), and we'll round out the lesson by using some more special effects in today's fun project—a greeting card.

    Designing Tables and Creating Forms

    When you need to display bits of information in your publication and want to ensure it's easy to read, it's time to use a table. InDesign offers you lots of tools for designing and formatting tables while helping you make sure your content will coordinate with other documents. You'll see how this works today as we practice building tables for an invoice. You'll also find out how to use color tints in your table, as well as how to use styles to quickly and consistently reuse any of your layout features. Finally, we'll experiment with an interactive PDF form. You'll add some fields to a blank form, see how to configure a text field or button, and produce the PDF form.

    Creating an Interactive Document

    Creating an interactive document, is a very useful skill to have in your tool kit, and that's what you'll learn how to design in this lesson. The document you create will have an interactive menu, with buttons. When clicked the buttons will transport the viewer to a specify destination. The menu will be a drop down menu. You'll add actions to the buttons that show and hide then when the user interacts with them. You'll also insert a video into the document. The finished project will be exported as an interactive PDF.

    Storing Text and Color Information

    Recycling doesn't just apply to items in your home or business. In this lesson, you'll see how to use the 3R's of recycling in InDesign to complete a newsletter project. As you recycle and modify colors and styles from previous lessons to create new styles in your newsletter, you'll also reuse a lot of the tools and skills you've used in previous lessons. Learning to effectively use all of InDesign's tools and features in a variety of different ways on many different projects is what it's all about!

    Creating EPUB documents and eBooks

    In this lesson, you'll work with text and images from Alice in Wonderland to build an EPUB. You'll learn a lot about what does and doesn't work in an EPUB document, and work with best practices for producing different types of EPUB documents. You'll learn how to create two types of eBooks, a book that will reflow to the size of the device it is viewed on, and a book with a fixed layout, that is sized for a specific device such as an iPad, or other tablet. You'll learn how to place images so they stay put when viewed on a device.

    Creating and Distributing a Complex Document

    Whether you're designing publications for business, hobbies, or social or community activities, odds are you'll need to share them at some point. InDesign provides many options for exporting and reusing a document, as well as printing. We'll review a few of them in this lesson as we design a postcard using special fonts, colors, and image layout features. Have you ever seen text that shows an image of some sort through the letters and wondered how it's done? You'll know after completing the project in this lesson! By the time you finish this lesson, you'll know how to export a publication as an image, print directly from your desktop, or create a compact PDF version of your finished publication ready to email.



    Self-Study

    Learn how to use Adobe InDesign CC software to create professional-quality letterhead, brochures, forms, eBooks, business materials and more.

 

  • Introduction to InDesign CC (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP276181
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use Adobe InDesign CC software to create professional-quality letterhead, brochures, forms, eBooks, business materials and more.


    Have you ever seen a terrific-looking brochure or newsletter and wondered how it was made? Chances are the designer used Adobe InDesign CC, the industry-standard desktop publishing software now available through the Creative Cloud.

    In each lesson, you will learn an important aspect of InDesign CC and prepare a range of print and online products for a fictional company. You will get dozens of files to work with, including a partially completed InDesign document used to start each lesson. Then you will use the downloaded graphics, images, fonts, and other content to complete the project. In order to check your work or troubleshoot any problems you encounter, you will always get a copy of the finished InDesign project file.

    Lesson by lesson, you will discover how the program features relate to producing actual usable documents. You will explore the best ways to create different types of material, how to reuse items such as colors and artwork, and how to produce publications for different page sizes and devices. You will come away knowing how to use this popular page layout software to design and create professional-quality letterhead, business cards, brochures, forms, interactive PDF files, an eBook, and more.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.7 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows), Adobe CS6 Design and Web Premium (Windows), Adobe CS6 Master Collection (Windows), InDesign CS6 (Mac), Adobe CS6 Design and Web Premium (Mac), Adobe CS6 Master Collection (Mac), or Adobe InDesign CC Student or Retail versions (Mac or Windows). Older versions of Adobe InDesign are also applicable, including all versions of Adobe InDesign CS5 and CS4 (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Learn how to use Adobe InDesign CC software to create professional-quality letterhead, brochures, forms, eBooks, business materials and more.


    Introduction to InDesign CC

    Wouldn't it be terrific if you could use one program to create all the different types of print materials you need for your small business, organization, or family—such as letterhead, forms, and even brochures and business cards? Well, you can! We'll spend this first lesson going over all the different types of content you can produce with InDesign. We'll explore the InDesign workspace and tools, and then we'll get right to work on our first project—a logo for the fictional business we'll create materials for throughout this course!

    Setting Up a New Document

    In this lesson, you'll learn all about starting and saving a new document. What's one of the most common types of print documents? If you said, "letterhead," you'd be right and well on your way into this lesson's project. By the end of the session, you'll know how to choose settings for a new file, add background images, and organize your content to create a custom letterhead. You'll also add a second page to create a matching envelope, and you'll learn how to add a custom Parent page for the envelope. As in all of our lessons, we'll go over how to use the specific colors, styles, and logo for our fictional business, but you'll be able to use the same techniques for your personal business or projects.

    Organizing Objects on a Layouts

    Organization is a key ingredient in successful work of any kind, and it's critical to successfully using InDesign. In this lesson, you'll learn about organizing in two ways. First, you'll see how to use a workflow, or an order of operations for creating an InDesign publication. Then, we'll go over how to organize materials on a page and how to use many of InDesign's tools for aligning, organizing, and laying out your content. In the process, we'll complete three projects: a sheet of address stickers, a sheet of business cards, and a reusable business card template.

    Setting Up a Multipage Document

    Many of your projects will use multiple pages with different layouts. Designing a travel brochure is the perfect way to learn these skills, and that's what we'll focus on today. We'll work with two different column layouts while exploring other InDesign features (like grids and document coordinates) that can help you lay out a page evenly. We'll also go over using text frame placeholders so you don't have to add content to the page to see its layout. For a final touch of realism, we'll use placeholder text during the design process to give you a good idea of how a page will look when you're finished. You'll see how to add a graphic into an existing frame and make it fit, as well as how to add content instantly using a file called a snippet.

    Creating a Tri-Fold Brochure

    In this lesson, you'll create another advertising piece for our fictional company: a tri-fold brochure. You'll learn how to make Parent pages work for you. Another skill you'll take away from this lesson is creating guides to accurately place the contents of the brochure. In addition, you'll learn how to add images to a brochure and fit them to rectangular frames. You'll also learn how to save time by copying images. You'll be using placeholder text in this lesson as well and work with paragraph styles. The end result is a tri-fold brochure.

    Creating a Book

    The two key elements in any print project are, of course, text and images. We went over text in our last lesson, so today, we'll create a book. The finished book will have a table of contents and numbered pages. You'll create a cover for the book and work with color. You'll import paragraph styles from another InDesign document and learn how to fit content to a frame. Another useful skill you'll learn is wrapping text around images. Some of the document text will be placed from a Microsoft Word document. The project will be exported as a PDF to be used by a printing service to create multiple copies of the book.

    Managing and Applying Color

    Did you know that your eyes can see over 16 million different colors? It's true! Fortunately, you don't have to work with that many colors in InDesign. But if you ever find yourself trying to choose between thousands and thousands of color possibilities, you'll understand why InDesign offers you so many different ways to work with your choices. In this lesson, you'll learn the best methods for choosing, naming, and organizing colors. You'll practice working with solid colors as well as gradients (which let you display a range of colors within an object), and we'll round out the lesson by using some more special effects in today's fun project—a greeting card.

    Designing Tables and Creating Forms

    When you need to display bits of information in your publication and want to ensure it's easy to read, it's time to use a table. InDesign offers you lots of tools for designing and formatting tables while helping you make sure your content will coordinate with other documents. You'll see how this works today as we practice building tables for an invoice. You'll also find out how to use color tints in your table, as well as how to use styles to quickly and consistently reuse any of your layout features. Finally, we'll experiment with an interactive PDF form. You'll add some fields to a blank form, see how to configure a text field or button, and produce the PDF form.

    Creating an Interactive Document

    Creating an interactive document, is a very useful skill to have in your tool kit, and that's what you'll learn how to design in this lesson. The document you create will have an interactive menu, with buttons. When clicked the buttons will transport the viewer to a specify destination. The menu will be a drop down menu. You'll add actions to the buttons that show and hide then when the user interacts with them. You'll also insert a video into the document. The finished project will be exported as an interactive PDF.

    Storing Text and Color Information

    Recycling doesn't just apply to items in your home or business. In this lesson, you'll see how to use the 3R's of recycling in InDesign to complete a newsletter project. As you recycle and modify colors and styles from previous lessons to create new styles in your newsletter, you'll also reuse a lot of the tools and skills you've used in previous lessons. Learning to effectively use all of InDesign's tools and features in a variety of different ways on many different projects is what it's all about!

    Creating EPUB documents and eBooks

    In this lesson, you'll work with text and images from Alice in Wonderland to build an EPUB. You'll learn a lot about what does and doesn't work in an EPUB document, and work with best practices for producing different types of EPUB documents. You'll learn how to create two types of eBooks, a book that will reflow to the size of the device it is viewed on, and a book with a fixed layout, that is sized for a specific device such as an iPad, or other tablet. You'll learn how to place images so they stay put when viewed on a device.

    Creating and Distributing a Complex Document

    Whether you're designing publications for business, hobbies, or social or community activities, odds are you'll need to share them at some point. InDesign provides many options for exporting and reusing a document, as well as printing. We'll review a few of them in this lesson as we design a postcard using special fonts, colors, and image layout features. Have you ever seen text that shows an image of some sort through the letters and wondered how it's done? You'll know after completing the project in this lesson! By the time you finish this lesson, you'll know how to export a publication as an image, print directly from your desktop, or create a compact PDF version of your finished publication ready to email.



    Self-Study

    Learn how to use Adobe InDesign CC software to create professional-quality letterhead, brochures, forms, eBooks, business materials and more.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27576202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn to use the tools in Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC for the cloud to organize and edit your images, fine-tune lighting and color, and develop an efficient image-processing workflow.


    Do you have a lot of images to manage? Adobe Photoshop Lightroom is a fantastic tool for digital photographers at any skill level who need to manipulate and organize photos and images.

    This course will teach you how to use Lightroom Classic CC, Adobe's easy-to-use software that prepares, edits, and organizes photos quickly and effectively. Through hands-on exercises, you will learn to use Lightroom Classic CC like a pro and perfect your digital photos!

    Note: Adobe offers two versions of Lightroom CC (Lightroom CC and Lightroom Classic CC). This course is written for Lightroom Classic CC only.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.
    • This course is written using the Windows version of the software. If you have Mac, you will need to make standard Windows/Mac keystroke conversions which are included in the course material.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 (64-bit) version 1803 or later.
    • Mac: macOS High Sierra 10.13 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Lightroom Classic version CC or an updated version of 6, such as 6.1 (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Lightroom Classic. Please have Lightroom Classic installed prior to beginning the course. Lightroom Classic is periodically updated as part of Adobe's Creative Cloud subscription service and we recommend you have the latest update installed. Lightroom Classic is not included with the course and requires a subscription with Adobe. Please note that this course is for Lightroom Classic, also known as Lightroom Classic CC, and not Lightroom CC, a similar but cloud-based version of Lightroom that is not compatible with this course. Version specifics can be verified from within Lightroom via Help > About Lightroom Classic.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Notes:

    • You will need to download zip files and extract images for use in class. The course provides basic directions for this, but you should be comfortable with downloading files, saving them on your computer, and locating them for use. Both Mac and Windows users are welcome, but Mac users should be aware that the course is written using Windows. Mac-Windows differences are minimal and using a Mac will only require a few standard Windows-to-Mac conversions. The software runs nearly the same on both.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Meet Lightroom!

    In the first lesson, you'll take some time to be sure you're comfortable with the way the online classroom works, downloading images for class, and where things are in Lightroom. You'll learn how to create an organizational system that works with Lightroom and keeps your images easily available to you. With Lightroom's import tools, you'll be able to add keywords to images and add personalized metadata for easy searches and Internet security.

    Learn About Libraries

    As you continue to learn about libraries and importing images to Lightroom, you'll be pleased to see how many options you have! This lesson will discuss shortcuts for photographers working with Lightroom and several different ways to speed up the import process. You'll also explore a variety of methods to add keywords and use them to search and sort your images. By the end of this lesson, you'll have all the tools you need to import, categorize, and sort images for a clean start to managing your images.

    Quick Fixes

    In this lesson you'll explore how Lightroom works behind the scenes—something you'll want to know as you move into developing or making changes to your images with Lightroom. With an understanding of how the Library module works for importing, organizing, and exporting images, you're ready to work with Lightroom's Quick Develop tools. In this lesson, you'll see how to make quick changes, not just to one image, but to groups and large batches of images. This is just the beginning of your journey through Lightroom's Develop tools. You'll also learn how to work with multiple images and make virtual copies—all part of Lightroom's quick and easy development tools.

    Shapes and Sizes

    In this lesson, you'll begin your exploration of the Develop module and the many tools for editing and adjusting images. You'll have lots of hands-on practice with tools for straightening, rotating, and cropping images. It may seem like a straightforward subject, but Lightroom has many variations, so you can perfect both the shape and the size of your images. You may prefer to straighten based on a horizon in the image, or by fine-tuning the alignment against a grid. You can crop to a variety of different preset shapes, create your own custom shape, or crop by hand. You'll be pleased with the results!

    The Right Light

    Color is an integral part of the perfect print, and it's important to see how Lightroom helps you adjust your overall color tone and lighting with several sophisticated tools. In this lesson, you'll see how to pick the best white balance for your images, use a histogram to adjust the light, and find and correct problem areas with exposure clippings. These changes may be simple, but the right color and lighting bring your pictures to life, and you'll want to start the development process with these adjustments!

    The Right Color

    In this lesson, you'll complete your study of the Basic panel, and you'll have quite a collection of tools at your disposal from the Develop module. You'll focus on color and see how a subtle adjustment can clear away muted tones. You'll work with contrast, shadows, highlights, saturation, vibrance, and more. You'll also use the new Radial Filter tool. You may not know exactly what each of these does as you begin, but you'll find it's easy to experiment until you like what you see—and before you know it, you'll master the tools!

    Sharp and Clear!

    Next in your study of Lightroom, you'll have fun seeing the difference when you sharpen an image. Photographers work hard to shoot crisp images, but sometimes things don't go as planned, and that's where Lightroom's tools come in. You'll work with its sharpening and noise reduction tools and then see how to apply its editing options to batches of images, bringing Lightroom's two best features together. It just gets better and better!

    To Sync or Not to Sync?

    This lesson will continue to discuss synchronizing, or copying changes from one image to many. You'll work with several tools like Red Eye Correction, Spot Removal, and the Adjustment Brush so that you can see how Lightroom corrects subtle issues in selected areas. This lesson will wrap up the topic of the editing tools in Lightroom, and you won't be disappointed!

    Exporting

    The first few lessons have shown you how to import images into Lightroom and develop them with an amazing array of tools. Now it's time to see what you can do with these images outside of Lightroom. This lesson is about exporting Lightroom's images, and you'll see that there are many options for size, shape, and further editing. Whether you're working with raw or JPEG, Lightroom will efficiently process your images, save your changes, and provide you images you can upload to printers, create scrapbooks with, or use with Adobe's companion products: Photoshop and Photoshop Elements.

    Printing

    In this lesson, you'll see how to use Lightroom's Print module to create a variety of output options. Whether you print at home or send your images out to print, Lightroom has a number of menus you'll want to be familiar with. You'll see how to print single images, create contact sheets, and customize layouts for many purposes. Once you've mastered the Print module, you'll be ready to print with all the advantages of using Lightroom.

    Rating and Collecting

    In this lesson, you'll go back to the organizational side of Lightroom and see how to rate images with star ratings and color labels, and you'll also look at how to create collections. With all these tools, you'll be able to categorize and find things with very little effort, especially if you're using Lightroom's facial recognition feature! You'll see how to use Lightroom as a fast tool for locating images and moving forward in your workflow. You can work simply with Quick Collection and Target Collection, or you can create a sophisticated network of your own collections!

    Slideshows

    The last lesson will show off a bit with Lightroom's slideshow and identity plates. You'll see how to create both a PDF presentation and an MP4 Slideshow with music and special effects from your Lightroom collections. You'll also build an Identity Plate that you can use both in printing and presentations. With all the things you've learned in Lightroom, this is a great way to share your images with friends, family, and clients!


    What you will learn

    • Learn to apply changes to multiple images
    • Develop an efficient image-processing workflow
    • Learn how to organize, tag, and make collections with Lightroom's powerful tools
    • Understand how to create customized slideshows and presentations
    • Learn to fine-tune the overall color and lighting of your images

    How you will benefit

    • Save time by learning to prepare, edit, and organize your photos quickly and effectively
    • Confidently edit your images without the fear of losing your original copies
    • Get more organized by sorting and storing your digital photos

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"

    Eric Johnson

    Eric Johnson is an experienced digital photographer and editor. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education (emphases on Computer Science) from Oregon State University and a Master's in Business Administration from Seattle University. Eric has worked for major software and computer corporations, freelance photography and editing services, and has been working with Beverly Schulz teaching ed2go photography courses since 2004. He is her co-author on "Photoshop Elements 14 - What's New?"


    Save time as you enhance and manage your digital photos. This course will show you how to effectively edit and organize photos using Lightroom Classic CC with hands-on, easy-to-follow exercises that will help you perfect your digital photo collections.

 

  • Introduction to Lightroom Classic CC 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27576203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn to use the tools in Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC for the cloud to organize and edit your images, fine-tune lighting and color, and develop an efficient image-processing workflow.


    Do you have a lot of images to manage? Adobe Photoshop Lightroom is a fantastic tool for digital photographers at any skill level who need to manipulate and organize photos and images.

    This course will teach you how to use Lightroom Classic CC, Adobe's easy-to-use software that prepares, edits, and organizes photos quickly and effectively. Through hands-on exercises, you will learn to use Lightroom Classic CC like a pro and perfect your digital photos!

    Note: Adobe offers two versions of Lightroom CC (Lightroom CC and Lightroom Classic CC). This course is written for Lightroom Classic CC only.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.
    • This course is written using the Windows version of the software. If you have Mac, you will need to make standard Windows/Mac keystroke conversions which are included in the course material.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 (64-bit) version 1803 or later.
    • Mac: macOS High Sierra 10.13 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Lightroom Classic version CC or an updated version of 6, such as 6.1 (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Lightroom Classic. Please have Lightroom Classic installed prior to beginning the course. Lightroom Classic is periodically updated as part of Adobe's Creative Cloud subscription service and we recommend you have the latest update installed. Lightroom Classic is not included with the course and requires a subscription with Adobe. Please note that this course is for Lightroom Classic, also known as Lightroom Classic CC, and not Lightroom CC, a similar but cloud-based version of Lightroom that is not compatible with this course. Version specifics can be verified from within Lightroom via Help > About Lightroom Classic.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Notes:

    • You will need to download zip files and extract images for use in class. The course provides basic directions for this, but you should be comfortable with downloading files, saving them on your computer, and locating them for use. Both Mac and Windows users are welcome, but Mac users should be aware that the course is written using Windows. Mac-Windows differences are minimal and using a Mac will only require a few standard Windows-to-Mac conversions. The software runs nearly the same on both.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Meet Lightroom!

    In the first lesson, you'll take some time to be sure you're comfortable with the way the online classroom works, downloading images for class, and where things are in Lightroom. You'll learn how to create an organizational system that works with Lightroom and keeps your images easily available to you. With Lightroom's import tools, you'll be able to add keywords to images and add personalized metadata for easy searches and Internet security.

    Learn About Libraries

    As you continue to learn about libraries and importing images to Lightroom, you'll be pleased to see how many options you have! This lesson will discuss shortcuts for photographers working with Lightroom and several different ways to speed up the import process. You'll also explore a variety of methods to add keywords and use them to search and sort your images. By the end of this lesson, you'll have all the tools you need to import, categorize, and sort images for a clean start to managing your images.

    Quick Fixes

    In this lesson you'll explore how Lightroom works behind the scenes—something you'll want to know as you move into developing or making changes to your images with Lightroom. With an understanding of how the Library module works for importing, organizing, and exporting images, you're ready to work with Lightroom's Quick Develop tools. In this lesson, you'll see how to make quick changes, not just to one image, but to groups and large batches of images. This is just the beginning of your journey through Lightroom's Develop tools. You'll also learn how to work with multiple images and make virtual copies—all part of Lightroom's quick and easy development tools.

    Shapes and Sizes

    In this lesson, you'll begin your exploration of the Develop module and the many tools for editing and adjusting images. You'll have lots of hands-on practice with tools for straightening, rotating, and cropping images. It may seem like a straightforward subject, but Lightroom has many variations, so you can perfect both the shape and the size of your images. You may prefer to straighten based on a horizon in the image, or by fine-tuning the alignment against a grid. You can crop to a variety of different preset shapes, create your own custom shape, or crop by hand. You'll be pleased with the results!

    The Right Light

    Color is an integral part of the perfect print, and it's important to see how Lightroom helps you adjust your overall color tone and lighting with several sophisticated tools. In this lesson, you'll see how to pick the best white balance for your images, use a histogram to adjust the light, and find and correct problem areas with exposure clippings. These changes may be simple, but the right color and lighting bring your pictures to life, and you'll want to start the development process with these adjustments!

    The Right Color

    In this lesson, you'll complete your study of the Basic panel, and you'll have quite a collection of tools at your disposal from the Develop module. You'll focus on color and see how a subtle adjustment can clear away muted tones. You'll work with contrast, shadows, highlights, saturation, vibrance, and more. You'll also use the new Radial Filter tool. You may not know exactly what each of these does as you begin, but you'll find it's easy to experiment until you like what you see—and before you know it, you'll master the tools!

    Sharp and Clear!

    Next in your study of Lightroom, you'll have fun seeing the difference when you sharpen an image. Photographers work hard to shoot crisp images, but sometimes things don't go as planned, and that's where Lightroom's tools come in. You'll work with its sharpening and noise reduction tools and then see how to apply its editing options to batches of images, bringing Lightroom's two best features together. It just gets better and better!

    To Sync or Not to Sync?

    This lesson will continue to discuss synchronizing, or copying changes from one image to many. You'll work with several tools like Red Eye Correction, Spot Removal, and the Adjustment Brush so that you can see how Lightroom corrects subtle issues in selected areas. This lesson will wrap up the topic of the editing tools in Lightroom, and you won't be disappointed!

    Exporting

    The first few lessons have shown you how to import images into Lightroom and develop them with an amazing array of tools. Now it's time to see what you can do with these images outside of Lightroom. This lesson is about exporting Lightroom's images, and you'll see that there are many options for size, shape, and further editing. Whether you're working with raw or JPEG, Lightroom will efficiently process your images, save your changes, and provide you images you can upload to printers, create scrapbooks with, or use with Adobe's companion products: Photoshop and Photoshop Elements.

    Printing

    In this lesson, you'll see how to use Lightroom's Print module to create a variety of output options. Whether you print at home or send your images out to print, Lightroom has a number of menus you'll want to be familiar with. You'll see how to print single images, create contact sheets, and customize layouts for many purposes. Once you've mastered the Print module, you'll be ready to print with all the advantages of using Lightroom.

    Rating and Collecting

    In this lesson, you'll go back to the organizational side of Lightroom and see how to rate images with star ratings and color labels, and you'll also look at how to create collections. With all these tools, you'll be able to categorize and find things with very little effort, especially if you're using Lightroom's facial recognition feature! You'll see how to use Lightroom as a fast tool for locating images and moving forward in your workflow. You can work simply with Quick Collection and Target Collection, or you can create a sophisticated network of your own collections!

    Slideshows

    The last lesson will show off a bit with Lightroom's slideshow and identity plates. You'll see how to create both a PDF presentation and an MP4 Slideshow with music and special effects from your Lightroom collections. You'll also build an Identity Plate that you can use both in printing and presentations. With all the things you've learned in Lightroom, this is a great way to share your images with friends, family, and clients!


    What you will learn

    • Learn to apply changes to multiple images
    • Develop an efficient image-processing workflow
    • Learn how to organize, tag, and make collections with Lightroom's powerful tools
    • Understand how to create customized slideshows and presentations
    • Learn to fine-tune the overall color and lighting of your images

    How you will benefit

    • Save time by learning to prepare, edit, and organize your photos quickly and effectively
    • Confidently edit your images without the fear of losing your original copies
    • Get more organized by sorting and storing your digital photos

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"

    Eric Johnson

    Eric Johnson is an experienced digital photographer and editor. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education (emphases on Computer Science) from Oregon State University and a Master's in Business Administration from Seattle University. Eric has worked for major software and computer corporations, freelance photography and editing services, and has been working with Beverly Schulz teaching ed2go photography courses since 2004. He is her co-author on "Photoshop Elements 14 - What's New?"


 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27565202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This hands-on, project-oriented course is filled with easy-to-follow, detailed step-by-step instructions that teach you how to edit and manipulate images and create elemental compositions using Photoshop in the Creative Cloud. Discover how to improve photographs by editing out flaws, correcting poor exposure, or creating a composite image using the newest techniques.


    Photoshop is the world's most popular photo editing program. Artists, photographers, designers, and hobbyists all rely on Adobe Photoshop for image creation and editing. The Introduction to Photoshop CC course provides meticulous instructions that will teach you how to use Photoshop Creative Cloud with confidence.

    Photoshop Creative Cloud has many impressive new features, and you will encounter many throughout this Photoshop course. You will be editing your own photographs to get rid of dust and scratches, fix the color, and correct image exposure. As you explore the fundamentals of Adobe Photoshop, you will learn how to colorize parts of an image and create simple digital paintings. You will master techniques for switching the backgrounds on images and removing wrinkles and blemishes from photos, just like they do in magazines.

    You will also learn about the content-aware Move tools that let you simultaneously move things, like selected content or layers on an image, and intelligently replace the "hole" left behind. By the time you finish this fun, hands-on, project-oriented Photoshop introduction course, you will be well on your way to expressing yourself with the most exciting graphics program ever developed.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.14 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox is preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Photoshop CC, Adobe Creative Cloud, or any version of Adobe Creative Suite CC that includes the Adobe Photoshop CC or Photoshop only (not included in enrollment). Previous non-subscription versions of Photoshop are not appropriate for the course.
    • Microsoft Word Online
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Getting to Know Adobe Photoshop

    Whether you're an aspiring graphic artist or a weekend photographer, Photoshop can do a lot for your images! In this lesson, you'll get acquainted with Photoshop's interface, from the Start screen to the basic tools, panels, and workspaces. Along the way, you'll learn how to customize your preferences, create a new document and open an existing one, and save your work.

    Photoshop Basics

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to open and close multiple files, as well as view and navigate an image. Then you'll explore a variety of ways you can crop and fill an image—getting to experiment with Adobe's impressive artificial intelligence (AI) tool, Generative Expand! You'll also discover the crucial difference between Save and Save As and choose just the right file format in which to save your work. Finally, you'll learn how to safely exit Photoshop.

    Understanding Resolution and Size

    Do you know the difference between resolution and size and how they relate with pixel dimensions? By the end of this lesson, you definitely will! You'll learn all about resolution, resizing, and resampling. You'll discover the difference between screen resolution and print resolution and how the purpose of your graphics plays a role in which one you choose. And you'll be able to change the canvas size for your images.

    Understanding Layers

    In this lesson, you'll explore the wonders of working with layers. You'll find out what makes them so incredibly useful, discover the many types of layers you can work with, and get to know the Layers panel. You'll see how to add, delete, and duplicate layers, as well as change their opacity and blending modes. And crucially, you'll learn how to organize your layers by reordering, linking, merging, flattening, and grouping them.

    Working With Objects

    How do you achieve good image composition? Find out in this lesson, where you'll discover six vital principles that you'll then put to work as you create a flyer. You'll learn how to bring images into a composition—including other file types like vector images—link objects, and see what Smart Objects can do. You'll also discover how to set and use guides to help place and align your objects.

    Transforming Objects

    In this lesson, you'll continue working with layers but take them to the next level! You'll work with multilayer documents and practice different methods of image placement. Then, to better fit these objects into the scene, you'll learn about aligning, scaling, rotating, distorting, warping, and more.

    Image Adjustments

    Want to make the color of your images pop? Then you need to know about image adjustments. Before you go wild, though, you also need to understand the crucial difference between destructive and nondestructive editing. In this lesson, you'll learn how to adjust brightness and contrast, levels and exposure, and which methods of making these adjustments are nondestructive and destructive. The adjustment effects are kind of like what image filters do on a smartphone—but with much more control.

    Color Adjustments, Blending Modes, and Filters

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to do more advanced color adjustments with Vibrance, Hue, and Saturation. You'll also see how to convert images from color to black and white. Then, you'll explore how to use blending modes to make your layers blend elegantly together, and you'll get to experiment with some surrealistic effects! Finally, you'll get to practice with the creative filters in Photoshop's Filter Gallery, as well as utilize the very important Smart Filter. Get ready for a fun lesson!

    Retouching Images

    Need to clear up a few blemishes on a headshot? Or remove unwanted telephone wires from a landscape? This lesson introduces you to the tools used in photo retouching. You'll explore how to sharpen an image as well as blur some areas. Blurring lets you create a depth of field or add a warm vignette to an image. You'll also learn how to easily retouch imperfections and blemishes with the Spot Healing Brush, Healing Brush, and Clone Stamp tools.

    Restoring Images

    Time is not kind to old photographs. But thankfully, Photoshop is known for its power to enhance damaged photos as well as color-correct timeworn, faded images. If being able to digitize and restore your old family photos is essential to passing down your heritage, this lesson is for you! You'll learn how to remove things like dust and scratches, crop out borders or old photo album corner mounts, restore color, remove unwanted elements, and much more. This lesson is all about restoring some kindness to those old photos.

    Working With Selections

    One of the most basic skills you need in Photoshop is the ability to select areas of an image, sometimes right down to the pixel, to adjust or fine-tune it. In this lesson, you'll learn how to use Photoshop's various selection tools to create convincing image composites. You'll explore the different ways to make selections, as well as determine how to choose the right tool for the job. Next, you'll see some ways to achieve a convincing composite. Then the action begins as you get to practice with tools for making shaped-based selections and pixel-based selections. You'll be impressed with all you can do!

    Type and Layer Effects

    Want to create an invitation or promote an event? This lesson shows you how to apply typography with images to create effective designs. You'll start off by getting down the basics of typography and looking at Photoshop's tools for formatting text. Next, you'll see how to apply guides and layer styles to set up the postcard you'll create in this lesson. Then you'll discover how to set and style text, add type to a plain text box or wrap it to a custom shape, and create stylized text by typing on a path or warping it. This lesson will introduce you to a world of limitless type effects!


    What you will learn

    • Master the fundamentals of Photoshop's interface and tools
    • Understand the essentials of digital imaging, including file formats, color modes, image size, and resolution.
    • Comprehend and apply digital color theory and practice colorization and digital painting
    • Identify and apply the methods of photo retouch and restoration
    • Use the functionality of Photoshop's layers, selections, and masking features

    How you will benefit

    • Discover everything you need to confidently use the tools in Photoshop to restore, retouch, and rearrange images
    • Develop the skills you need to begin a new hobby or entry-level career using Photoshop
    • Learn to effectively retouch photos and develop professional quality images for your home or business
    • Harness the power of Photoshop to create stunning images by enhancing photographs and developing works of art

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"


    Whether you are a photographer, digital illustrator, graphic designer, or someone who wants to alter old family photos, learning Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (CC) is a must. The Introduction to Photoshop CC course is filled with easy-to-follow, detailed step-by-step instructions that teach you how to edit and manipulate images and create basic compositions using Photoshop in the Creative Cloud. Discover how to improve photographs by editing out flaws, correcting poor exposure, or creating a composite image using the newest techniques Photoshop has to offer. You will even learn how much fun you can have digitally painting and exploring filters and effects to create unique images. Best of all, you need no prior artistic ability or Photoshop experience to take this course.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27565203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This hands-on, project-oriented course is filled with easy-to-follow, detailed step-by-step instructions that teach you how to edit and manipulate images and create elemental compositions using Photoshop in the Creative Cloud. Discover how to improve photographs by editing out flaws, correcting poor exposure, or creating a composite image using the newest techniques.


    Photoshop is the world's most popular photo editing program. Artists, photographers, designers, and hobbyists all rely on Adobe Photoshop for image creation and editing. The Introduction to Photoshop CC course provides meticulous instructions that will teach you how to use Photoshop Creative Cloud with confidence.

    Photoshop Creative Cloud has many impressive new features, and you will encounter many throughout this Photoshop course. You will be editing your own photographs to get rid of dust and scratches, fix the color, and correct image exposure. As you explore the fundamentals of Adobe Photoshop, you will learn how to colorize parts of an image and create simple digital paintings. You will master techniques for switching the backgrounds on images and removing wrinkles and blemishes from photos, just like they do in magazines.

    You will also learn about the content-aware Move tools that let you simultaneously move things, like selected content or layers on an image, and intelligently replace the "hole" left behind. By the time you finish this fun, hands-on, project-oriented Photoshop introduction course, you will be well on your way to expressing yourself with the most exciting graphics program ever developed.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.14 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox is preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Photoshop CC, Adobe Creative Cloud, or any version of Adobe Creative Suite CC that includes the Adobe Photoshop CC or Photoshop only (not included in enrollment). Previous non-subscription versions of Photoshop are not appropriate for the course.
    • Microsoft Word Online
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Getting to Know Adobe Photoshop

    Whether you're an aspiring graphic artist or a weekend photographer, Photoshop can do a lot for your images! In this lesson, you'll get acquainted with Photoshop's interface, from the Start screen to the basic tools, panels, and workspaces. Along the way, you'll learn how to customize your preferences, create a new document and open an existing one, and save your work.

    Photoshop Basics

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to open and close multiple files, as well as view and navigate an image. Then you'll explore a variety of ways you can crop and fill an image—getting to experiment with Adobe's impressive artificial intelligence (AI) tool, Generative Expand! You'll also discover the crucial difference between Save and Save As and choose just the right file format in which to save your work. Finally, you'll learn how to safely exit Photoshop.

    Understanding Resolution and Size

    Do you know the difference between resolution and size and how they relate with pixel dimensions? By the end of this lesson, you definitely will! You'll learn all about resolution, resizing, and resampling. You'll discover the difference between screen resolution and print resolution and how the purpose of your graphics plays a role in which one you choose. And you'll be able to change the canvas size for your images.

    Understanding Layers

    In this lesson, you'll explore the wonders of working with layers. You'll find out what makes them so incredibly useful, discover the many types of layers you can work with, and get to know the Layers panel. You'll see how to add, delete, and duplicate layers, as well as change their opacity and blending modes. And crucially, you'll learn how to organize your layers by reordering, linking, merging, flattening, and grouping them.

    Working With Objects

    How do you achieve good image composition? Find out in this lesson, where you'll discover six vital principles that you'll then put to work as you create a flyer. You'll learn how to bring images into a composition—including other file types like vector images—link objects, and see what Smart Objects can do. You'll also discover how to set and use guides to help place and align your objects.

    Transforming Objects

    In this lesson, you'll continue working with layers but take them to the next level! You'll work with multilayer documents and practice different methods of image placement. Then, to better fit these objects into the scene, you'll learn about aligning, scaling, rotating, distorting, warping, and more.

    Image Adjustments

    Want to make the color of your images pop? Then you need to know about image adjustments. Before you go wild, though, you also need to understand the crucial difference between destructive and nondestructive editing. In this lesson, you'll learn how to adjust brightness and contrast, levels and exposure, and which methods of making these adjustments are nondestructive and destructive. The adjustment effects are kind of like what image filters do on a smartphone—but with much more control.

    Color Adjustments, Blending Modes, and Filters

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to do more advanced color adjustments with Vibrance, Hue, and Saturation. You'll also see how to convert images from color to black and white. Then, you'll explore how to use blending modes to make your layers blend elegantly together, and you'll get to experiment with some surrealistic effects! Finally, you'll get to practice with the creative filters in Photoshop's Filter Gallery, as well as utilize the very important Smart Filter. Get ready for a fun lesson!

    Retouching Images

    Need to clear up a few blemishes on a headshot? Or remove unwanted telephone wires from a landscape? This lesson introduces you to the tools used in photo retouching. You'll explore how to sharpen an image as well as blur some areas. Blurring lets you create a depth of field or add a warm vignette to an image. You'll also learn how to easily retouch imperfections and blemishes with the Spot Healing Brush, Healing Brush, and Clone Stamp tools.

    Restoring Images

    Time is not kind to old photographs. But thankfully, Photoshop is known for its power to enhance damaged photos as well as color-correct timeworn, faded images. If being able to digitize and restore your old family photos is essential to passing down your heritage, this lesson is for you! You'll learn how to remove things like dust and scratches, crop out borders or old photo album corner mounts, restore color, remove unwanted elements, and much more. This lesson is all about restoring some kindness to those old photos.

    Working With Selections

    One of the most basic skills you need in Photoshop is the ability to select areas of an image, sometimes right down to the pixel, to adjust or fine-tune it. In this lesson, you'll learn how to use Photoshop's various selection tools to create convincing image composites. You'll explore the different ways to make selections, as well as determine how to choose the right tool for the job. Next, you'll see some ways to achieve a convincing composite. Then the action begins as you get to practice with tools for making shaped-based selections and pixel-based selections. You'll be impressed with all you can do!

    Type and Layer Effects

    Want to create an invitation or promote an event? This lesson shows you how to apply typography with images to create effective designs. You'll start off by getting down the basics of typography and looking at Photoshop's tools for formatting text. Next, you'll see how to apply guides and layer styles to set up the postcard you'll create in this lesson. Then you'll discover how to set and style text, add type to a plain text box or wrap it to a custom shape, and create stylized text by typing on a path or warping it. This lesson will introduce you to a world of limitless type effects!


    What you will learn

    • Master the fundamentals of Photoshop's interface and tools
    • Understand the essentials of digital imaging, including file formats, color modes, image size, and resolution.
    • Comprehend and apply digital color theory and practice colorization and digital painting
    • Identify and apply the methods of photo retouch and restoration
    • Use the functionality of Photoshop's layers, selections, and masking features

    How you will benefit

    • Discover everything you need to confidently use the tools in Photoshop to restore, retouch, and rearrange images
    • Develop the skills you need to begin a new hobby or entry-level career using Photoshop
    • Learn to effectively retouch photos and develop professional quality images for your home or business
    • Harness the power of Photoshop to create stunning images by enhancing photographs and developing works of art

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"


 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP276191
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This hands-on, project-oriented course is filled with easy-to-follow, detailed step-by-step instructions that teach you how to edit and manipulate images and create elemental compositions using Photoshop in the Creative Cloud. Discover how to improve photographs by editing out flaws, correcting poor exposure, or creating a composite image using the newest techniques.


    Photoshop is the world's most popular photo editing program. Artists, photographers, designers, and hobbyists all rely on Adobe Photoshop for image creation and editing. The Introduction to Photoshop CC course provides meticulous instructions that will teach you how to use Photoshop Creative Cloud with confidence.

    Photoshop Creative Cloud has many impressive new features, and you will encounter many throughout this Photoshop course. You will be editing your own photographs to get rid of dust and scratches, fix the color, and correct image exposure. As you explore the fundamentals of Adobe Photoshop, you will learn how to colorize parts of an image and create simple digital paintings. You will master techniques for switching the backgrounds on images and removing wrinkles and blemishes from photos, just like they do in magazines.

    You will also learn about the content-aware Move tools that let you simultaneously move things, like selected content or layers on an image, and intelligently replace the "hole" left behind. By the time you finish this fun, hands-on, project-oriented Photoshop introduction course, you will be well on your way to expressing yourself with the most exciting graphics program ever developed.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.14 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox is preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Photoshop CC, Adobe Creative Cloud, or any version of Adobe Creative Suite CC that includes the Adobe Photoshop CC or Photoshop only (not included in enrollment). Previous non-subscription versions of Photoshop are not appropriate for the course.
    • Microsoft Word Online
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Whether you are a photographer, digital illustrator, graphic designer, or someone who wants to alter old family photos, learning Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (CC) is a must. The Introduction to Photoshop CC course is filled with easy-to-follow, detailed step-by-step instructions that teach you how to edit and manipulate images and create basic compositions using Photoshop in the Creative Cloud. Discover how to improve photographs by editing out flaws, correcting poor exposure, or creating a composite image using the newest techniques Photoshop has to offer. You will even learn how much fun you can have digitally painting and exploring filters and effects to create unique images. Best of all, you need no prior artistic ability or Photoshop experience to take this course.


    1. Getting to Know Adobe Photoshop
    2. Photoshop Basics
    3. Understanding Resolution and Size
    4. Understanding Layers
    5. Working With Objects
    6. Transforming Objects
    7. Image Adjustments
    8. Color Adjustments, Blending Modes, and Filters
    9. Retouching Images
    10. Restoring Images
    11. Working With Selections
    12. Type and Layer Effects

    What you will learn

    • Master the fundamentals of Photoshop's interface and tools
    • Understand the essentials of digital imaging, including file formats, color modes, image size, and resolution.
    • Comprehend and apply digital color theory and practice colorization and digital painting
    • Identify and apply the methods of photo retouch and restoration
    • Use the functionality of Photoshop's layers, selections, and masking features

    How you will benefit

    • Discover everything you need to confidently use the tools in Photoshop to restore, retouch, and rearrange images
    • Develop the skills you need to begin a new hobby or entry-level career using Photoshop
    • Learn to effectively retouch photos and develop professional quality images for your home or business
    • Harness the power of Photoshop to create stunning images by enhancing photographs and developing works of art

    Self-Study

    Whether you are a photographer, digital illustrator, graphic designer, or someone who wants to alter old family photos, learning Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (CC) is a must. The Introduction to Photoshop CC course is filled with easy-to-follow, detailed step-by-step instructions that teach you how to edit and manipulate images and create basic compositions using Photoshop in the Creative Cloud. Discover how to improve photographs by editing out flaws, correcting poor exposure, or creating a composite image using the newest techniques Photoshop has to offer. You will even learn how much fun you can have digitally painting and exploring filters and effects to create unique images. Best of all, you need no prior artistic ability or Photoshop experience to take this course.

 

  • Introduction to Photoshop CC (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP276191
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This hands-on, project-oriented course is filled with easy-to-follow, detailed step-by-step instructions that teach you how to edit and manipulate images and create elemental compositions using Photoshop in the Creative Cloud. Discover how to improve photographs by editing out flaws, correcting poor exposure, or creating a composite image using the newest techniques.


    Photoshop is the world's most popular photo editing program. Artists, photographers, designers, and hobbyists all rely on Adobe Photoshop for image creation and editing. The Introduction to Photoshop CC course provides meticulous instructions that will teach you how to use Photoshop Creative Cloud with confidence.

    Photoshop Creative Cloud has many impressive new features, and you will encounter many throughout this Photoshop course. You will be editing your own photographs to get rid of dust and scratches, fix the color, and correct image exposure. As you explore the fundamentals of Adobe Photoshop, you will learn how to colorize parts of an image and create simple digital paintings. You will master techniques for switching the backgrounds on images and removing wrinkles and blemishes from photos, just like they do in magazines.

    You will also learn about the content-aware Move tools that let you simultaneously move things, like selected content or layers on an image, and intelligently replace the "hole" left behind. By the time you finish this fun, hands-on, project-oriented Photoshop introduction course, you will be well on your way to expressing yourself with the most exciting graphics program ever developed.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.14 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox is preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Photoshop CC, Adobe Creative Cloud, or any version of Adobe Creative Suite CC that includes the Adobe Photoshop CC or Photoshop only (not included in enrollment). Previous non-subscription versions of Photoshop are not appropriate for the course.
    • Microsoft Word Online
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Whether you are a photographer, digital illustrator, graphic designer, or someone who wants to alter old family photos, learning Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (CC) is a must. The Introduction to Photoshop CC course is filled with easy-to-follow, detailed step-by-step instructions that teach you how to edit and manipulate images and create basic compositions using Photoshop in the Creative Cloud. Discover how to improve photographs by editing out flaws, correcting poor exposure, or creating a composite image using the newest techniques Photoshop has to offer. You will even learn how much fun you can have digitally painting and exploring filters and effects to create unique images. Best of all, you need no prior artistic ability or Photoshop experience to take this course.


    1. Getting to Know Adobe Photoshop
    2. Photoshop Basics
    3. Understanding Resolution and Size
    4. Understanding Layers
    5. Working With Objects
    6. Transforming Objects
    7. Image Adjustments
    8. Color Adjustments, Blending Modes, and Filters
    9. Retouching Images
    10. Restoring Images
    11. Working With Selections
    12. Type and Layer Effects

    What you will learn

    • Master the fundamentals of Photoshop's interface and tools
    • Understand the essentials of digital imaging, including file formats, color modes, image size, and resolution.
    • Comprehend and apply digital color theory and practice colorization and digital painting
    • Identify and apply the methods of photo retouch and restoration
    • Use the functionality of Photoshop's layers, selections, and masking features

    How you will benefit

    • Discover everything you need to confidently use the tools in Photoshop to restore, retouch, and rearrange images
    • Develop the skills you need to begin a new hobby or entry-level career using Photoshop
    • Learn to effectively retouch photos and develop professional quality images for your home or business
    • Harness the power of Photoshop to create stunning images by enhancing photographs and developing works of art

    Self-Study

    Whether you are a photographer, digital illustrator, graphic designer, or someone who wants to alter old family photos, learning Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (CC) is a must. The Introduction to Photoshop CC course is filled with easy-to-follow, detailed step-by-step instructions that teach you how to edit and manipulate images and create basic compositions using Photoshop in the Creative Cloud. Discover how to improve photographs by editing out flaws, correcting poor exposure, or creating a composite image using the newest techniques Photoshop has to offer. You will even learn how much fun you can have digitally painting and exploring filters and effects to create unique images. Best of all, you need no prior artistic ability or Photoshop experience to take this course.

 

  • Managing Web Design Projects 
  • Fee: $99.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP278211
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    In this Managing Web Design Projects training class, you will learn all about the design process and how to manage a web design project from start to finish.


    This self-paced course will teach you how to manage web design projects. You'll learn how to optimize the web design process and take your projects from concept to iteration on time and within budget. With demand for skilled web designers and developers at an all-time high, adding project management to your UI/UX toolkit is key to meeting your clients' needs.

    What you will learn

    • Defining project scope
    • Creating mockups and working with data
    • Integrating the pieces of your website project
    • Usability and accessibility considerations
    • Steps in rolling out your project

    How you will benefit

    • Be able to analyze and learn from your project for future projects.
    • Be able to fully manage web design projects
    • Learn important skill for web designers

    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.0 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Photoshop.
    • Adobe Dreamweaver.
    • Any spreadsheet program, such as Microsoft Excel, Google Sheets, or LibreOffice Calc.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    In this Managing Web Design Projects training class, you will learn all about the design process and how to manage a web design project from start to finish.


    1. Design Process
    2. Project Scope
    3. Mock-ups
    4. Functionality Model
    5. Integration
    6. Usability and Accessibility Rules
    7. Roll-out
    8. Analysis

    What you will learn

    • Define project scope.
    • Creating mockups and working with data.
    • Integrate the pieces of your website project.
    • Usability and accessibility considerations.
    • Rolling out your project.

    How you will benefit

    • Be able to analyze and learn from your project for future projects.
    • Be able to fully manage web design projects
    • Learn important skill for web designers

    Self-Study

    In this Managing Web Design Projects training class, you will learn all about the design process and how to manage a web design project from start to finish.

 

  • Managing Web Design Projects 
  • Fee: $99.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP278211
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    In this Managing Web Design Projects training class, you will learn all about the design process and how to manage a web design project from start to finish.


    This self-paced course will teach you how to manage web design projects. You'll learn how to optimize the web design process and take your projects from concept to iteration on time and within budget. With demand for skilled web designers and developers at an all-time high, adding project management to your UI/UX toolkit is key to meeting your clients' needs.

    What you will learn

    • Defining project scope
    • Creating mockups and working with data
    • Integrating the pieces of your website project
    • Usability and accessibility considerations
    • Steps in rolling out your project

    How you will benefit

    • Be able to analyze and learn from your project for future projects.
    • Be able to fully manage web design projects
    • Learn important skill for web designers

    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.0 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Photoshop.
    • Adobe Dreamweaver.
    • Any spreadsheet program, such as Microsoft Excel, Google Sheets, or LibreOffice Calc.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    In this Managing Web Design Projects training class, you will learn all about the design process and how to manage a web design project from start to finish.


    1. Design Process
    2. Project Scope
    3. Mock-ups
    4. Functionality Model
    5. Integration
    6. Usability and Accessibility Rules
    7. Roll-out
    8. Analysis

    What you will learn

    • Define project scope.
    • Creating mockups and working with data.
    • Integrate the pieces of your website project.
    • Usability and accessibility considerations.
    • Rolling out your project.

    How you will benefit

    • Be able to analyze and learn from your project for future projects.
    • Be able to fully manage web design projects
    • Learn important skill for web designers

    Self-Study

    In this Managing Web Design Projects training class, you will learn all about the design process and how to manage a web design project from start to finish.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27544202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Take your photography to the next level by learning how to master lenses, apertures, shutter speed, exposure settings, and more on your digital SLR or mirrorless camera.


    Take control of your digital SLR or mirrorless camera. In this course, you will break through the technology barrier and learn how to use your DSLR to take beautiful photos.

    You will start out by learning about the many features and controls of your DSLR and look at the lenses you need for the kind of photography you enjoy. Next, you will learn about metering, exposure compensation, managing aperture, shutter speed, and ISO. You will find out how to use these features to get the right exposure for every shot. Then turn your attention to flash photography, managing camera controls, photo files, and even working in manual mode. With these skills, you will be able to take your photography to the next level.

    By the end of this course, you will be a DSLR master and will be able to take the photos you've always dreamed of.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • Any digital SLR or mirrorless camera. Point and shoot digital cameras are not compatible with the course content.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Getting to Know Your Digital SLR Camera

    In this lesson, you will explore the basics of your DSLR camera such as buttons, and controls, and the exposure mode options for different shooting situations. This lesson also covers some general maintenance and housekeeping issues with memory cards, batteries, and cleaning—and by the end of this lesson, you will feel empowered to get started with your DSLR camera.

    Zooming in on Lenses

    This lesson is all about DLSR lenses. One of the most important features of the DSLR is the ability to change lenses based on shooting conditions. You will find out how lenses work, some of the most common DSLR lenses, and what shooting conditions those lenses can help you.

    Seeing Clearly: Exposure, Focus, and Metering

    Do you know how your camera sees a photo? In this lesson, you will learn about the three components of exposure—aperture, shutter speed, and ISO. You will also learn about metering modes and how your camera uses these to determine the correct exposure for a photo.

    Going Deep: Using Aperture

    The previous lessons introduced the aperture, but this lesson will discuss it in depth. You will learn how this aspect of exposure controls how much light enters the camera, and you will discover how to control this light to affect the quality of your photos as well as certain focusing effects.

    Speeding Up and Slowing Down With Shutter Speed

    This lesson is all about shutter speed—a second aspect of exposure. Shutter speed controls the amount of time that light enters the camera when you take a photo. You probably equate shutter speed with fast-action shots, such as sports photos. A fast shutter speed can stop action, but a slow shutter speed also offers a world of shooting opportunities.

    Getting Bright With ISO

    This lesson explores how ISO settings affect camera exposure. ISO manages the camera's sensitivity to light—the higher the ISO setting, the more sensitive. While ISO appears to be an easy fix for potentially dark photos, it can be a tricky setting to use. You will learn all about ISO solutions, potential ISO problems, and how to manage ISO on your DSLR.

    Making the Most of Flash Photography

    In this lesson, you will explore your DSLR's flash options. You will learn about using and controlling the on-board flash, and you will also learn how to use an external flash with your DSLR's hot shoe.

    Managing Photo Files, Editing, and Movies

    This lesson is all about editing photos and shooting movies on your DSLR. Your camera organizes photo information and stores the photos you take on memory cards. This way, you end up with a digital photo you can use on a computer or print.

    Working With Manual Mode

    Manual mode is an exposure mode on your DSLR that lets you make all of the decisions. In this lesson, you will learn how to master manual mode and use it in a variety of shooting situations. To be a great DSLR photographer, manual mode is a must.

    Getting Better Exposure

    Your DSLR is a sophisticated tool that can help you take great photos. But the DSLR can only capture what you choose for it to capture. For all of the bells and whistles, your DSLR needs a human—a photographer—to capture great photos. In this lesson, you will explore how to get better exposure through composition, and managing available light.

    Shooting HDR Photos

    In the previous lesson, you learned about a helpful feature called exposure bracketing. With exposure bracketing, you can take several identical photos using different exposures. This way, you can choose which photo looks best. Exposure bracketing also offers another option—shooting high dynamic range (HDR) photos.

    Mastering Difficult Shooting Situations

    In this final lesson, you will explore the three kinds of photos that give DSLR photographers the most trouble: fast-action shots, macro shots, and low-light photography. The good news is your DSLR can help you master these shooting situations if you know how to use the camera's tools and features, and in this lesson, you will see how to put these features to work.


    What you will learn

    • Learn the basic features of a DSLR or mirrorless camera
    • Gain hands-on experience using lenses effectively
    • Learn to use exposure, focus and metering controls
    • Learn to manage shutter speed and control ISO settings
    • Understand how to shoot photos in manual mode
    • Master difficult shooting situations, such as fast-action photography

    How you will benefit

    • Learn to perfectly capture important memories
    • Take the photos you've always dreamed of taking
    • Gain confidence using your DSLR camera technology

    Curt Simmons

    Curt Simmons, B.A., M.Ed, is a best-selling author, trainer, and multi-media expert. He holds degrees in English and communication studies and has more than 10 years of experience teaching English and writing in the classroom. Additionally, Simmons has authored numerous books on a wide variety of technology topics and has been a technical editor for numerous other titles.


    Break through the technology barrier and discover how to use your DSLR to take beautiful photos. This course will help you learn about features and controls, proper lenses, metering, exposure, and more to take your photography to the next level.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27544203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Take your photography to the next level by learning how to master lenses, apertures, shutter speed, exposure settings, and more on your digital SLR or mirrorless camera.


    Take control of your digital SLR or mirrorless camera. In this course, you will break through the technology barrier and learn how to use your DSLR to take beautiful photos.

    You will start out by learning about the many features and controls of your DSLR and look at the lenses you need for the kind of photography you enjoy. Next, you will learn about metering, exposure compensation, managing aperture, shutter speed, and ISO. You will find out how to use these features to get the right exposure for every shot. Then turn your attention to flash photography, managing camera controls, photo files, and even working in manual mode. With these skills, you will be able to take your photography to the next level.

    By the end of this course, you will be a DSLR master and will be able to take the photos you've always dreamed of.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • Any digital SLR or mirrorless camera. Point and shoot digital cameras are not compatible with the course content.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Getting to Know Your Digital SLR Camera

    In this lesson, you will explore the basics of your DSLR camera such as buttons, and controls, and the exposure mode options for different shooting situations. This lesson also covers some general maintenance and housekeeping issues with memory cards, batteries, and cleaning—and by the end of this lesson, you will feel empowered to get started with your DSLR camera.

    Zooming in on Lenses

    This lesson is all about DLSR lenses. One of the most important features of the DSLR is the ability to change lenses based on shooting conditions. You will find out how lenses work, some of the most common DSLR lenses, and what shooting conditions those lenses can help you.

    Seeing Clearly: Exposure, Focus, and Metering

    Do you know how your camera sees a photo? In this lesson, you will learn about the three components of exposure—aperture, shutter speed, and ISO. You will also learn about metering modes and how your camera uses these to determine the correct exposure for a photo.

    Going Deep: Using Aperture

    The previous lessons introduced the aperture, but this lesson will discuss it in depth. You will learn how this aspect of exposure controls how much light enters the camera, and you will discover how to control this light to affect the quality of your photos as well as certain focusing effects.

    Speeding Up and Slowing Down With Shutter Speed

    This lesson is all about shutter speed—a second aspect of exposure. Shutter speed controls the amount of time that light enters the camera when you take a photo. You probably equate shutter speed with fast-action shots, such as sports photos. A fast shutter speed can stop action, but a slow shutter speed also offers a world of shooting opportunities.

    Getting Bright With ISO

    This lesson explores how ISO settings affect camera exposure. ISO manages the camera's sensitivity to light—the higher the ISO setting, the more sensitive. While ISO appears to be an easy fix for potentially dark photos, it can be a tricky setting to use. You will learn all about ISO solutions, potential ISO problems, and how to manage ISO on your DSLR.

    Making the Most of Flash Photography

    In this lesson, you will explore your DSLR's flash options. You will learn about using and controlling the on-board flash, and you will also learn how to use an external flash with your DSLR's hot shoe.

    Managing Photo Files, Editing, and Movies

    This lesson is all about editing photos and shooting movies on your DSLR. Your camera organizes photo information and stores the photos you take on memory cards. This way, you end up with a digital photo you can use on a computer or print.

    Working With Manual Mode

    Manual mode is an exposure mode on your DSLR that lets you make all of the decisions. In this lesson, you will learn how to master manual mode and use it in a variety of shooting situations. To be a great DSLR photographer, manual mode is a must.

    Getting Better Exposure

    Your DSLR is a sophisticated tool that can help you take great photos. But the DSLR can only capture what you choose for it to capture. For all of the bells and whistles, your DSLR needs a human—a photographer—to capture great photos. In this lesson, you will explore how to get better exposure through composition, and managing available light.

    Shooting HDR Photos

    In the previous lesson, you learned about a helpful feature called exposure bracketing. With exposure bracketing, you can take several identical photos using different exposures. This way, you can choose which photo looks best. Exposure bracketing also offers another option—shooting high dynamic range (HDR) photos.

    Mastering Difficult Shooting Situations

    In this final lesson, you will explore the three kinds of photos that give DSLR photographers the most trouble: fast-action shots, macro shots, and low-light photography. The good news is your DSLR can help you master these shooting situations if you know how to use the camera's tools and features, and in this lesson, you will see how to put these features to work.


    What you will learn

    • Learn the basic features of a DSLR or mirrorless camera
    • Gain hands-on experience using lenses effectively
    • Learn to use exposure, focus and metering controls
    • Learn to manage shutter speed and control ISO settings
    • Understand how to shoot photos in manual mode
    • Master difficult shooting situations, such as fast-action photography

    How you will benefit

    • Learn to perfectly capture important memories
    • Take the photos you've always dreamed of taking
    • Gain confidence using your DSLR camera technology

    Curt Simmons

    Curt Simmons, B.A., M.Ed, is a best-selling author, trainer, and multi-media expert. He holds degrees in English and communication studies and has more than 10 years of experience teaching English and writing in the classroom. Additionally, Simmons has authored numerous books on a wide variety of technology topics and has been a technical editor for numerous other titles.


 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP276391
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Take your photography to the next level by learning how to master lenses, apertures, shutter speed, exposure settings, and more on your digital SLR or mirrorless camera.


    Take control of your digital SLR camera. In this course, you will break through the technology barrier and learn how to use your DSLR to take beautiful photos.

    You will start out by learning about the many features and controls of your DSLR and look at the lenses you need for the kind of photography you enjoy. Next, you will learn about metering, exposure compensation, managing aperture, shutter speed, and ISO. You will find out how to use these features to get the right exposure for every shot. Then turn your attention to flash photography, managing camera controls, photo files, and even working in manual mode. With these skills, you will be able to take your photography to the next level.

    By the end of this course, you will truly be a DSLR master, and most of all, you will be able to use your camera to take the photos you've always dreamed of.

    By the end of this course, you'll truly be a DSLR master, and most of all, you'll be able to use your camera to take the photos you've always dreamed of.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • Any digital SLR or mirrorless camera. Point and shoot digital cameras are not compatible with the course content.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Take your photography to the next level by learning how to master lenses, apertures, shutter speed, exposure settings, and more on your digital SLR or mirrorless camera.


    Getting to Know Your Digital SLR Camera

    In this lesson, you will explore the basics of your DSLR camera such as buttons, and controls, and the exposure mode options for different shooting situations. This lesson also covers some general maintenance and housekeeping issues with memory cards, batteries, and cleaning—and by the end of this lesson, you will feel empowered to get started with your DSLR camera.

    Zooming In on Lenses

    This lesson is all about DLSR lenses. One of the most important features of the DSLR is the ability to change lenses based on shooting conditions. You will find out how lenses work, some of the most common DSLR lenses, and what shooting conditions those lenses can help you.

    Seeing Clearly: Exposure, Focus, and Metering

    Do you know how your camera sees a photo? In this lesson, you will learn about the three components of exposure—aperture, shutter speed, and ISO. You will also learn about metering modes and how your camera uses these to determine the correct exposure for a photo.

    Going Deep: Using Aperture

    Briefly lessons introduced the aperture, but this lesson goes deep into aperture. You will learn how this aspect of exposure controls how much light enters the camera, and you will discover how to control this light to affect the quality of your photos as well as certain focusing effects.

    Speeding Up and Slowing Down With Shutter Speed

    This lesson is all about shutter speed—a second aspect of exposure. Shutter speed controls the amount of time that light enters the camera when you take a photo. You probably equate shutter speed with fast-action shots, such as sports photos. A fast shutter speed can stop action, but a slow shutter speed also offers a world of shooting opportunities.

    Getting Bright With ISO

    This lesson explores how ISO settings affect camera exposure. ISO manages the camera's sensitivity to light—the higher the ISO setting, the more sensitive. While ISO appears to be an easy fix for potentially dark photos, it can be a tricky setting to use. You will learn all about ISO solutions, potential ISO problems, and how to manage ISO on your DSLR.

    Making the Most of Flash Photography

    In this lesson, you will explore your DSLR's flash options. You will learn about using and controlling the on-board flash, and you will also learn how to use an external flash with your DSLR's hot shoe.

    Managing Photo Files, Editing, and Movies

    This lesson is all about editing photos and shooting movies on your DSLR. Your camera organizes photo information and stores the photos you take on memory cards. This way, you end up with a digital photo you can use on a computer or print.

    Working With Manual Mode

    Manual mode is an exposure mode on your DSLR that lets you make all of the decisions. In this lesson, you will learn how to master manual mode and use it in a variety of shooting situations. To be a great DSLR photographer, manual mode is a must.

    Getting Better Exposure

    Your DSLR is a sophisticated tool that can help you take great photos. But the DSLR can only capture what you choose for it to capture. For all of the bells and whistles, your DSLR needs a human—a photographer—to capture great photos. In this lesson, you will explore how to get better exposure through composition, and managing available light.

    Shooting HDR Photos

    In the previous lesson, you learned about a helpful feature called exposure bracketing. With exposure bracketing, you can take several identical photos using different exposures. This way, you can choose which photo looks best. Exposure bracketing also offers another option—shooting high dynamic range (HDR) photos.

    Mastering Difficult Shooting Situations

    In this final lesson, you will explore the three kinds of photos that give DSLR photographers the most trouble: fast-action shots, macro shots, and low-light photography. The good news is your DSLR can help you master these shooting situations if you know how to use the camera's tools and features, and in this lesson, you will see how to put these features to work.



    Self-Study

    Take your photography to the next level by learning how to master lenses, apertures, shutter speed, exposure settings, and more on your digital SLR or mirrorless camera.

 

  • Mastering Your Digital SLR or Mirrorless Camera (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP276391
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Take your photography to the next level by learning how to master lenses, apertures, shutter speed, exposure settings, and more on your digital SLR or mirrorless camera.


    Take control of your digital SLR camera. In this course, you will break through the technology barrier and learn how to use your DSLR to take beautiful photos.

    You will start out by learning about the many features and controls of your DSLR and look at the lenses you need for the kind of photography you enjoy. Next, you will learn about metering, exposure compensation, managing aperture, shutter speed, and ISO. You will find out how to use these features to get the right exposure for every shot. Then turn your attention to flash photography, managing camera controls, photo files, and even working in manual mode. With these skills, you will be able to take your photography to the next level.

    By the end of this course, you will truly be a DSLR master, and most of all, you will be able to use your camera to take the photos you've always dreamed of.

    By the end of this course, you'll truly be a DSLR master, and most of all, you'll be able to use your camera to take the photos you've always dreamed of.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • Any digital SLR or mirrorless camera. Point and shoot digital cameras are not compatible with the course content.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Take your photography to the next level by learning how to master lenses, apertures, shutter speed, exposure settings, and more on your digital SLR or mirrorless camera.


    Getting to Know Your Digital SLR Camera

    In this lesson, you will explore the basics of your DSLR camera such as buttons, and controls, and the exposure mode options for different shooting situations. This lesson also covers some general maintenance and housekeeping issues with memory cards, batteries, and cleaning—and by the end of this lesson, you will feel empowered to get started with your DSLR camera.

    Zooming In on Lenses

    This lesson is all about DLSR lenses. One of the most important features of the DSLR is the ability to change lenses based on shooting conditions. You will find out how lenses work, some of the most common DSLR lenses, and what shooting conditions those lenses can help you.

    Seeing Clearly: Exposure, Focus, and Metering

    Do you know how your camera sees a photo? In this lesson, you will learn about the three components of exposure—aperture, shutter speed, and ISO. You will also learn about metering modes and how your camera uses these to determine the correct exposure for a photo.

    Going Deep: Using Aperture

    Briefly lessons introduced the aperture, but this lesson goes deep into aperture. You will learn how this aspect of exposure controls how much light enters the camera, and you will discover how to control this light to affect the quality of your photos as well as certain focusing effects.

    Speeding Up and Slowing Down With Shutter Speed

    This lesson is all about shutter speed—a second aspect of exposure. Shutter speed controls the amount of time that light enters the camera when you take a photo. You probably equate shutter speed with fast-action shots, such as sports photos. A fast shutter speed can stop action, but a slow shutter speed also offers a world of shooting opportunities.

    Getting Bright With ISO

    This lesson explores how ISO settings affect camera exposure. ISO manages the camera's sensitivity to light—the higher the ISO setting, the more sensitive. While ISO appears to be an easy fix for potentially dark photos, it can be a tricky setting to use. You will learn all about ISO solutions, potential ISO problems, and how to manage ISO on your DSLR.

    Making the Most of Flash Photography

    In this lesson, you will explore your DSLR's flash options. You will learn about using and controlling the on-board flash, and you will also learn how to use an external flash with your DSLR's hot shoe.

    Managing Photo Files, Editing, and Movies

    This lesson is all about editing photos and shooting movies on your DSLR. Your camera organizes photo information and stores the photos you take on memory cards. This way, you end up with a digital photo you can use on a computer or print.

    Working With Manual Mode

    Manual mode is an exposure mode on your DSLR that lets you make all of the decisions. In this lesson, you will learn how to master manual mode and use it in a variety of shooting situations. To be a great DSLR photographer, manual mode is a must.

    Getting Better Exposure

    Your DSLR is a sophisticated tool that can help you take great photos. But the DSLR can only capture what you choose for it to capture. For all of the bells and whistles, your DSLR needs a human—a photographer—to capture great photos. In this lesson, you will explore how to get better exposure through composition, and managing available light.

    Shooting HDR Photos

    In the previous lesson, you learned about a helpful feature called exposure bracketing. With exposure bracketing, you can take several identical photos using different exposures. This way, you can choose which photo looks best. Exposure bracketing also offers another option—shooting high dynamic range (HDR) photos.

    Mastering Difficult Shooting Situations

    In this final lesson, you will explore the three kinds of photos that give DSLR photographers the most trouble: fast-action shots, macro shots, and low-light photography. The good news is your DSLR can help you master these shooting situations if you know how to use the camera's tools and features, and in this lesson, you will see how to put these features to work.



    Self-Study

    Take your photography to the next level by learning how to master lenses, apertures, shutter speed, exposure settings, and more on your digital SLR or mirrorless camera.

 

  • Music Made Easy 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27437202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn the fundamentals of music theory. Be able to read, write, and play simple music.


    If you enjoy music and would like to know more about what makes it work, this is the course for you. You'll gain a complete understanding of rhythm, melody, and harmony, and you'll be able to recognize pitches on the musical staff and on the keyboard. Each lesson will build on previous lessons, while also introducing new musical concepts.

    You'll explore the keyboard in full detail, with an emphasis on the structure of major scale and the signatures of major keys. You will examine the many significant contributions early music theorists made to the understanding of music and be able to build intervals, major scales, and chords. By the time you complete this comprehensive and full-featured course, you'll be able to read, write, and even play simple pieces of music!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • You must have speakers or headphones.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Overview of Musical Elements

    In this first lesson, you'll go through an overview of the major elements of music—melody, harmony, and rhythm. It's important that you understand these general terms because you'll explore each of them in detail in the coming lessons.

    Rhythm, Beat, Meter, and Time Signatures

    This is your introduction to the concept of rhythm. You'll explore its various components: beat, meter, and time signatures. You'll also learn how to read and apply time signatures to music.

    Other Meters, Syncopation, and Tempo

    You'll continue exploring meter in this lesson and then look at aspects of rhythm such as syncopation and tempo. You'll learn how and why syncopation is used.

    Melody, Staff, Clef Signs, Pitches

    In this lesson, you'll delve into the musical concept of melody. You'll learn to read the treble and bass clefs. You'll find out how to read notes found in musical compositions and how to notate pitches to create music.

    Pitches Outside of the Staff

    For many compositions, pitches are used that do not fall within the pitch range of the musical staff. With this lesson, you'll discover how to notate these pitches through the use of ledger lines.

    Finding Pitches on the Keyboard

    If you've wanted to learn how to play piano, you'll love this lesson. The focus is on learning the names of the keys on the keyboard. You'll match the pitches from the staff to the keyboard, so you'll be learning to read and play at the same time. By the end, you'll be able to read and play simple songs.

    Construction of Major Scales

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to build major scales. The scale is the building block for composing a piece of music. You'll find out how to construct a scale on any pitch.

    Scale Degrees Names and Early Music Theorists

    This lesson introduces you to the names of each member of the scale. Knowing these names will enable you to discuss the functions and roles of each pitch in any key. These concepts have roots in ancient Greece, so you'll learn a little about those who have influenced how people create music.

    Major Key Signatures

    Having covered major scales, you'll now examine the names of the major keys. You'll learn how to recognize the name of a key by the key signature and how to recognize a scale from the name of the key.

    Concept of Harmony

    This lesson will discuss the last musical element, harmony. It will focus on creating more than one pitch at a time—the layering of musical pitches. You'll begin by looking at two simultaneous pitches, known as intervals.

    Compound Intervals, Interval Inversions, and Triads

    In this lesson, you'll continue to explore intervals. One thing you'll learn is how to invert them, which is helpful when you work with chords. You'll also discover how to build three note chords, which are called triads.

    Triads and the Tonic Dominant Chordal Relationship

    In this final lesson, you'll examine some of the simple relationships between triads. You'll learn how to identify which chord should be used for harmony in simple two chord progressions.


    What you will learn

    • Learn the fundamentals of music and gain an understanding of how it works
    • Develop and understand how meter is used to organize rhythm in music and how to read rhythmic notation
    • Examine the contributions of musical theorists from the past and understand music more fully
    • Discover the development and construction of musical scales
    • Learn to recognize, recite, and even create your own music

    How you will benefit

    • Gain an invaluable understanding of the origin, function, and creation of music
    • Become musically literate in just 6 weeks
    • Feel empowered by your ability to read, write, and play music

    Marianne Murawski

    Marianne Murawski earned her Ph.D. in Music Theory from the University of Maryland, her M.M (master of music) in Music Theory, and her B.A. in Music. Her dissertation, Theory through World Music, focused on developing an introductory music theory course that used world music examples. She has been teaching courses in music fundamentals, music appreciation, history of rock music, and world music at several colleges and universities. She is an active member of the College Music Society, giving presentations at Conferences including an International Conference in Vienna, Austria.


    Gain complete understanding of rhythm, melody, and harmony and recognize pitches on the musical staff and keyboard. By the end of this course, you'll be able to read, write, and even play simple pieces of music!

 

  • Music Made Easy 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27437203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn the fundamentals of music theory. Be able to read, write, and play simple music.


    If you enjoy music and would like to know more about what makes it work, this is the course for you. You'll gain a complete understanding of rhythm, melody, and harmony, and you'll be able to recognize pitches on the musical staff and on the keyboard. Each lesson will build on previous lessons, while also introducing new musical concepts.

    You'll explore the keyboard in full detail, with an emphasis on the structure of major scale and the signatures of major keys. You will examine the many significant contributions early music theorists made to the understanding of music and be able to build intervals, major scales, and chords. By the time you complete this comprehensive and full-featured course, you'll be able to read, write, and even play simple pieces of music!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • You must have speakers or headphones.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Overview of Musical Elements

    In this first lesson, you'll go through an overview of the major elements of music—melody, harmony, and rhythm. It's important that you understand these general terms because you'll explore each of them in detail in the coming lessons.

    Rhythm, Beat, Meter, and Time Signatures

    This is your introduction to the concept of rhythm. You'll explore its various components: beat, meter, and time signatures. You'll also learn how to read and apply time signatures to music.

    Other Meters, Syncopation, and Tempo

    You'll continue exploring meter in this lesson and then look at aspects of rhythm such as syncopation and tempo. You'll learn how and why syncopation is used.

    Melody, Staff, Clef Signs, Pitches

    In this lesson, you'll delve into the musical concept of melody. You'll learn to read the treble and bass clefs. You'll find out how to read notes found in musical compositions and how to notate pitches to create music.

    Pitches Outside of the Staff

    For many compositions, pitches are used that do not fall within the pitch range of the musical staff. With this lesson, you'll discover how to notate these pitches through the use of ledger lines.

    Finding Pitches on the Keyboard

    If you've wanted to learn how to play piano, you'll love this lesson. The focus is on learning the names of the keys on the keyboard. You'll match the pitches from the staff to the keyboard, so you'll be learning to read and play at the same time. By the end, you'll be able to read and play simple songs.

    Construction of Major Scales

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to build major scales. The scale is the building block for composing a piece of music. You'll find out how to construct a scale on any pitch.

    Scale Degrees Names and Early Music Theorists

    This lesson introduces you to the names of each member of the scale. Knowing these names will enable you to discuss the functions and roles of each pitch in any key. These concepts have roots in ancient Greece, so you'll learn a little about those who have influenced how people create music.

    Major Key Signatures

    Having covered major scales, you'll now examine the names of the major keys. You'll learn how to recognize the name of a key by the key signature and how to recognize a scale from the name of the key.

    Concept of Harmony

    This lesson will discuss the last musical element, harmony. It will focus on creating more than one pitch at a time—the layering of musical pitches. You'll begin by looking at two simultaneous pitches, known as intervals.

    Compound Intervals, Interval Inversions, and Triads

    In this lesson, you'll continue to explore intervals. One thing you'll learn is how to invert them, which is helpful when you work with chords. You'll also discover how to build three note chords, which are called triads.

    Triads and the Tonic Dominant Chordal Relationship

    In this final lesson, you'll examine some of the simple relationships between triads. You'll learn how to identify which chord should be used for harmony in simple two chord progressions.


    What you will learn

    • Learn the fundamentals of music and gain an understanding of how it works
    • Develop and understand how meter is used to organize rhythm in music and how to read rhythmic notation
    • Examine the contributions of musical theorists from the past and understand music more fully
    • Discover the development and construction of musical scales
    • Learn to recognize, recite, and even create your own music

    How you will benefit

    • Gain an invaluable understanding of the origin, function, and creation of music
    • Become musically literate in just 6 weeks
    • Feel empowered by your ability to read, write, and play music

    Marianne Murawski

    Marianne Murawski earned her Ph.D. in Music Theory from the University of Maryland, her M.M (master of music) in Music Theory, and her B.A. in Music. Her dissertation, Theory through World Music, focused on developing an introductory music theory course that used world music examples. She has been teaching courses in music fundamentals, music appreciation, history of rock music, and world music at several colleges and universities. She is an active member of the College Music Society, giving presentations at Conferences including an International Conference in Vienna, Austria.


 

  • Music Made Easy (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP278321
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn the fundamentals of music theory. Be able to read, write, and play simple music.


    If you enjoy music and would like to know more about what makes it work, this is the course for you. You'll gain a complete understanding of rhythm, melody, and harmony, and you'll be able to recognize pitches on the musical staff and on the keyboard. Each lesson will build on previous lessons, while also introducing new musical concepts.

    You'll explore the keyboard in full detail, with an emphasis on the structure of major scale and the signatures of major keys. You will examine the many significant contributions early music theorists made to the understanding of music and be able to build intervals, major scales, and chords. By the time you complete this comprehensive and full-featured course, you'll be able to read, write, and even play simple pieces of music!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • You must have speakers or headphones.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Gain complete understanding of rhythm, melody, and harmony and recognize pitches on the musical staff and keyboard. By the end of this course, you'll be able to read, write, and even play simple pieces of music!


    Overview of Musical Elements

    In this first lesson, you'll go through an overview of the major elements of music—melody, harmony, and rhythm. It's important that you understand these general terms because you'll explore each of them in detail in the coming lessons.

    Rhythm, Beat, Meter, and Time Signatures

    This is your introduction to the concept of rhythm. You'll explore its various components: beat, meter, and time signatures. You'll also learn how to read and apply time signatures to music.

    Other Meters, Syncopation, and Tempo

    You'll continue exploring meter in this lesson and then look at aspects of rhythm such as syncopation and tempo. You'll learn how and why syncopation is used.

    Melody, Staff, Clef Signs, Pitches

    In this lesson, you'll delve into the musical concept of melody. You'll learn to read the treble and bass clefs. You'll find out how to read notes found in musical compositions and how to notate pitches to create music.

    Pitches Outside of the Staff

    For many compositions, pitches are used that do not fall within the pitch range of the musical staff. With this lesson, you'll discover how to notate these pitches through the use of ledger lines.

    Finding Pitches on the Keyboard

    If you've wanted to learn how to play piano, you'll love this lesson. The focus is on learning the names of the keys on the keyboard. You'll match the pitches from the staff to the keyboard, so you'll be learning to read and play at the same time. By the end, you'll be able to read and play simple songs.

    Construction of Major Scales

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to build major scales. The scale is the building block for composing a piece of music. You'll find out how to construct a scale on any pitch.

    Scale Degrees Names and Early Music Theorists

    This lesson introduces you to the names of each member of the scale. Knowing these names will enable you to discuss the functions and roles of each pitch in any key. These concepts have roots in ancient Greece, so you'll learn a little about those who have influenced how people create music.

    Major Key Signatures

    Having covered major scales, you'll now examine the names of the major keys. You'll learn how to recognize the name of a key by the key signature and how to recognize a scale from the name of the key.

    Concept of Harmony

    This lesson will discuss the last musical element, harmony. It will focus on creating more than one pitch at a time—the layering of musical pitches. You'll begin by looking at two simultaneous pitches, known as intervals.

    Compound Intervals, Interval Inversions, and Triads

    In this lesson, you'll continue to explore intervals. One thing you'll learn is how to invert them, which is helpful when you work with chords. You'll also discover how to build three note chords, which are called triads.

    Triads and the Tonic Dominant Chordal Relationship

    In this final lesson, you'll examine some of the simple relationships between triads. You'll learn how to identify which chord should be used for harmony in simple two chord progressions.



    Self-Study

    Gain complete understanding of rhythm, melody, and harmony and recognize pitches on the musical staff and keyboard. By the end of this course, you'll be able to read, write, and even play simple pieces of music!

 

  • Music Made Easy (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP278321
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn the fundamentals of music theory. Be able to read, write, and play simple music.


    If you enjoy music and would like to know more about what makes it work, this is the course for you. You'll gain a complete understanding of rhythm, melody, and harmony, and you'll be able to recognize pitches on the musical staff and on the keyboard. Each lesson will build on previous lessons, while also introducing new musical concepts.

    You'll explore the keyboard in full detail, with an emphasis on the structure of major scale and the signatures of major keys. You will examine the many significant contributions early music theorists made to the understanding of music and be able to build intervals, major scales, and chords. By the time you complete this comprehensive and full-featured course, you'll be able to read, write, and even play simple pieces of music!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • You must have speakers or headphones.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Gain complete understanding of rhythm, melody, and harmony and recognize pitches on the musical staff and keyboard. By the end of this course, you'll be able to read, write, and even play simple pieces of music!


    Overview of Musical Elements

    In this first lesson, you'll go through an overview of the major elements of music—melody, harmony, and rhythm. It's important that you understand these general terms because you'll explore each of them in detail in the coming lessons.

    Rhythm, Beat, Meter, and Time Signatures

    This is your introduction to the concept of rhythm. You'll explore its various components: beat, meter, and time signatures. You'll also learn how to read and apply time signatures to music.

    Other Meters, Syncopation, and Tempo

    You'll continue exploring meter in this lesson and then look at aspects of rhythm such as syncopation and tempo. You'll learn how and why syncopation is used.

    Melody, Staff, Clef Signs, Pitches

    In this lesson, you'll delve into the musical concept of melody. You'll learn to read the treble and bass clefs. You'll find out how to read notes found in musical compositions and how to notate pitches to create music.

    Pitches Outside of the Staff

    For many compositions, pitches are used that do not fall within the pitch range of the musical staff. With this lesson, you'll discover how to notate these pitches through the use of ledger lines.

    Finding Pitches on the Keyboard

    If you've wanted to learn how to play piano, you'll love this lesson. The focus is on learning the names of the keys on the keyboard. You'll match the pitches from the staff to the keyboard, so you'll be learning to read and play at the same time. By the end, you'll be able to read and play simple songs.

    Construction of Major Scales

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to build major scales. The scale is the building block for composing a piece of music. You'll find out how to construct a scale on any pitch.

    Scale Degrees Names and Early Music Theorists

    This lesson introduces you to the names of each member of the scale. Knowing these names will enable you to discuss the functions and roles of each pitch in any key. These concepts have roots in ancient Greece, so you'll learn a little about those who have influenced how people create music.

    Major Key Signatures

    Having covered major scales, you'll now examine the names of the major keys. You'll learn how to recognize the name of a key by the key signature and how to recognize a scale from the name of the key.

    Concept of Harmony

    This lesson will discuss the last musical element, harmony. It will focus on creating more than one pitch at a time—the layering of musical pitches. You'll begin by looking at two simultaneous pitches, known as intervals.

    Compound Intervals, Interval Inversions, and Triads

    In this lesson, you'll continue to explore intervals. One thing you'll learn is how to invert them, which is helpful when you work with chords. You'll also discover how to build three note chords, which are called triads.

    Triads and the Tonic Dominant Chordal Relationship

    In this final lesson, you'll examine some of the simple relationships between triads. You'll learn how to identify which chord should be used for harmony in simple two chord progressions.



    Self-Study

    Gain complete understanding of rhythm, melody, and harmony and recognize pitches on the musical staff and keyboard. By the end of this course, you'll be able to read, write, and even play simple pieces of music!

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27493202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use your digital camera to take stunning nature photos, including landscapes, flowers, animals, and even macro shots.


    Nature photography can be a fun, relaxing, and exciting hobby! In this course, you'll learn about the many aspects of outdoor photography as well as how to master your digital camera's controls and features. With the knowledge you gain in this course, you'll be taking exceptional nature photos in no time.

    You'll explore composition and lighting issues and find out how to take beautiful photos of landscapes, flowers, trees, and water. Along the way, you'll delve into your camera's shutter speed and aperture controls so that you'll be able to capture the photos you really want. You will discover how to use your computer to process your photos and digitally correct the most common problems. You'll see how your photos can become works of art rather than just snapshots of nature. By the end of this course, you'll have become the nature photographer you always wanted to be!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    The Joy of Nature Photography

    In this first lesson, you'll explore what makes nature photography an exciting and joyful hobby. You'll do fun exercises that help you focus on the details in the world around you. You'll delve into the concepts of composition, form, shape, and contrast. Finally, you'll go on a digital journey to one of the coolest places in the world!

    Light and Composition

    Nothing could be more important to a photographer than light, right? So, in this lesson, you'll to explore how to work with different kinds of sunlight, use fill flash, and photograph the sun. The lesson will talk about using the rule of thirds to compose attractive photos, and you'll also take a look at three cool natural forms that make great patterns to photograph. Light + composition + natural forms = the next step in your development as a nature photographer!

    Landscape Photography

    Landscapes are a pleasure to photograph, so you'll explore how to make landscape photos that are a pleasure to look at, too! In this lesson, you'll figure out how to manage aperture settings and depth of field to get the most from your landscapes, and then you'll realize the benefits of focal points and vantage points. You'll also receive some tips to help you spice up landscapes that are flat or lack obvious details.

    Photographing Flowers and Trees

    Nature is full of interesting subjects to photograph, and flowers and trees are two of the best, so get ready to experiment photographically with a variety of textures, patterns, and colors! You'll start this lesson with the basics of photographing flowers, and then move on to explore advanced techniques the pros use. You'll also gain an appreciation for the ways trees can communicate feeling and practice photographing them in a way that evokes the specific feeling of a season or place. You'll discover the joys of trying unexpected perspectives as you take your photos.

    Photographing Water

    Water is a fun subject to photograph, but it does present some challenges that you'll tackle in this lesson. You'll learn how to use your camera to compose photographs of large bodies of water (like oceans and lakes), and then receive some fun tips for taking effective shots of streams and rivers. You'll also get better acquainted with your shutter-speed settings and practice controlling them to blur or freeze action to create interesting effects.

    Telephoto Photography

    Telephoto equipment can help you get close to subjects that are far away or too dangerous to approach, thus giving you access to an otherwise inaccessible natural world. That's why, in this lesson, you'll investigate the ways telephoto equipment can enhance your experience of nature photography. You'll find out how your camera and lenses handle magnification and gain an understanding of how to work effectively with a telephoto lens. Then, you'll turn your attention to composing telephoto shots, and you'll practice photographing clouds, the moon, and the stars. Whether you're already working with a telephoto lens, want to buy one, or prefer to stick with the zoom lens on your consumer camera, this lesson will help you gain confidence in the telephoto realm.

    Large Animal Photography

    Large animal photography, as you might expect, can be a lot of fun and very exciting! In this lesson, you'll explore how to get the best photographs of large animals, whether domesticated or in the wild. You'll photograph single animals, groups, and animals in zoos and other captive areas. You'll also learn how to get pets to cooperate for a photo shoot!

    Small Animal Photography

    In this lesson, you'll delve into strategies for photographing small animals in the wild, including reptiles and other sneaky creatures. The lesson will discuss common composition, angle, and lighting issues you're going to be wrestling with. You'll learn tricks for photographing small animals at zoos, including animals in terrariums and aquariums. You'll also receive tips for photographing your small pet, including how to keep your pet's attention and what to do to avoid getting an ugly yellow color cast in your photos when shooting pet portraits indoors.

    Photographing Birds

    In this lesson, you'll learn about the challenges of photographing birds and the techniques for overcoming those challenges. Birds in flight, for example, can be tough to handle, because you have to be fast on the draw with your camera's settings and manage backlighting to prevent exposure problems. You'll learn to deal with these issues and get started setting up a bird photo studio in your own backyard, which you can use to practice all of your bird photography skills year-round.

    Macro Photography

    In this lesson, you'll delve into macro photography, which you'll use to document some of the smallest creatures in the natural world. You'll sort through your equipment options, ranging from inexpensive attachments to more expensive options like macro lenses. You'll also investigate the particular challenges of exposure, shutter speed, and depth of field. Finally, you'll take a look at a collection of macro photos and learn what works and what doesn't.

    Post-Processing

    Photo-editing software gives you the opportunity to correct common photography problems and enhance photos creatively. Need to fix a blemish, crop a photo, or adjust the color? In this lesson, you'll find out how to make these quick fixes. Then, you'll turn your attention to more advanced functions, like using layers and masks to make complex edits. You'll finish up by exploring some of the just-for-fun options of photo-editing software, like special-effects filters and using layers to add text. If you're not already working with photo-editing software, you'll receive a link to a free program you can download in order to explore the techniques taught in the lesson.

    Abstract Nature Photography

    This lesson will wrap things up with a fun exploration of the creative possibilities of abstract nature photos. You'll expand your understanding of subjects and composition and see how abstract photos work to achieve a specific effect or feeling. The discussion will end with a tour through a gallery of abstract photos, and you'll see a final entry in a photo journal from Tulum, Mexico—a favorite spot for photographers.


    What you will learn

    • Learn the parts, accessories, and functions of your digital camera and learn how to use this knowledge to improve your photography
    • Explore composition and lighting issues and discover how to take beautiful photos of your favorite natural subjects
    • Discover how you can use your computer to process photos and apply digitally corrections
    • Explore abstract nature photography and discover the artistic possibilities of your photography

    How you will benefit

    • Discover the useful features and capabilities of your digital camera, and make the most of your investment
    • Gain confidence in your ability to photograph beautiful scenery and other favorite natural subjects
    • Impress friends and family through the knowledge and skills you acquire in digital photography

    Curt Simmons

    Curt Simmons, B.A., M.Ed, is a best-selling author, trainer, and multi-media expert. He holds degrees in English and communication studies and has more than 10 years of experience teaching English and writing in the classroom. Additionally, Simmons has authored numerous books on a wide variety of technology topics and has been a technical editor for numerous other titles.


    Discover how your nature photos can become works of art rather than just snapshots. This course will help you explore composition and lighting as you master your digital camera's controls and features to take exceptional nature photos in no time.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27493203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use your digital camera to take stunning nature photos, including landscapes, flowers, animals, and even macro shots.


    Nature photography can be a fun, relaxing, and exciting hobby! In this course, you'll learn about the many aspects of outdoor photography as well as how to master your digital camera's controls and features. With the knowledge you gain in this course, you'll be taking exceptional nature photos in no time.

    You'll explore composition and lighting issues and find out how to take beautiful photos of landscapes, flowers, trees, and water. Along the way, you'll delve into your camera's shutter speed and aperture controls so that you'll be able to capture the photos you really want. You will discover how to use your computer to process your photos and digitally correct the most common problems. You'll see how your photos can become works of art rather than just snapshots of nature. By the end of this course, you'll have become the nature photographer you always wanted to be!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    The Joy of Nature Photography

    In this first lesson, you'll explore what makes nature photography an exciting and joyful hobby. You'll do fun exercises that help you focus on the details in the world around you. You'll delve into the concepts of composition, form, shape, and contrast. Finally, you'll go on a digital journey to one of the coolest places in the world!

    Light and Composition

    Nothing could be more important to a photographer than light, right? So, in this lesson, you'll to explore how to work with different kinds of sunlight, use fill flash, and photograph the sun. The lesson will talk about using the rule of thirds to compose attractive photos, and you'll also take a look at three cool natural forms that make great patterns to photograph. Light + composition + natural forms = the next step in your development as a nature photographer!

    Landscape Photography

    Landscapes are a pleasure to photograph, so you'll explore how to make landscape photos that are a pleasure to look at, too! In this lesson, you'll figure out how to manage aperture settings and depth of field to get the most from your landscapes, and then you'll realize the benefits of focal points and vantage points. You'll also receive some tips to help you spice up landscapes that are flat or lack obvious details.

    Photographing Flowers and Trees

    Nature is full of interesting subjects to photograph, and flowers and trees are two of the best, so get ready to experiment photographically with a variety of textures, patterns, and colors! You'll start this lesson with the basics of photographing flowers, and then move on to explore advanced techniques the pros use. You'll also gain an appreciation for the ways trees can communicate feeling and practice photographing them in a way that evokes the specific feeling of a season or place. You'll discover the joys of trying unexpected perspectives as you take your photos.

    Photographing Water

    Water is a fun subject to photograph, but it does present some challenges that you'll tackle in this lesson. You'll learn how to use your camera to compose photographs of large bodies of water (like oceans and lakes), and then receive some fun tips for taking effective shots of streams and rivers. You'll also get better acquainted with your shutter-speed settings and practice controlling them to blur or freeze action to create interesting effects.

    Telephoto Photography

    Telephoto equipment can help you get close to subjects that are far away or too dangerous to approach, thus giving you access to an otherwise inaccessible natural world. That's why, in this lesson, you'll investigate the ways telephoto equipment can enhance your experience of nature photography. You'll find out how your camera and lenses handle magnification and gain an understanding of how to work effectively with a telephoto lens. Then, you'll turn your attention to composing telephoto shots, and you'll practice photographing clouds, the moon, and the stars. Whether you're already working with a telephoto lens, want to buy one, or prefer to stick with the zoom lens on your consumer camera, this lesson will help you gain confidence in the telephoto realm.

    Large Animal Photography

    Large animal photography, as you might expect, can be a lot of fun and very exciting! In this lesson, you'll explore how to get the best photographs of large animals, whether domesticated or in the wild. You'll photograph single animals, groups, and animals in zoos and other captive areas. You'll also learn how to get pets to cooperate for a photo shoot!

    Small Animal Photography

    In this lesson, you'll delve into strategies for photographing small animals in the wild, including reptiles and other sneaky creatures. The lesson will discuss common composition, angle, and lighting issues you're going to be wrestling with. You'll learn tricks for photographing small animals at zoos, including animals in terrariums and aquariums. You'll also receive tips for photographing your small pet, including how to keep your pet's attention and what to do to avoid getting an ugly yellow color cast in your photos when shooting pet portraits indoors.

    Photographing Birds

    In this lesson, you'll learn about the challenges of photographing birds and the techniques for overcoming those challenges. Birds in flight, for example, can be tough to handle, because you have to be fast on the draw with your camera's settings and manage backlighting to prevent exposure problems. You'll learn to deal with these issues and get started setting up a bird photo studio in your own backyard, which you can use to practice all of your bird photography skills year-round.

    Macro Photography

    In this lesson, you'll delve into macro photography, which you'll use to document some of the smallest creatures in the natural world. You'll sort through your equipment options, ranging from inexpensive attachments to more expensive options like macro lenses. You'll also investigate the particular challenges of exposure, shutter speed, and depth of field. Finally, you'll take a look at a collection of macro photos and learn what works and what doesn't.

    Post-Processing

    Photo-editing software gives you the opportunity to correct common photography problems and enhance photos creatively. Need to fix a blemish, crop a photo, or adjust the color? In this lesson, you'll find out how to make these quick fixes. Then, you'll turn your attention to more advanced functions, like using layers and masks to make complex edits. You'll finish up by exploring some of the just-for-fun options of photo-editing software, like special-effects filters and using layers to add text. If you're not already working with photo-editing software, you'll receive a link to a free program you can download in order to explore the techniques taught in the lesson.

    Abstract Nature Photography

    This lesson will wrap things up with a fun exploration of the creative possibilities of abstract nature photos. You'll expand your understanding of subjects and composition and see how abstract photos work to achieve a specific effect or feeling. The discussion will end with a tour through a gallery of abstract photos, and you'll see a final entry in a photo journal from Tulum, Mexico—a favorite spot for photographers.


    What you will learn

    • Learn the parts, accessories, and functions of your digital camera and learn how to use this knowledge to improve your photography
    • Explore composition and lighting issues and discover how to take beautiful photos of your favorite natural subjects
    • Discover how you can use your computer to process photos and apply digitally corrections
    • Explore abstract nature photography and discover the artistic possibilities of your photography

    How you will benefit

    • Discover the useful features and capabilities of your digital camera, and make the most of your investment
    • Gain confidence in your ability to photograph beautiful scenery and other favorite natural subjects
    • Impress friends and family through the knowledge and skills you acquire in digital photography

    Curt Simmons

    Curt Simmons, B.A., M.Ed, is a best-selling author, trainer, and multi-media expert. He holds degrees in English and communication studies and has more than 10 years of experience teaching English and writing in the classroom. Additionally, Simmons has authored numerous books on a wide variety of technology topics and has been a technical editor for numerous other titles.


 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP277221
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use your digital camera to take stunning nature photos, including landscapes, flowers, animals, and even macro shots.


    Nature photography can be a fun, relaxing, and exciting hobby! In this course, you'll learn about the many aspects of outdoor photography as well as how to master your digital camera's controls and features. With the knowledge you gain in this course, you'll be taking exceptional nature photos in no time.

    You'll explore composition and lighting issues and find out how to take beautiful photos of landscapes, flowers, trees, and water. Along the way, you'll delve into your camera's shutter speed and aperture controls so that you'll be able to capture the photos you really want. You will discover how to use your computer to process your photos and digitally correct the most common problems. You'll see how your photos can become works of art rather than just snapshots of nature. By the end of this course, you'll have become the nature photographer you always wanted to be!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn how to use your digital camera to take stunning nature photos, including landscapes, flowers, animals, and even macro shots.


    1. The Joy of Nature Photography
    2. Light and Composition
    3. Landscape Photography
    4. Photographing Flowers and Trees
    5. Photographing Water
    6. Telephoto Photography
    7. Large Animal Photography
    8. Small Animal Photography
    9. Photographing Birds
    10. Macro Photography
    11. Post-Processing
    12. Abstract Nature Photography


    Self-Study

    Learn how to use your digital camera to take stunning nature photos, including landscapes, flowers, animals, and even macro shots.

 

  • Photographing Nature with Your Digital Camera (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP277221
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use your digital camera to take stunning nature photos, including landscapes, flowers, animals, and even macro shots.


    Nature photography can be a fun, relaxing, and exciting hobby! In this course, you'll learn about the many aspects of outdoor photography as well as how to master your digital camera's controls and features. With the knowledge you gain in this course, you'll be taking exceptional nature photos in no time.

    You'll explore composition and lighting issues and find out how to take beautiful photos of landscapes, flowers, trees, and water. Along the way, you'll delve into your camera's shutter speed and aperture controls so that you'll be able to capture the photos you really want. You will discover how to use your computer to process your photos and digitally correct the most common problems. You'll see how your photos can become works of art rather than just snapshots of nature. By the end of this course, you'll have become the nature photographer you always wanted to be!


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn how to use your digital camera to take stunning nature photos, including landscapes, flowers, animals, and even macro shots.


    1. The Joy of Nature Photography
    2. Light and Composition
    3. Landscape Photography
    4. Photographing Flowers and Trees
    5. Photographing Water
    6. Telephoto Photography
    7. Large Animal Photography
    8. Small Animal Photography
    9. Photographing Birds
    10. Macro Photography
    11. Post-Processing
    12. Abstract Nature Photography


    Self-Study

    Learn how to use your digital camera to take stunning nature photos, including landscapes, flowers, animals, and even macro shots.

 

  • Photographing People With Your Digital Camera (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP277771
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn to take beautiful pictures of adults, children, and babies.


    Photographing people can be fun, exciting, and complicated! This course will make taking beautiful pictures of adults, children, and babies simple. You will start with the basic principles you need to know in order to become a people photographer. You will discover the best way to shoot faces, fix common close-up problems, and use digital photo editing techniques to retouch your photos and make other improvements.

    Then you will move onto portrait and formal group shots, where you will learn how to organize people, which angles to use, and which to avoid. You will become proficient in action photography, and you will learn some fun, creative ways to photograph children and babies. You will even gain expertise in filling your photographs with imagery, setting moods, and creating themes. This course will have you well on your way to becoming a skilled people photographer.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • You will need a digital camera.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • A digital editing program of your choice, such as the latest version of Photoshop Elements (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Become a skilled photographer when it comes to taking beautiful pictures of adults, children, or babies. This course will help you discover the best way to shoot faces, fix common close-up problems, and use digital photo editing techniques to retouch your photos.


    1. Digital Camera Basics
    2. All About Exposure
    3. Indoor and Outdoor Lighting Techniques
    4. Composing Photographs
    5. Taking Portraits of Individuals and Groups
    6. Photographing Hands, Faces, and People with Their Pets
    7. Photographing Children
    8. Action Photography
    9. Macro and Abstract Photography
    10. Shooting Formals and Weddings
    11. Post-Processing Photos of People
    12. The Business of Photography


    Self-Study

    Become a skilled photographer when it comes to taking beautiful pictures of adults, children, or babies. This course will help you discover the best way to shoot faces, fix common close-up problems, and use digital photo editing techniques to retouch your photos.

 

  • Photographing People With Your Digital Camera (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP277771
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn to take beautiful pictures of adults, children, and babies.


    Photographing people can be fun, exciting, and complicated! This course will make taking beautiful pictures of adults, children, and babies simple. You will start with the basic principles you need to know in order to become a people photographer. You will discover the best way to shoot faces, fix common close-up problems, and use digital photo editing techniques to retouch your photos and make other improvements.

    Then you will move onto portrait and formal group shots, where you will learn how to organize people, which angles to use, and which to avoid. You will become proficient in action photography, and you will learn some fun, creative ways to photograph children and babies. You will even gain expertise in filling your photographs with imagery, setting moods, and creating themes. This course will have you well on your way to becoming a skilled people photographer.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • You will need a digital camera.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • A digital editing program of your choice, such as the latest version of Photoshop Elements (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Become a skilled photographer when it comes to taking beautiful pictures of adults, children, or babies. This course will help you discover the best way to shoot faces, fix common close-up problems, and use digital photo editing techniques to retouch your photos.


    1. Digital Camera Basics
    2. All About Exposure
    3. Indoor and Outdoor Lighting Techniques
    4. Composing Photographs
    5. Taking Portraits of Individuals and Groups
    6. Photographing Hands, Faces, and People with Their Pets
    7. Photographing Children
    8. Action Photography
    9. Macro and Abstract Photography
    10. Shooting Formals and Weddings
    11. Post-Processing Photos of People
    12. The Business of Photography


    Self-Study

    Become a skilled photographer when it comes to taking beautiful pictures of adults, children, or babies. This course will help you discover the best way to shoot faces, fix common close-up problems, and use digital photo editing techniques to retouch your photos.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27559202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (also called Photoshop CC) to edit and enhance your photographic images.


    Adobe Photoshop CC (also known as Photoshop Creative Cloud) is a powerful subscription software solution providing support and specialized editing tools for digital photographers and graphic artists. In this course you will master techniques to edit and enhance your digital images and add a professional polish to your work. The course offers simple, step-by-step instructions for basics like cropping, rotation, and sizing images. You will experiment with Photoshop's tools for correcting exposure, adjusting color and colorcasts, and work with Adobe's powerful layer and selection tools. You will learn how to add text, retouch, and even clone away unwanted elements from your images. You will discover how to work with raw images and prepare images for print or online use.

    In this course, you will be guided through detailed explanations and instructions for using the tools that make this software so popular and unique in the world of digital editing. Whether you are a novice or accomplished photo editor, this course will give you a collection of useful techniques that will quickly show you amazing results in your images.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.
    • This course is written with Windows software, but Mac users will find the software is quite similar and are also welcome in this course. Mac users will need to be comfortable with the normal Windows/Mac conversion for keyboard differences, which will be provided in class. All coursework and examples are based on Windows using Photoshop CC software (not included in enrollment).

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later (64-bit), Windows 10 October 2018 update (64-bit) version 1809 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.13 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • You will need Adobe's Photoshop CC or later updates, such as Photoshop CC (2014), installed and functioning to take full advantage of the course (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Tour of Photoshop CC

    Photoshop CC is an excellent package for photographers to enhance and edit digital images. In this lesson, you'll be introduced to online training, see how to download images to use in class, and take a tour of Photoshop CC. This class starts at the beginning, with the various tools for displaying images, and it's been designed to bring even the inexperienced user to a comfortable level of editing and enhancement.

    Corrections and Cropping

    In this lesson, you'll see the power of Photoshop with quick corrections and the ability to crop and rotate your images. You'll love the new Crop tool in Photoshop CC! The lesson will discuss the various file formats for digital images and how to use them to your best advantage. You'll learn how to make changes and save different versions of your images so that you'll have everything you need for future editing.

    Get Ready to Print

    As you continue your study of Photoshop CC, you'll learn how to prepare your documents for printing. To get the best quality print, you want to be sure that each image is the right size and resolution. You'll learn technical terms, explore menus, and look at ways to be sure your prints will be just the right size. You'll see how to use the Crop tool with more control and feel confident about printing when you finish this lesson.

    Right Size for the Job

    Whether you want to use your image on a website, in an email, or for a large print, you need to be sure the size is right. If it's for the web, you'll want it to be small enough to load quickly, but still sharp and clear. If you need an enlarged print, you'll want to be sure it has all the quality of the original. This can be a stumbling block for some new Photoshop users, so you'll take your time and practice with several images to help you learn all the steps. The lesson will also go over how to use Photoshop's tools for artistic cropping so your images are both artistically and technically the best they can be.

    Colors and Layers

    One of the most powerful features in Photoshop is layers, and in this lesson, you'll have a chance to create a new file and copy another image into it, exploring the basics of layers as you go. You'll also see how to set color options for many of the Photoshop features and adjust color in your images.

    Adjusting Color

    As you continue to build your knowledge of layers in this lesson, you'll also see how to work with color. Photoshop has a huge palette of color options that you can use in your images, and the color tools are amazing! You'll see how to easily replace, brighten, and enhance color, and even remove it for stunning black-and-white work. These features are among the many sought-after highlights of Photoshop, but beware! You may find yourself tinkering with images even after the lesson is over.

    Adjusting Light and Color

    Light is the essence of photography, but it isn't always cooperative. This lesson will discuss ways to enhance and even create better lighting after you've taken an image. You'll see how to use Brightness and Contrast to improve your images and then have a chance to work with Levels and Curves, two of Photoshop's best features for correcting lighting and color tones.

    Raw Editing

    Even if you don't shoot in raw image format, Photoshop has a set of sophisticated editing tools for you to use! Camera Raw is Photoshop's editor for processing raw images, giving you the opportunity to adjust white balance and exposure in all kinds of file formats, and leaving your images with startling clarity and dynamic color. In this lesson, you'll see how to adjust your images quickly and easily, just like a pro. If you're not quite sure what raw files are or if they're something you'd like to use, the lesson will walk you through the process, and you can decide what's best for your type of work. Either way, you'll learn more about Photoshop and what it can do for you!

    Text and Selections

    Mixing words and pictures is an important part of digital photography, and Photoshop gives you lots of ways to make your text as dazzling as your pictures. In this lesson, you'll explore Photoshop's text tools and find out how to add text to your images. You'll also begin your study of the powerful selection tools, with the Quick Selection tool, the color-based Magic Wand tool, and the flexible Lasso tool and work further with layering.

    Intermediate Selections

    As you continue your study of selection tools, you'll learn how to create silhouettes and creative backgrounds to set them off. You'll see how the Marquee tools let you select perfect squares and circles for use in framing and highlighting your images. You'll practice using feathering to see the difference it makes, especially when you want to create a soft, blended background in your image. You'll also see how to use the Marquee tool to create borders and frames around your pictures. To wrap up your study of the selection tools, you'll also explore the many options in the Select menu.

    Advanced Selections

    In the last lesson on the selection tools, you'll work with a combination of tools for detailed and exacting work when you need it most. You'll also learn some advanced techniques for using the selection tools together. You'll work extensively with the Add to selection option and see some shortcuts for making selections easier. As a final addition to your knowledge in this area, you'll have a chance to explore and work with features on the Select menu.

    Correcting Images

    In the last lesson, you'll learn how to put many new tools to work! The lesson will discuss the Retouching and Correcting tools, and you'll perfect your skills with the Red Eye tool, the Clone Stamp tool, and both of the powerful Healing Brushes. It will also discuss when to use each tool for the best results. The power of Photoshop will come to life as you use these tools in your final assignments.


    What you will learn

    • Learn to recognize screen elements, identify main tools, and import and save images in Photoshop CC
    • Learn to make quick corrections, crop and rotate images, and save images in a different format
    • Learn to resize and shape an image for email, print, or online
    • Create a layered document, and add color backgrounds
    • Learn to use Photoshop's tools for adjusting light and brightness
    • Discover how to use Photoshop's Camera Raw for editing, and use the selection tool for advanced editing
    • Learn to add text to your images
    • Produce silhouettes with the Quick Selection tool, and use the Marquee tools with selection boxes
    • Discover how to use advanced selection techniques and understand when and how to use the Red Eye, Healing Brush, and Clone Stamp

    How you will benefit

    • You will master techniques to edit and enhance your digital images and add professional polish to your work
    • Go from a novice to an accomplished photo editor
    • Gain expertise in using Photoshop CC and its collection of useful techniques to see amazing results in your images

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"

    Eric Johnson

    Eric Johnson is an experienced digital photographer and editor. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education (emphases on Computer Science) from Oregon State University and a Master's in Business Administration from Seattle University. Eric has worked for major software and computer corporations, freelance photography and editing services, and has been working with Beverly Schulz teaching ed2go photography courses since 2004. He is her co-author on "Photoshop Elements 14 - What's New?".


    Master the use of Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud to edit and enhance your digital images and give them a professional polish. This course includes simple, step-by-step instructions to guide you through the many tools that make this software so popular and unique.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27559203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (also called Photoshop CC) to edit and enhance your photographic images.


    Adobe Photoshop CC (also known as Photoshop Creative Cloud) is a powerful subscription software solution providing support and specialized editing tools for digital photographers and graphic artists. In this course you will master techniques to edit and enhance your digital images and add a professional polish to your work. The course offers simple, step-by-step instructions for basics like cropping, rotation, and sizing images. You will experiment with Photoshop's tools for correcting exposure, adjusting color and colorcasts, and work with Adobe's powerful layer and selection tools. You will learn how to add text, retouch, and even clone away unwanted elements from your images. You will discover how to work with raw images and prepare images for print or online use.

    In this course, you will be guided through detailed explanations and instructions for using the tools that make this software so popular and unique in the world of digital editing. Whether you are a novice or accomplished photo editor, this course will give you a collection of useful techniques that will quickly show you amazing results in your images.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.
    • This course is written with Windows software, but Mac users will find the software is quite similar and are also welcome in this course. Mac users will need to be comfortable with the normal Windows/Mac conversion for keyboard differences, which will be provided in class. All coursework and examples are based on Windows using Photoshop CC software (not included in enrollment).

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later (64-bit), Windows 10 October 2018 update (64-bit) version 1809 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.13 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • You will need Adobe's Photoshop CC or later updates, such as Photoshop CC (2014), installed and functioning to take full advantage of the course (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Tour of Photoshop CC

    Photoshop CC is an excellent package for photographers to enhance and edit digital images. In this lesson, you'll be introduced to online training, see how to download images to use in class, and take a tour of Photoshop CC. This class starts at the beginning, with the various tools for displaying images, and it's been designed to bring even the inexperienced user to a comfortable level of editing and enhancement.

    Corrections and Cropping

    In this lesson, you'll see the power of Photoshop with quick corrections and the ability to crop and rotate your images. You'll love the new Crop tool in Photoshop CC! The lesson will discuss the various file formats for digital images and how to use them to your best advantage. You'll learn how to make changes and save different versions of your images so that you'll have everything you need for future editing.

    Get Ready to Print

    As you continue your study of Photoshop CC, you'll learn how to prepare your documents for printing. To get the best quality print, you want to be sure that each image is the right size and resolution. You'll learn technical terms, explore menus, and look at ways to be sure your prints will be just the right size. You'll see how to use the Crop tool with more control and feel confident about printing when you finish this lesson.

    Right Size for the Job

    Whether you want to use your image on a website, in an email, or for a large print, you need to be sure the size is right. If it's for the web, you'll want it to be small enough to load quickly, but still sharp and clear. If you need an enlarged print, you'll want to be sure it has all the quality of the original. This can be a stumbling block for some new Photoshop users, so you'll take your time and practice with several images to help you learn all the steps. The lesson will also go over how to use Photoshop's tools for artistic cropping so your images are both artistically and technically the best they can be.

    Colors and Layers

    One of the most powerful features in Photoshop is layers, and in this lesson, you'll have a chance to create a new file and copy another image into it, exploring the basics of layers as you go. You'll also see how to set color options for many of the Photoshop features and adjust color in your images.

    Adjusting Color

    As you continue to build your knowledge of layers in this lesson, you'll also see how to work with color. Photoshop has a huge palette of color options that you can use in your images, and the color tools are amazing! You'll see how to easily replace, brighten, and enhance color, and even remove it for stunning black-and-white work. These features are among the many sought-after highlights of Photoshop, but beware! You may find yourself tinkering with images even after the lesson is over.

    Adjusting Light and Color

    Light is the essence of photography, but it isn't always cooperative. This lesson will discuss ways to enhance and even create better lighting after you've taken an image. You'll see how to use Brightness and Contrast to improve your images and then have a chance to work with Levels and Curves, two of Photoshop's best features for correcting lighting and color tones.

    Raw Editing

    Even if you don't shoot in raw image format, Photoshop has a set of sophisticated editing tools for you to use! Camera Raw is Photoshop's editor for processing raw images, giving you the opportunity to adjust white balance and exposure in all kinds of file formats, and leaving your images with startling clarity and dynamic color. In this lesson, you'll see how to adjust your images quickly and easily, just like a pro. If you're not quite sure what raw files are or if they're something you'd like to use, the lesson will walk you through the process, and you can decide what's best for your type of work. Either way, you'll learn more about Photoshop and what it can do for you!

    Text and Selections

    Mixing words and pictures is an important part of digital photography, and Photoshop gives you lots of ways to make your text as dazzling as your pictures. In this lesson, you'll explore Photoshop's text tools and find out how to add text to your images. You'll also begin your study of the powerful selection tools, with the Quick Selection tool, the color-based Magic Wand tool, and the flexible Lasso tool and work further with layering.

    Intermediate Selections

    As you continue your study of selection tools, you'll learn how to create silhouettes and creative backgrounds to set them off. You'll see how the Marquee tools let you select perfect squares and circles for use in framing and highlighting your images. You'll practice using feathering to see the difference it makes, especially when you want to create a soft, blended background in your image. You'll also see how to use the Marquee tool to create borders and frames around your pictures. To wrap up your study of the selection tools, you'll also explore the many options in the Select menu.

    Advanced Selections

    In the last lesson on the selection tools, you'll work with a combination of tools for detailed and exacting work when you need it most. You'll also learn some advanced techniques for using the selection tools together. You'll work extensively with the Add to selection option and see some shortcuts for making selections easier. As a final addition to your knowledge in this area, you'll have a chance to explore and work with features on the Select menu.

    Correcting Images

    In the last lesson, you'll learn how to put many new tools to work! The lesson will discuss the Retouching and Correcting tools, and you'll perfect your skills with the Red Eye tool, the Clone Stamp tool, and both of the powerful Healing Brushes. It will also discuss when to use each tool for the best results. The power of Photoshop will come to life as you use these tools in your final assignments.


    What you will learn

    • Learn to recognize screen elements, identify main tools, and import and save images in Photoshop CC
    • Learn to make quick corrections, crop and rotate images, and save images in a different format
    • Learn to resize and shape an image for email, print, or online
    • Create a layered document, and add color backgrounds
    • Learn to use Photoshop's tools for adjusting light and brightness
    • Discover how to use Photoshop's Camera Raw for editing, and use the selection tool for advanced editing
    • Learn to add text to your images
    • Produce silhouettes with the Quick Selection tool, and use the Marquee tools with selection boxes
    • Discover how to use advanced selection techniques and understand when and how to use the Red Eye, Healing Brush, and Clone Stamp

    How you will benefit

    • You will master techniques to edit and enhance your digital images and add professional polish to your work
    • Go from a novice to an accomplished photo editor
    • Gain expertise in using Photoshop CC and its collection of useful techniques to see amazing results in your images

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"

    Eric Johnson

    Eric Johnson is an experienced digital photographer and editor. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education (emphases on Computer Science) from Oregon State University and a Master's in Business Administration from Seattle University. Eric has worked for major software and computer corporations, freelance photography and editing services, and has been working with Beverly Schulz teaching ed2go photography courses since 2004. He is her co-author on "Photoshop Elements 14 - What's New?".


 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP277571
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (also called Photoshop CC) to edit and enhance your photographic images.


    Adobe Photoshop CC (also known as Photoshop Creative Cloud) is a powerful subscription software solution providing support and specialized editing tools for digital photographers and graphic artists. In this course you will master techniques to edit and enhance your digital images and add a professional polish to your work. The course offers simple, step-by-step instructions for basics like cropping, rotation, and sizing images. You will experiment with Photoshop's tools for correcting exposure, adjusting color and colorcasts, and work with Adobe's powerful layer and selection tools. You will learn how to add text, retouch, and even clone away unwanted elements from your images. You will discover how to work with raw images and prepare images for print or online use.

    In this course, you will be guided through detailed explanations and instructions for using the tools that make this software so popular and unique in the world of digital editing. Whether you are a novice or accomplished photo editor, this course will give you a collection of useful techniques that will quickly show you amazing results in your images.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.
    • This course is written with Windows software. Mac users will need to be comfortable with the normal Windows/Mac conversion for keyboard differences, which will be provided in class. All coursework and examples are based on Windows using Photoshop CC software (not included in enrollment).

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later (64-bit), Windows 10 October 2018 update (64-bit) version 1809 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.13 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • You will need Adobe's Photoshop CC or later updates, such as Photoshop CC (2014), installed and functioning to take full advantage of the course (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (also called Photoshop CC) to edit and enhance your photographic images.


    1. Tour of Photoshop CC
    2. Corrections and Cropping
    3. Get Ready to Print
    4. Right Size for the Job
    5. Colors and Layers
    6. Adjusting Color
    7. Adjusting Light and Color
    8. Raw Editing
    9. Text and Selections
    10. Intermediate Selections
    11. Advanced Selections
    12. Correcting Images


    Self-Study

    Learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (also called Photoshop CC) to edit and enhance your photographic images.

 

  • Photoshop CC for the Digital Photographer (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP277571
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (also called Photoshop CC) to edit and enhance your photographic images.


    Adobe Photoshop CC (also known as Photoshop Creative Cloud) is a powerful subscription software solution providing support and specialized editing tools for digital photographers and graphic artists. In this course you will master techniques to edit and enhance your digital images and add a professional polish to your work. The course offers simple, step-by-step instructions for basics like cropping, rotation, and sizing images. You will experiment with Photoshop's tools for correcting exposure, adjusting color and colorcasts, and work with Adobe's powerful layer and selection tools. You will learn how to add text, retouch, and even clone away unwanted elements from your images. You will discover how to work with raw images and prepare images for print or online use.

    In this course, you will be guided through detailed explanations and instructions for using the tools that make this software so popular and unique in the world of digital editing. Whether you are a novice or accomplished photo editor, this course will give you a collection of useful techniques that will quickly show you amazing results in your images.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.
    • This course is written with Windows software. Mac users will need to be comfortable with the normal Windows/Mac conversion for keyboard differences, which will be provided in class. All coursework and examples are based on Windows using Photoshop CC software (not included in enrollment).

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later (64-bit), Windows 10 October 2018 update (64-bit) version 1809 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.13 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • You will need Adobe's Photoshop CC or later updates, such as Photoshop CC (2014), installed and functioning to take full advantage of the course (not included in enrollment).
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (also called Photoshop CC) to edit and enhance your photographic images.


    1. Tour of Photoshop CC
    2. Corrections and Cropping
    3. Get Ready to Print
    4. Right Size for the Job
    5. Colors and Layers
    6. Adjusting Color
    7. Adjusting Light and Color
    8. Raw Editing
    9. Text and Selections
    10. Intermediate Selections
    11. Advanced Selections
    12. Correcting Images


    Self-Study

    Learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud (also called Photoshop CC) to edit and enhance your photographic images.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27570202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use the tools and features of Adobe Photoshop Elements for editing and fixing your digital photos and images.


    Bring out the best in your photos! In this course, you'll learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Elements to do everything from quick fixes to detailed enhancements that will greatly improve the look of your digital images. Even if you don't have any image-editing experience, this class will turn you into an advanced photo editor.

    As you explore the program's many tools and features, you'll gain control of Photoshop Elements and create results that you never imagined possible. You'll master techniques for editing images, fixing flaws, enhancing the final product, creating simple art projects, preparing images for online use, and organizing your images.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox is preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader or other PDF reader.
    • Adobe Photoshop Elements version 14 or later (not included in enrollment). This includes all year-labeled versions, such as Photoshop Elements 2025. The course will use version 2021 for demonstration with notes and instructions for significant changes in other versions, although these are very minor.
    • System Requirements: For the current release of Photoshop Elements, see: System requirements | Photoshop Elements.
    • For earlier releases of Photoshop Elements, see: System requirements | Older Versions.
    • Operating System requirements: Photoshop Elements runs on Windows or macOS. See the operating system requirements for your version of Photoshop Elements above.
    • Photoshop Elements must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Introducing Elements

    Photoshop Elements is an excellent package for photographers to enhance and edit digital images. This lesson will introduce online training, show you how to download the images you'll use in class, and start you off with the very basics of Photoshop Elements. The course will take things one step at a time so that even new users can get comfortable editing and enhancing their digital photos.

    Quick Fixes and Formats

    This lesson will discuss the many file formats that digital images can take and how you can use them to your best advantage with Photoshop Elements. You'll learn how to save updated originals and copies of your images, as well as how to use Smart Fix to produce fast results. You'll see how to crop with the Rule of Thirds Grid Overlay and rotate images to get just the look you're after, and then practice using the Straighten tool for one-step corrections.

    Sizing Images

    Digital images come in all sizes! This lesson will discuss image resolution, pixels, and recommendations for resizing pictures with excellent results. When you want high-quality prints, you'll see just how to resize them and maintain their quality with Photoshop Elements's sizing options. The lesson will also discuss the different shapes images can take and how you can be sure your prints will fit the frames you choose.

    Printing Images

    Photoshop Elements gives you lots of options for printing your documents, and you'll learn about all of them in this lesson. You'll find out how to add temporary colorful borders and print images to just the size you want. You'll also practice saving photos for use on websites using Photoshop Elements's Save for Web feature. In addition, you'll take a look at the Organizer and see how to print multiple photos on a page.

    Creating Files and Layers

    Most of the time, photographers have plenty of images to work with, but in some instances you'll want to create a new file as a foundation for your images. You'll learn how to do that in this lesson. You'll also see how to use Elements's tabbed windowing for quick access to your open images. From there, you'll add color and then move a photo onto your background. You'll discover how to use the Layers feature in the process.

    Adjusting Color

    Ever wondered how professional photographers can make the colors in some images look out of this world? In this lesson, you'll find out how they do it! You'll work with color adjustments in your images, including hue and saturation. You'll then create black-and-white images from color images using Elements's Black and White Conversion feature and pick individual colors to replace with others. You'll also learn how to make quick changes with these tools and discover a tool that can help adjust skin tones quickly.

    Adjusting Light and Color

    Light is the essence of photography, but it's not always cooperative. This lesson will discuss ways to enhance and even create better lighting after you've taken an image. You'll see how to use Brightness and Contrast to improve your images, and learn some techniques for adjusting shadows and highlights. You'll also have a chance to work with the histogram, Levels, and Color Curves—all excellent tools for correcting lighting and color tones. Through all this, you'll see how Elements keeps track of your changes and lets you go back through them if you want to undo something.

    Using Organizer

    In this lesson, you'll take a look at how Organizer works to keep track of your images. You'll see how to sort your pictures, add tags, and collect them in albums for use in projects like scrapbook pages and greeting cards.

    Creating Text and Selections

    In your creative projects, you'll often want to pair photos with text. Photoshop Elements gives you plenty of text tools, and in this lesson, you'll explore those and add text to your images. You'll see how Photoshop Elements uses layers with text, and you'll get tips on how to master the Layers panel. You'll also begin your study of the powerful selection tools, including the color-based Magic Wand tool and the flexible Lasso tool. With these, you'll discover the power of Feathering selections and copying selections within an image.

    Making Intermediate Selections

    As you continue your study of selection tools, you'll learn how to create a silhouette image using the Quick Selection tool. You'll also practice using any of the selection tools in a reverse mode for tricky selections. You'll see how the Marquee tools let you select perfect squares and circles for use in framing and highlighting your images and how the new Text on Selection tool works with any shape! You'll also work more with Feathering and see the difference it makes, especially when you want to create a soft, blended background in your image. Finally, the lesson will go over how to add colors with the Gradient tool.

    Advanced Selections

    In the last lesson on the selection tools, you'll work with the Selection Brush tool for detailed and exacting work when you need it most. You'll also learn some advanced techniques for using the selection tools together. You'll work extensively with the Add to selection option and preview your work with Mask Mode. You'll have a chance to experiment with some of Photoshop Elements's filters and color options, as well as the settings in the Magnetic Lasso tool. As a final addition to your knowledge in this area, you'll have a chance to explore and work with the Select menu.

    Correcting Images

    As the class draws to a close, you'll find many new tools to put to work and still more to learn. The lesson will discuss the Retouching and Correcting tools, and you'll perfect your skills with the Red Eye Removal tool (including the new Pet Eye option), the Clone Stamp tool, and both the powerful Healing Brushes and the Content-Aware Healing option. You'll learn when to use each tool for the best results. The power of Photoshop Elements will come to life as you use these tools in your final assignments.


    What you will learn

    • Find out the optimal workflow for digital editing - know where to start when working and the sequence to follow
    • Discover tools you can use to perfect portraits
    • Understand how to restore old and damaged photographs
    • Learn how to put layers and the Smart Brush tools to work with quick edits that leave you with stunning images
    • Create dazzling slideshows with animation, text, and music to showcase your images

    How you will benefit

    • Go from novice to accomplished user Adobe's award-winning editing program
    • Gain confidence in image-editing by learning everything from quick fixes to detailed enhancements that will greatly improve the look of your digital images

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?".

    Eric Johnson

    Eric Johnson is an experienced digital photographer and editor. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education (emphases on Computer Science) from Oregon State University and a Master's in Business Administration from Seattle University. Eric has worked for major software and computer corporations, freelance photography and editing services, and has been working with Beverly Schulz teaching ed2go photography courses since 2004. He is her co-author on "Photoshop Elements 14 - What's New?".


    Learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Elements to do everything from quick fixes to detailed enhancements that greatly improve the look of your digital images. This course will take you from a novice to an accomplished user.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27570203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to use the tools and features of Adobe Photoshop Elements for editing and fixing your digital photos and images.


    Bring out the best in your photos! In this course, you'll learn how to use Adobe Photoshop Elements to do everything from quick fixes to detailed enhancements that will greatly improve the look of your digital images. Even if you don't have any image-editing experience, this class will turn you into an advanced photo editor.

    As you explore the program's many tools and features, you'll gain control of Photoshop Elements and create results that you never imagined possible. You'll master techniques for editing images, fixing flaws, enhancing the final product, creating simple art projects, preparing images for online use, and organizing your images.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox is preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader or other PDF reader.
    • Adobe Photoshop Elements version 14 or later (not included in enrollment). This includes all year-labeled versions, such as Photoshop Elements 2025. The course will use version 2021 for demonstration with notes and instructions for significant changes in other versions, although these are very minor.
    • System Requirements: For the current release of Photoshop Elements, see: System requirements | Photoshop Elements.
    • For earlier releases of Photoshop Elements, see: System requirements | Older Versions.
    • Operating System requirements: Photoshop Elements runs on Windows or macOS. See the operating system requirements for your version of Photoshop Elements above.
    • Photoshop Elements must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Introducing Elements

    Photoshop Elements is an excellent package for photographers to enhance and edit digital images. This lesson will introduce online training, show you how to download the images you'll use in class, and start you off with the very basics of Photoshop Elements. The course will take things one step at a time so that even new users can get comfortable editing and enhancing their digital photos.

    Quick Fixes and Formats

    This lesson will discuss the many file formats that digital images can take and how you can use them to your best advantage with Photoshop Elements. You'll learn how to save updated originals and copies of your images, as well as how to use Smart Fix to produce fast results. You'll see how to crop with the Rule of Thirds Grid Overlay and rotate images to get just the look you're after, and then practice using the Straighten tool for one-step corrections.

    Sizing Images

    Digital images come in all sizes! This lesson will discuss image resolution, pixels, and recommendations for resizing pictures with excellent results. When you want high-quality prints, you'll see just how to resize them and maintain their quality with Photoshop Elements's sizing options. The lesson will also discuss the different shapes images can take and how you can be sure your prints will fit the frames you choose.

    Printing Images

    Photoshop Elements gives you lots of options for printing your documents, and you'll learn about all of them in this lesson. You'll find out how to add temporary colorful borders and print images to just the size you want. You'll also practice saving photos for use on websites using Photoshop Elements's Save for Web feature. In addition, you'll take a look at the Organizer and see how to print multiple photos on a page.

    Creating Files and Layers

    Most of the time, photographers have plenty of images to work with, but in some instances you'll want to create a new file as a foundation for your images. You'll learn how to do that in this lesson. You'll also see how to use Elements's tabbed windowing for quick access to your open images. From there, you'll add color and then move a photo onto your background. You'll discover how to use the Layers feature in the process.

    Adjusting Color

    Ever wondered how professional photographers can make the colors in some images look out of this world? In this lesson, you'll find out how they do it! You'll work with color adjustments in your images, including hue and saturation. You'll then create black-and-white images from color images using Elements's Black and White Conversion feature and pick individual colors to replace with others. You'll also learn how to make quick changes with these tools and discover a tool that can help adjust skin tones quickly.

    Adjusting Light and Color

    Light is the essence of photography, but it's not always cooperative. This lesson will discuss ways to enhance and even create better lighting after you've taken an image. You'll see how to use Brightness and Contrast to improve your images, and learn some techniques for adjusting shadows and highlights. You'll also have a chance to work with the histogram, Levels, and Color Curves—all excellent tools for correcting lighting and color tones. Through all this, you'll see how Elements keeps track of your changes and lets you go back through them if you want to undo something.

    Using Organizer

    In this lesson, you'll take a look at how Organizer works to keep track of your images. You'll see how to sort your pictures, add tags, and collect them in albums for use in projects like scrapbook pages and greeting cards.

    Creating Text and Selections

    In your creative projects, you'll often want to pair photos with text. Photoshop Elements gives you plenty of text tools, and in this lesson, you'll explore those and add text to your images. You'll see how Photoshop Elements uses layers with text, and you'll get tips on how to master the Layers panel. You'll also begin your study of the powerful selection tools, including the color-based Magic Wand tool and the flexible Lasso tool. With these, you'll discover the power of Feathering selections and copying selections within an image.

    Making Intermediate Selections

    As you continue your study of selection tools, you'll learn how to create a silhouette image using the Quick Selection tool. You'll also practice using any of the selection tools in a reverse mode for tricky selections. You'll see how the Marquee tools let you select perfect squares and circles for use in framing and highlighting your images and how the new Text on Selection tool works with any shape! You'll also work more with Feathering and see the difference it makes, especially when you want to create a soft, blended background in your image. Finally, the lesson will go over how to add colors with the Gradient tool.

    Advanced Selections

    In the last lesson on the selection tools, you'll work with the Selection Brush tool for detailed and exacting work when you need it most. You'll also learn some advanced techniques for using the selection tools together. You'll work extensively with the Add to selection option and preview your work with Mask Mode. You'll have a chance to experiment with some of Photoshop Elements's filters and color options, as well as the settings in the Magnetic Lasso tool. As a final addition to your knowledge in this area, you'll have a chance to explore and work with the Select menu.

    Correcting Images

    As the class draws to a close, you'll find many new tools to put to work and still more to learn. The lesson will discuss the Retouching and Correcting tools, and you'll perfect your skills with the Red Eye Removal tool (including the new Pet Eye option), the Clone Stamp tool, and both the powerful Healing Brushes and the Content-Aware Healing option. You'll learn when to use each tool for the best results. The power of Photoshop Elements will come to life as you use these tools in your final assignments.


    What you will learn

    • Find out the optimal workflow for digital editing - know where to start when working and the sequence to follow
    • Discover tools you can use to perfect portraits
    • Understand how to restore old and damaged photographs
    • Learn how to put layers and the Smart Brush tools to work with quick edits that leave you with stunning images
    • Create dazzling slideshows with animation, text, and music to showcase your images

    How you will benefit

    • Go from novice to accomplished user Adobe's award-winning editing program
    • Gain confidence in image-editing by learning everything from quick fixes to detailed enhancements that will greatly improve the look of your digital images

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?".

    Eric Johnson

    Eric Johnson is an experienced digital photographer and editor. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education (emphases on Computer Science) from Oregon State University and a Master's in Business Administration from Seattle University. Eric has worked for major software and computer corporations, freelance photography and editing services, and has been working with Beverly Schulz teaching ed2go photography courses since 2004. He is her co-author on "Photoshop Elements 14 - What's New?".


 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27571202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Master the advanced features of Adobe's Photoshop Elements, and learn to edit and enhance digital images, restore old photos, and merge images.


    If you've taken the first Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer course, or if you have a basic working knowledge of Photoshop Elements, this course will help you take your skills to the next level. You'll gain ability and confidence as you master the advanced features of this software, specifically designed for photo enthusiasts. Packed with hands-on activities and step-by-step instructions, this course will make you an accomplished editor.

    Photoshop Elements gives you room to grow while allowing you to create exciting effects right from the beginning. Because it offers you more features and tools than you'll find in simpler programs, it broadens the options available to you as an amateur photographer. With the techniques you'll learn here, you'll be able to edit and enhance your photos with ease, and you'll have the power to transform any shot from "okay" to "wow!".


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox is preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader or other PDF reader.
    • Adobe Photoshop Elements version 14 or later (not included in enrollment). This includes all year-labeled versions, such as Photoshop Elements 2025. The course will use version 2021 for demonstration with notes and instructions for significant changes in other versions, although these are very minor.
    • System Requirements: For the current release of Photoshop Elements, see: System requirements | Photoshop Elements.
    • For earlier releases of Photoshop Elements, see: System requirements | Older Versions.
    • Operating System requirements: Photoshop Elements runs on Windows or macOS. See the operating system requirements for your version of Photoshop Elements above.
    • Photoshop Elements must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    A Photographer's Workflow

    Photoshop Elements is an excellent program for photographers to enhance and edit digital images, and in this class, you'll move into the advanced features for photographers. In this lesson, you'll dive into a workflow for digital editing. Photographers often wonder where to start when working with an image, so this lesson will give you a good idea of the options available and a sequence to follow.

    Portrait Perfection Tools

    In this lesson, you'll look at tools you can use to perfect portraits. Although you can use these tools to fine-tune any type of image, you'll find them especially helpful with the detail work associated with portraiture. You'll see how to smooth away wrinkles with the Surface Blur filter, remove red eye, and even turn gray hair brown! If only it were so easy in real life. . . .

    Distortion for Photographers

    Distortion. It's not something you'd think would be desirable in photography, but with the options in Elements, you'll discover how distortion can help you work wonders! In this lesson, you'll see how to slim a waistline, trim loose edges, and accentuate the positive with distortion tools. You'll also find out how to correct an image by combining parts of two different photos, and you'll have a chance to get creative with the many brushes available in Elements.

    Restoring Old Photos

    By this point, you'll be familiar with lots of the options Photoshop Elements provides for editing images. In this lesson, you'll turn to the task of restoring old and damaged photographs. You'll see how to turn back the effects of time as well as how to add hints of color to black-and-white images.

    Text Variations and Clip Art

    Many computer programs allow you to include clip art in your documents. But did you know that with Photoshop Elements, you can make your own? In this lesson, you'll see how to extract small portions of a photograph without any surrounding border and how to use them in other images and documents. You'll also find some great ways to merge text and imagery to create outstanding photographic impressions and how to customize the Elements panel display.

    Artwork, Effects, and Filters

    Editing your images isn't all about painstaking details and procedures. It can be a lot of fun, too! Photoshop Elements offers countless special effects, filters, and styles that you can use to show off your images. In this lesson, you'll explore how to add frames, backgrounds, clip art, and shapes to expand your creativity. You'll see how to sharpen and blur photos as well as how to salvage an image with these miraculous fixes!

    Layers and Layer Styles

    Working with layers is one of the most powerful aspects of Photoshop Elements. In this lesson and the next, you'll see how layers work from beginning to end. You'll build a quickly modifiable business card and a collage as you learn how to use Adjustment and Fill layers to your advantage. You'll also put the Smart Brush tools to work with quick edits that leave you with stunning images.

    Patterns and More Layers

    As you continue to learn about layers, you'll see how to add patterns, blend layers with colors and effects, and group them for great framing options using Elements' tabbed windowing feature. Photoshop Elements with layers is like supercharging a race car—and you'll be in the driver's seat. You'll also have a chance to work with Photoshop Elements' features, Text on Shape and Text on Custom Path—it just gets better and better!

    Moving Pictures

    So far, you've done a lot with still photos, but in this lesson, you'll look at moving pictures. You'll see how to create an animated presentation from a sequence of images. If that isn't enough, you'll also see how to create dazzling slideshows with animation, text, and music to showcase your images.

    Bigger Pictures

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to achieve beautiful ranges of color and contrast (sometimes referred to as High Definition Range) by combining multiple exposures of the same subject using Photomerge Exposure. You'll also learn how to enlarge any image, correct vignettes, and create custom, colored borders of many sizes and shapes around your work. Your friends and family will be impressed by the professional-looking enlargements you create!

    Merging Images

    Panoramas are a beautiful way to show off wide scenic shots, but did you know that you don't need a special camera or lens to get these shots? In this lesson, you'll see how the Photomerge feature in Elements helps you blend several photos to provide seamless panoramic imagery, as well as other Photomerge options. You'll also look at some quick options for watermarking groups of photos all at once, including the Elements Recompose tool—an exciting feature with fast and easy results—as well as the new Content Aware Move tool.

    Tools, Tricks, and Raw Images

    The last lesson will fill you in on a few remaining tools, like the Cookie Cutter tool and the Shape tools, and you'll see how to use both to create more variations of clip art. You'll also work with Adobe's Camera Raw tool and discover the benefits of working with these large, uncompressed files. You'll find yourself with lots of knowledge and hours of practice under your belt as you finish up this class about the advanced features of Photoshop Elements.


    What you will learn

    • Learn how to use specific tools and correct distortion for portrait editing
    • Use the various tools available to restore and enhance old and damaged photos
    • Learn to incorporate the many special effects and filters that Photoshop Elements offers for photographic projects
    • Add patterns to images, and integrate them with advanced layer techniques and custom text options
    • Create animations from still images, and build slideshows with Photoshop Elements
    • Blend exposures from multiple images of the same subject for high definition range, correct vignettes, and resize images using various methods

    How you will benefit

    • Gain confidence in your ability to use Photoshop Elements to enhance your digital photography
    • Learn through hands-on experience and feedback from an expert instructor as you practice the techniques taught in the course

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"

    Eric Johnson

    Eric Johnson is an experienced digital photographer and editor. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education (emphases on Computer Science) from Oregon State University and a Master's in Business Administration from Seattle University. Eric has worked for major software and computer corporations, freelance photography and editing services, and has been working with Beverly Schulz teaching ed2go photography courses since 2004. He is her co-author on "Photoshop Elements 14 - What's New?"


    Gain confidence and take your skills in Photoshop Elements to the next level. This course is packed with hands-on activities and step-by-step instructions to help you master editing and enhancing images using Photoshop Elements.

 

  • Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer II 
  • Fee: $125.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27571203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Master the advanced features of Adobe's Photoshop Elements, and learn to edit and enhance digital images, restore old photos, and merge images.


    If you've taken the first Photoshop Elements for the Digital Photographer course, or if you have a basic working knowledge of Photoshop Elements, this course will help you take your skills to the next level. You'll gain ability and confidence as you master the advanced features of this software, specifically designed for photo enthusiasts. Packed with hands-on activities and step-by-step instructions, this course will make you an accomplished editor.

    Photoshop Elements gives you room to grow while allowing you to create exciting effects right from the beginning. Because it offers you more features and tools than you'll find in simpler programs, it broadens the options available to you as an amateur photographer. With the techniques you'll learn here, you'll be able to edit and enhance your photos with ease, and you'll have the power to transform any shot from "okay" to "wow!".


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox is preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader or other PDF reader.
    • Adobe Photoshop Elements version 14 or later (not included in enrollment). This includes all year-labeled versions, such as Photoshop Elements 2025. The course will use version 2021 for demonstration with notes and instructions for significant changes in other versions, although these are very minor.
    • System Requirements: For the current release of Photoshop Elements, see: System requirements | Photoshop Elements.
    • For earlier releases of Photoshop Elements, see: System requirements | Older Versions.
    • Operating System requirements: Photoshop Elements runs on Windows or macOS. See the operating system requirements for your version of Photoshop Elements above.
    • Photoshop Elements must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    A Photographer's Workflow

    Photoshop Elements is an excellent program for photographers to enhance and edit digital images, and in this class, you'll move into the advanced features for photographers. In this lesson, you'll dive into a workflow for digital editing. Photographers often wonder where to start when working with an image, so this lesson will give you a good idea of the options available and a sequence to follow.

    Portrait Perfection Tools

    In this lesson, you'll look at tools you can use to perfect portraits. Although you can use these tools to fine-tune any type of image, you'll find them especially helpful with the detail work associated with portraiture. You'll see how to smooth away wrinkles with the Surface Blur filter, remove red eye, and even turn gray hair brown! If only it were so easy in real life. . . .

    Distortion for Photographers

    Distortion. It's not something you'd think would be desirable in photography, but with the options in Elements, you'll discover how distortion can help you work wonders! In this lesson, you'll see how to slim a waistline, trim loose edges, and accentuate the positive with distortion tools. You'll also find out how to correct an image by combining parts of two different photos, and you'll have a chance to get creative with the many brushes available in Elements.

    Restoring Old Photos

    By this point, you'll be familiar with lots of the options Photoshop Elements provides for editing images. In this lesson, you'll turn to the task of restoring old and damaged photographs. You'll see how to turn back the effects of time as well as how to add hints of color to black-and-white images.

    Text Variations and Clip Art

    Many computer programs allow you to include clip art in your documents. But did you know that with Photoshop Elements, you can make your own? In this lesson, you'll see how to extract small portions of a photograph without any surrounding border and how to use them in other images and documents. You'll also find some great ways to merge text and imagery to create outstanding photographic impressions and how to customize the Elements panel display.

    Artwork, Effects, and Filters

    Editing your images isn't all about painstaking details and procedures. It can be a lot of fun, too! Photoshop Elements offers countless special effects, filters, and styles that you can use to show off your images. In this lesson, you'll explore how to add frames, backgrounds, clip art, and shapes to expand your creativity. You'll see how to sharpen and blur photos as well as how to salvage an image with these miraculous fixes!

    Layers and Layer Styles

    Working with layers is one of the most powerful aspects of Photoshop Elements. In this lesson and the next, you'll see how layers work from beginning to end. You'll build a quickly modifiable business card and a collage as you learn how to use Adjustment and Fill layers to your advantage. You'll also put the Smart Brush tools to work with quick edits that leave you with stunning images.

    Patterns and More Layers

    As you continue to learn about layers, you'll see how to add patterns, blend layers with colors and effects, and group them for great framing options using Elements' tabbed windowing feature. Photoshop Elements with layers is like supercharging a race car—and you'll be in the driver's seat. You'll also have a chance to work with Photoshop Elements' features, Text on Shape and Text on Custom Path—it just gets better and better!

    Moving Pictures

    So far, you've done a lot with still photos, but in this lesson, you'll look at moving pictures. You'll see how to create an animated presentation from a sequence of images. If that isn't enough, you'll also see how to create dazzling slideshows with animation, text, and music to showcase your images.

    Bigger Pictures

    In this lesson, you'll learn how to achieve beautiful ranges of color and contrast (sometimes referred to as High Definition Range) by combining multiple exposures of the same subject using Photomerge Exposure. You'll also learn how to enlarge any image, correct vignettes, and create custom, colored borders of many sizes and shapes around your work. Your friends and family will be impressed by the professional-looking enlargements you create!

    Merging Images

    Panoramas are a beautiful way to show off wide scenic shots, but did you know that you don't need a special camera or lens to get these shots? In this lesson, you'll see how the Photomerge feature in Elements helps you blend several photos to provide seamless panoramic imagery, as well as other Photomerge options. You'll also look at some quick options for watermarking groups of photos all at once, including the Elements Recompose tool—an exciting feature with fast and easy results—as well as the new Content Aware Move tool.

    Tools, Tricks, and Raw Images

    The last lesson will fill you in on a few remaining tools, like the Cookie Cutter tool and the Shape tools, and you'll see how to use both to create more variations of clip art. You'll also work with Adobe's Camera Raw tool and discover the benefits of working with these large, uncompressed files. You'll find yourself with lots of knowledge and hours of practice under your belt as you finish up this class about the advanced features of Photoshop Elements.


    What you will learn

    • Learn how to use specific tools and correct distortion for portrait editing
    • Use the various tools available to restore and enhance old and damaged photos
    • Learn to incorporate the many special effects and filters that Photoshop Elements offers for photographic projects
    • Add patterns to images, and integrate them with advanced layer techniques and custom text options
    • Create animations from still images, and build slideshows with Photoshop Elements
    • Blend exposures from multiple images of the same subject for high definition range, correct vignettes, and resize images using various methods

    How you will benefit

    • Gain confidence in your ability to use Photoshop Elements to enhance your digital photography
    • Learn through hands-on experience and feedback from an expert instructor as you practice the techniques taught in the course

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"

    Eric Johnson

    Eric Johnson is an experienced digital photographer and editor. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education (emphases on Computer Science) from Oregon State University and a Master's in Business Administration from Seattle University. Eric has worked for major software and computer corporations, freelance photography and editing services, and has been working with Beverly Schulz teaching ed2go photography courses since 2004. He is her co-author on "Photoshop Elements 14 - What's New?"


 

  • Secrets of Better Photography 
  • Fee: $135.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27376202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to take better pictures by understanding your camera and how to use it in a variety of situations.


    Secrets of Better Photography will teach you how to take outstanding photos. Whether you use a DSLR, a point-and-shoot camera, or your phone for your photography, you will learn how to get the best results from your camera.

    This hands-on course will teach you how to choose the right photographic equipment to compose images with style. You can take your camera out of auto mode after learning about lighting, motion, aperture, shutter speed, and ISO settings. You will also explore common photography topics, including portraiture, children's photography, pet photography, and digital editing.

    Each lesson includes exercises and assignments, so you can apply what you learned to your own camera. By the time you finish, you will see a difference in both your photographer's eye and your photos.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • A digital or film camera.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    The Subject of Photography

    In this first lesson, you will learn how to see the subject of each photograph—before you press the shutter button. This information will provide a solid foundation for the rest of the class.

    Camera Equipment

    As you learn more about the technical side of photography, take a look at the options available in camera equipment. Whether you have a point-and-shoot camera or the latest digital SLR, you will gain a better understanding of the equipment and tools photographers use.

    Your Photographic Eye

    Returning to artistic elements in this lesson, you will learn how to develop your photographer's eye and incorporate compositional guidelines as you take better pictures. This information will provide a solid foundation for the rest of the class.

    Lighting

    Light is the essence of photography. This lesson explores how to control and use light to your advantage. You will compare the advantages of natural light, available light, and artificial light and see when you will want to use each to capture the special effects you're after. You will also learn how to use the ISO and white balance settings on your camera to make the most of the light you have.

    Sharp Shooting

    This lesson delves into the options for using your camera and other tools to get sharp, crisp images. Photography often requires compromise to accommodate conflicting priorities, and after this lesson, you will be able to decide what's most important to you. You will also see how to test your lenses and cameras and evaluate your equipment.

    Aperture and Depth of Field

    Using manual exposure settings opens up a whole new world of professional and creative options. In this lesson, you will begin an exploration of how to get the most out of your camera's features, starting with Aperture Priority and the control it gives you over depth of field.

    Shutter Speed and Motion

    You will see how to capture motion in this lesson. Whether you want to freeze the action of fireworks or merge a waterfall into a velvety illusion, shutter speed is the key. Setting your shutter speed gives you the control you need to get the images you want, and it's easier than you might think. You will have lots to practice with as you finish this lesson.

    Portraiture

    In this lesson, you will learn the tricks of portrait photography. Whether you're working professionally or just as the family photographer, these techniques will help you take better portraits. You will see how to pose people so they look their best, when to use digital editing, and how various lighting techniques will help you create pleasing portraits.

    Children and Pet Photography

    Photographing children, pets, and groups is a challenge for even the most seasoned professional photographer. In this lesson, you will learn some techniques and strategies to bring out the best in your pictures.

    Photographic Challenges

    Now that you know how your camera works and what you want to do, it's time to take a look at how to handle challenging situations. When the light is low, or the subject just seems out of reach, you want to know how to get the shot. This lesson focuses on how to use your tools and knowledge to beat the challenges and come away with the pictures you're after.

    Photojournalism

    Photojournalism is a fascinating field for photographers. This fast-paced world presents challenges of its own. In this lesson, you will see how the pros handle this type of work and learn how to get started in the field.

    Digital Options

    Digital editing is a real bonus for photographers. In your final lesson, you will learn about the basic and artistic editing techniques available to all photographers, as well as some of the technical issues of digital photography.


    What you will learn

    • Learn the fundamentals of photography and improve your skills
    • Gain an understanding of how equipment affects results by considering aspects such as shutter speed, aperture, depth of field, and resolution
    • Acquire the knowledge necessary to improve the composition, light, and shadow of your photos
    • Explore photography techniques associated with moving subjects and photojournalism
    • Learn digital editing techniques that can enhance your photography and expand its applications

    How you will benefit

    • Become a better photographer of the people, places, and things that are most important to you
    • Gain an "artist's eye" and begin to look at the world in a whole new way
    • Explore technology that can change the way you memorialize the events of your life

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"


    Learn to take outstanding photos and get the best results whether you are using a DSLR, a point-and-shoot, or your phone camera. Each lesson contains exercises and assignments that will help you apply new techniques to your own camera and make a distinctive difference in your photos.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography 
  • Fee: $135.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27376203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to take better pictures by understanding your camera and how to use it in a variety of situations.


    Secrets of Better Photography will teach you how to take outstanding photos. Whether you use a DSLR, a point-and-shoot camera, or your phone for your photography, you will learn how to get the best results from your camera.

    This hands-on course will teach you how to choose the right photographic equipment to compose images with style. You can take your camera out of auto mode after learning about lighting, motion, aperture, shutter speed, and ISO settings. You will also explore common photography topics, including portraiture, children's photography, pet photography, and digital editing.

    Each lesson includes exercises and assignments, so you can apply what you learned to your own camera. By the time you finish, you will see a difference in both your photographer's eye and your photos.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • A digital or film camera.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    The Subject of Photography

    In this first lesson, you will learn how to see the subject of each photograph—before you press the shutter button. This information will provide a solid foundation for the rest of the class.

    Camera Equipment

    As you learn more about the technical side of photography, take a look at the options available in camera equipment. Whether you have a point-and-shoot camera or the latest digital SLR, you will gain a better understanding of the equipment and tools photographers use.

    Your Photographic Eye

    Returning to artistic elements in this lesson, you will learn how to develop your photographer's eye and incorporate compositional guidelines as you take better pictures. This information will provide a solid foundation for the rest of the class.

    Lighting

    Light is the essence of photography. This lesson explores how to control and use light to your advantage. You will compare the advantages of natural light, available light, and artificial light and see when you will want to use each to capture the special effects you're after. You will also learn how to use the ISO and white balance settings on your camera to make the most of the light you have.

    Sharp Shooting

    This lesson delves into the options for using your camera and other tools to get sharp, crisp images. Photography often requires compromise to accommodate conflicting priorities, and after this lesson, you will be able to decide what's most important to you. You will also see how to test your lenses and cameras and evaluate your equipment.

    Aperture and Depth of Field

    Using manual exposure settings opens up a whole new world of professional and creative options. In this lesson, you will begin an exploration of how to get the most out of your camera's features, starting with Aperture Priority and the control it gives you over depth of field.

    Shutter Speed and Motion

    You will see how to capture motion in this lesson. Whether you want to freeze the action of fireworks or merge a waterfall into a velvety illusion, shutter speed is the key. Setting your shutter speed gives you the control you need to get the images you want, and it's easier than you might think. You will have lots to practice with as you finish this lesson.

    Portraiture

    In this lesson, you will learn the tricks of portrait photography. Whether you're working professionally or just as the family photographer, these techniques will help you take better portraits. You will see how to pose people so they look their best, when to use digital editing, and how various lighting techniques will help you create pleasing portraits.

    Children and Pet Photography

    Photographing children, pets, and groups is a challenge for even the most seasoned professional photographer. In this lesson, you will learn some techniques and strategies to bring out the best in your pictures.

    Photographic Challenges

    Now that you know how your camera works and what you want to do, it's time to take a look at how to handle challenging situations. When the light is low, or the subject just seems out of reach, you want to know how to get the shot. This lesson focuses on how to use your tools and knowledge to beat the challenges and come away with the pictures you're after.

    Photojournalism

    Photojournalism is a fascinating field for photographers. This fast-paced world presents challenges of its own. In this lesson, you will see how the pros handle this type of work and learn how to get started in the field.

    Digital Options

    Digital editing is a real bonus for photographers. In your final lesson, you will learn about the basic and artistic editing techniques available to all photographers, as well as some of the technical issues of digital photography.


    What you will learn

    • Learn the fundamentals of photography and improve your skills
    • Gain an understanding of how equipment affects results by considering aspects such as shutter speed, aperture, depth of field, and resolution
    • Acquire the knowledge necessary to improve the composition, light, and shadow of your photos
    • Explore photography techniques associated with moving subjects and photojournalism
    • Learn digital editing techniques that can enhance your photography and expand its applications

    How you will benefit

    • Become a better photographer of the people, places, and things that are most important to you
    • Gain an "artist's eye" and begin to look at the world in a whole new way
    • Explore technology that can change the way you memorialize the events of your life

    Beverly Richards Schulz

    Beverly Richards Schulz is an award-winning photographer and graduate of the New York Institute of Photography. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies from UC Berkeley and a master's degree in Adult and Continuing Education. For the past 10 years, Schulz has taught at the University of San Francisco. With more than 15 years teaching experience, she has written over 30 digital photography and digital editing courses. She co-authored the book "Photoshop Elements 14—What's New?"


 

  • Secrets of Better Photography (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $135.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP276441
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to take better pictures by understanding your camera and how to use it in a variety of situations.


    Secrets of Better Photography will teach you how to take outstanding photos. Whether you use a DSLR, a point-and-shoot camera, or your phone for your photography, you will learn how to get the best results from your camera.

    This hands-on course will teach you how to choose the right photographic equipment to compose images with style. You can take your camera out of auto mode after learning about lighting, motion, aperture, shutter speed, and ISO settings. You will also explore common photography topics, including portraiture, children's photography, pet photography, and digital editing.

    Each lesson includes exercises and assignments, so you can apply what you learned to your own camera. By the time you finish, you will see a difference in both your photographer's eye and your photos


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • A digital or film camera.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Learn how to take better pictures by understanding your camera and how to use it in a variety of situations.


    The Subject of Photography

    In this first lesson, you will learn how to see the subject of each photograph—before you press the shutter button. This information will provide a solid foundation for the rest of the class.

    Camera Equipment

    As you learn more about the technical side of photography, take a look at the options available in camera equipment. Whether you have a point-and-shoot camera or the latest digital SLR, you will gain a better understanding of the equipment and tools photographers use.

    Your Photographic Eye

    Returning to artistic elements in this lesson, you will learn how to develop your photographer's eye and incorporate compositional guidelines as you take better pictures. This information will provide a solid foundation for the rest of the class.

    Lighting

    Light is the essence of photography. This lesson explores how to control and use light to your advantage. You will compare the advantages of natural light, available light, and artificial light and see when you will want to use each to capture the special effects you're after. You will also learn how to use the ISO and white balance settings on your camera to make the most of the light you have.

    Sharp Shooting

    This lesson delves into the options for using your camera and other tools to get sharp, crisp images. Photography often requires compromise to accommodate conflicting priorities, and after this lesson, you will be able to decide what's most important to you. You will also see how to test your lenses and cameras and evaluate your equipment.

    Aperture and Depth of Field

    Using manual exposure settings opens up a whole new world of professional and creative options. In this lesson, you will begin an exploration of how to get the most out of your camera's features, starting with Aperture Priority and the control it gives you over depth of field.

    Shutter Speed and Motion

    You will see how to capture motion in this lesson. Whether you want to freeze the action of fireworks or merge a waterfall into a velvety illusion, shutter speed is the key. Setting your shutter speed gives you the control you need to get the images you want, and it's easier than you might think. You will have lots to practice with as you finish this lesson.

    Portraiture

    In this lesson, you will learn the tricks of portrait photography. Whether you're working professionally or just as the family photographer, these techniques will help you take better portraits. You will see how to pose people so they look their best, when to use digital editing, and how various lighting techniques will help you create pleasing portraits.

    Children and Pet Photography

    Photographing children, pets, and groups is a challenge for even the most seasoned professional photographer. In this lesson, you will learn some techniques and strategies to bring out the best in your pictures.

    Photographic Challenges

    Now that you know how your camera works and what you want to do, it's time to take a look at how to handle challenging situations. When the light is low, or the subject just seems out of reach, you want to know how to get the shot. This lesson focuses on how to use your tools and knowledge to beat the challenges and come away with the pictures you're after.

    Photojournalism

    Photojournalism is a fascinating field for photographers. This fast-paced world presents challenges of its own. In this lesson, you will see how the pros handle this type of work and learn how to get started in the field.

    Digital Options

    Digital editing is a real bonus for photographers. In your final lesson, you will learn about the basic and artistic editing techniques available to all photographers, as well as some of the technical issues of digital photography.



    Self-Study

    Learn how to take better pictures by understanding your camera and how to use it in a variety of situations.

 

  • Secrets of Better Photography (Self-Guided) 
  • Fee: $135.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP276441
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    Learn how to take better pictures by understanding your camera and how to use it in a variety of situations.


    Secrets of Better Photography will teach you how to take outstanding photos. Whether you use a DSLR, a point-and-shoot camera, or your phone for your photography, you will learn how to get the best results from your camera.

    This hands-on course will teach you how to choose the right photographic equipment to compose images with style. You can take your camera out of auto mode after learning about lighting, motion, aperture, shutter speed, and ISO settings. You will also explore common photography topics, including portraiture, children's photography, pet photography, and digital editing.

    Each lesson includes exercises and assignments, so you can apply what you learned to your own camera. By the time you finish, you will see a difference in both your photographer's eye and your photos


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC, Mac, or Chromebook.
    • A digital or film camera.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 8 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.6 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Learn how to take better pictures by understanding your camera and how to use it in a variety of situations.


    The Subject of Photography

    In this first lesson, you will learn how to see the subject of each photograph—before you press the shutter button. This information will provide a solid foundation for the rest of the class.

    Camera Equipment

    As you learn more about the technical side of photography, take a look at the options available in camera equipment. Whether you have a point-and-shoot camera or the latest digital SLR, you will gain a better understanding of the equipment and tools photographers use.

    Your Photographic Eye

    Returning to artistic elements in this lesson, you will learn how to develop your photographer's eye and incorporate compositional guidelines as you take better pictures. This information will provide a solid foundation for the rest of the class.

    Lighting

    Light is the essence of photography. This lesson explores how to control and use light to your advantage. You will compare the advantages of natural light, available light, and artificial light and see when you will want to use each to capture the special effects you're after. You will also learn how to use the ISO and white balance settings on your camera to make the most of the light you have.

    Sharp Shooting

    This lesson delves into the options for using your camera and other tools to get sharp, crisp images. Photography often requires compromise to accommodate conflicting priorities, and after this lesson, you will be able to decide what's most important to you. You will also see how to test your lenses and cameras and evaluate your equipment.

    Aperture and Depth of Field

    Using manual exposure settings opens up a whole new world of professional and creative options. In this lesson, you will begin an exploration of how to get the most out of your camera's features, starting with Aperture Priority and the control it gives you over depth of field.

    Shutter Speed and Motion

    You will see how to capture motion in this lesson. Whether you want to freeze the action of fireworks or merge a waterfall into a velvety illusion, shutter speed is the key. Setting your shutter speed gives you the control you need to get the images you want, and it's easier than you might think. You will have lots to practice with as you finish this lesson.

    Portraiture

    In this lesson, you will learn the tricks of portrait photography. Whether you're working professionally or just as the family photographer, these techniques will help you take better portraits. You will see how to pose people so they look their best, when to use digital editing, and how various lighting techniques will help you create pleasing portraits.

    Children and Pet Photography

    Photographing children, pets, and groups is a challenge for even the most seasoned professional photographer. In this lesson, you will learn some techniques and strategies to bring out the best in your pictures.

    Photographic Challenges

    Now that you know how your camera works and what you want to do, it's time to take a look at how to handle challenging situations. When the light is low, or the subject just seems out of reach, you want to know how to get the shot. This lesson focuses on how to use your tools and knowledge to beat the challenges and come away with the pictures you're after.

    Photojournalism

    Photojournalism is a fascinating field for photographers. This fast-paced world presents challenges of its own. In this lesson, you will see how the pros handle this type of work and learn how to get started in the field.

    Digital Options

    Digital editing is a real bonus for photographers. In your final lesson, you will learn about the basic and artistic editing techniques available to all photographers, as well as some of the technical issues of digital photography.



    Self-Study

    Learn how to take better pictures by understanding your camera and how to use it in a variety of situations.

 

  • Typography 
  • Fee: $99.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP278111
    Dates: 9/5/2018 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This online, self-paced course will teach you the theory of typography and how to apply it to web design projects.


    For web designers, understanding typography is an important aspect of creating a great User Experience. If you work in the web design field, you need to understand typography and how to apply this technique to your UI/UX projects. This self-paced course is all about typography! You will learn the rules of typography and gain a highly marketable visual communication skill.

    What you will learn

    • The purpose of typography
    • The difference between fonts and typefaces
    • The rules of typography and when how professionals break the rules
    • About Section 508 compliance considerations
    • How to make type flow
    • How to build a style guide for your project

    How you will benefit

    • Expand your toolkit as a web designer
    • Transition from a graphic design role to web design

    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.0 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn the basics of working with type and fonts for web design projects.


    1. Anatomy
    2. Typeface vs. Font
    3. Rules for Typography
    4. Types of Typography
    5. Type Hierarchy
    6. Building an Efficient Style Guide

    What you will learn

    • The purpose of typography
    • The difference between fonts and typefaces
    • The rules of typography and when how professionals break the rules
    • About Section 508 compliance considerations
    • How to make type flow
    • How to build a style guide for your project

    How you will benefit

    • Expand your toolkit as a web designer
    • Transition from a graphic design role to web design

    Self-Study

    Learn the basics of working with type and fonts for web design projects.

 

  • Typography 
  • Fee: $99.00
    Item Number: 253OCTP278111
    Dates: 7/1/2025 - 9/30/2025
    Times: 12:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This online, self-paced course will teach you the theory of typography and how to apply it to web design projects.


    For web designers, understanding typography is an important aspect of creating a great User Experience. If you work in the web design field, you need to understand typography and how to apply this technique to your UI/UX projects. This self-paced course is all about typography! You will learn the rules of typography and gain a highly marketable visual communication skill.

    What you will learn

    • The purpose of typography
    • The difference between fonts and typefaces
    • The rules of typography and when how professionals break the rules
    • About Section 508 compliance considerations
    • How to make type flow
    • How to build a style guide for your project

    How you will benefit

    • Expand your toolkit as a web designer
    • Transition from a graphic design role to web design

    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 11.0 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox are preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader.
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.


    Learn the basics of working with type and fonts for web design projects.


    1. Anatomy
    2. Typeface vs. Font
    3. Rules for Typography
    4. Types of Typography
    5. Type Hierarchy
    6. Building an Efficient Style Guide

    What you will learn

    • The purpose of typography
    • The difference between fonts and typefaces
    • The rules of typography and when how professionals break the rules
    • About Section 508 compliance considerations
    • How to make type flow
    • How to build a style guide for your project

    How you will benefit

    • Expand your toolkit as a web designer
    • Transition from a graphic design role to web design

    Self-Study

    Learn the basics of working with type and fonts for web design projects.

 

  • UI/UX Design 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27918202
    Dates: 5/14/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This course introduces students to and provides a basic foundation in UI/UX design, including competitive research, designing effective user experience, applying design aesthetics, testing for accessibility, creating professional prototypes, and summary reports and design proposals.


    User interface (UI) and user experience (UX) design have emerged as the framing approach to all digital design, including websites, apps and other devices and one of the most valuable skills in today's digital design environment. This course provides a concentrated but substantial introduction to every key element in UI/UX design.

    The course introduces students to and provides:

    • A basic understanding of competitive research
    • Designing effective user experience
    • Applying design aesthetics
    • Testing for accessibility
    • Creating professional prototypes
    • Summary reports and design proposals

    Integrated throughout the course are real-world examples and skill-building materials that prepare students to enter into or become more valuable participants in the field of UI/UX design.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.10 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox is preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Understanding the Nature and Role of User Experience Design in Today's World

    This lesson provides a basic understanding of user interface (UI) and user experience (UX) design. After going through it, you will be able to describe who uses UI/UX design and what specific hard and soft skills are required of the users. You'll also learn how UI/UX design actually takes place in a professional communication design workflow and be introduced to key terms of the field starting with information architecture and user profiles.

    Understanding How User Interface (UI) Design Fits into Developing User Experience (UX)

    This lesson takes a closer look at the differences and relationship between UI and UX. You'll see why and how basic rules for communication design are applied in designing user interfaces for websites, apps, and communication devices (like watches). Finally, the lesson shows you how to identify the role of key user interface design elements: logos, color schemes, typography, iconography, and imagery.

    Conducting a Competitive Analysis

    This lesson explores the important role of competitive analysis, also referred to as comparative analysis or just comp analysis. You'll learn why competitive analysis is one of the most cost-effective ways to begin a UI/UX design (or redesign) process. The content of this lesson presents ways to apply creativity and critical thinking to plan and carry out competitive analysis. You will learn to sift through the data gathered through this analytical process, identify what positive features can be applied to your project, and what negative features you can avoid. Finally, you will be shown how to present the findings of competitive analysis to stakeholders who will define the objectives of the UI/UX design.

    Identifying User and Stakeholder Needs

    This lesson will dig deeper into the UI/UX design process and presents the rule of user profiles, also referred to as personas. These are profiles of fictional people who embody and concentrate the composite needs and preferences of people who will visit a website, app, or other web-based interactive site. You'll learn how to conduct demographic and other research to create the basis for assembling accurate user profiles, and also to integrate user and stakeholder interviews into those profiles.

    Create a Journey Map and User Matrix

    This lesson illustrates how journey maps envision and chart out the way that different users will navigate through a website or app. User matrices perform that function as well. Such matrices are more complex charts which present multiple pathways that different kinds of users will follow to successfully engage with the objectives of a site. Beyond that, you will learn to test user matrices to see if they accurately represent how users will engage with a site, and if users and stakeholders will find their needs reflected in the journey maps and matrices.

    Prototyping with Sitemaps

    You may have experienced sitemaps, which are essentially flowcharts that define how users will navigate from the landing page of a site to a successful event based on the site's objectives. Examples of such an event might include a sale, an inquiry, or watching a video. In this lesson, you'll learn how sitemaps relate to wireframes, which are rough sketches of individual pages. You'll also see how sitemaps are used as a pivot from research into actual site design and learn how UI/UX designers test sitemaps for their usability and usefulness.

    Designing UI with Style Tiles

    This lesson discusses why UI/UX designers use style tiles to create a coherent look and feel that can be applied across dozens, hundreds, thousands, tens of thousands, or more pages. You will learn about the design elements that make up the core of a style tile and why those particular elements are used. Finally, the lesson presents how designers go about creating, sharing, and applying design features through style tiles.

    Applying Accessibility Standards

    Accessibility, or making online content available to fully or partially blind, deaf, or disabled people, is rapidly emerging as a critical component of successful UI/UX design. Changes in technology, work environment, culture, attitudes, and laws are driving that change. This lesson presents the kinds of users who need special features to access site content and how to test a site for accessibility. In addition, the lesson shows you how to research and address the legal requirements for accessibility, and proper techniques to ensure that a site is accessible.

    Key UI/UX Tools and Apps

    This lesson helps you become conversant with the primary software applications used in UI/UX design: Sketch, Figma, and Adobe XD. You'll examine how these applications provide similar tools for designing high-resolution prototypes that can be tested with users, reviewed by stakeholders, and handed off to coders who turn prototypes into websites and apps.

    Creating a High-Def Prototype

    This lesson takes you on a deeper dive into building prototype applications. It will focus on using key features in Adobe XD, which is available in a free version for students. You will learn the difference between a low-resolution prototype used in early stages of UI/UX design and a developer-ready, high-resolution prototype that embeds the dimensions, color codes, fonts, and other details coders need to build a website or app. This lesson also shows how design teams use shared prototypes to solicit input from colleagues and stakeholders.

    Understanding and Applying Agile Development

    The fast pace of web and app development requires teamwork, constant iteration (changes) in plans, and flexible deployment of resources. This lesson shows how UI/UX designers have articulated and adopted methods for design and development that address those needs using a process known as Agile development. The lesson explains how and why the Agile development process varies from older models of product development and illustrates how different flavors of Agile, like Scrum and Kanban, differ and overlap. Finally, you will learn how to apply problem-solving techniques common to all Agile development modes, including prioritizing tasks and objectives.

    Presenting a UI/UX Design

    UI/UX designers share their research findings, their plans, and the basis for them in reports. This lesson presents techniques for preparing, organizing, and presenting reports that convey substance and credibility. In addition, you'll learn how to craft reports that are appropriate to audiences that require different kinds of reports. These reports could range from simple memos to presentations to the substantial and formal written reports.


    What you will learn

    • The nature and role of UI/UX design in today's fast-evolving world of digital and interactive design
    • To be able to apply in practice principles and practices of stakeholder and user research in UI/UX design
    • To wield prototyping tools including user journey maps; use case scenarios; and sitemaps to evaluate, plan and test user experience
    • The role of UI/UX design and prototyping apps: Sketch, Figma and Adobe XD
    • To prepare, write, and present research reports and design proposals in a range of professional settings

    How you will benefit

    • Acquire and enhance professional competence in UI/UX design
    • Develop professional communication skills presenting research, analysis, and design proposal
    • Be introduced to the most popular UI/UX apps

    Wallace Wang

    Wallace Wang is the author of over 40 computer books, including "Microsoft Office 2019 For Dummies." In addition to writing computer books, he has also co-authored "Breaking Into Acting for Dummies" and ghostwritten several books about investing in real estate, day trading stocks, and becoming an entrepreneur. Some of his past jobs have included teaching computer science courses at the University of Zimbabwe, performing stand-up comedy, and appearing on a weekly radio show.

    Wallace currently teaches an online iOS App Production course through UC San Diego Extended Studies, focusing on designing apps for the iPhone using SwiftUI and Xcode, emphasizing coding, user interface/experience design, and app marketing. It covers key topics such as the psychology of user interface design, creating prototypes, and effective marketing strategies for the App Store. He has recently provided consulting services for bLinkUp, assisting them with their iOS development projects.


    User interface (UI) and user experience (UX) design have emerged as the framing approach to all digital design. including websites, apps, and other devices, and one of the most valuable skills in today's digital design environment. This course introduces and provides students with a basic foundation in every aspect of UI/UX design, including competitive research, designing effective user experience, applying design aesthetics, testing for accessibility, creating professional prototypes, and summary reports and design proposals.

 

  • UI/UX Design 
  • Fee: $139.00
    Item Number: TesOCTP27918203
    Dates: 6/11/2025 - 12/22/2030
    Times: 7:00 AM - 12:00 AM
    Days:
    Sessions: 0
    Building:
    Room:
    Instructor:
    REGISTRATION FOR THIS CLASS IS CLOSED. This class is already in session.

    This course introduces students to and provides a basic foundation in UI/UX design, including competitive research, designing effective user experience, applying design aesthetics, testing for accessibility, creating professional prototypes, and summary reports and design proposals.


    User interface (UI) and user experience (UX) design have emerged as the framing approach to all digital design, including websites, apps and other devices and one of the most valuable skills in today's digital design environment. This course provides a concentrated but substantial introduction to every key element in UI/UX design.

    The course introduces students to and provides:

    • A basic understanding of competitive research
    • Designing effective user experience
    • Applying design aesthetics
    • Testing for accessibility
    • Creating professional prototypes
    • Summary reports and design proposals

    Integrated throughout the course are real-world examples and skill-building materials that prepare students to enter into or become more valuable participants in the field of UI/UX design.


    Requirements:

    Hardware Requirements:

    • This course can be taken on either a PC or Mac.

    Software Requirements:

    • PC: Windows 10 or later.
    • Mac: macOS 10.10 or later.
    • Browser: The latest version of Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox is preferred. Microsoft Edge and Safari are also compatible.
    • Adobe Acrobat Reader
    • Software must be installed and fully operational before the course begins.

    Other:

    • Email capabilities and access to a personal email account.

    Instructional Material Requirements:

    The instructional materials required for this course are included in enrollment and will be available online.



    Understanding the Nature and Role of User Experience Design in Today's World

    This lesson provides a basic understanding of user interface (UI) and user experience (UX) design. After going through it, you will be able to describe who uses UI/UX design and what specific hard and soft skills are required of the users. You'll also learn how UI/UX design actually takes place in a professional communication design workflow and be introduced to key terms of the field starting with information architecture and user profiles.

    Understanding How User Interface (UI) Design Fits into Developing User Experience (UX)

    This lesson takes a closer look at the differences and relationship between UI and UX. You'll see why and how basic rules for communication design are applied in designing user interfaces for websites, apps, and communication devices (like watches). Finally, the lesson shows you how to identify the role of key user interface design elements: logos, color schemes, typography, iconography, and imagery.

    Conducting a Competitive Analysis

    This lesson explores the important role of competitive analysis, also referred to as comparative analysis or just comp analysis. You'll learn why competitive analysis is one of the most cost-effective ways to begin a UI/UX design (or redesign) process. The content of this lesson presents ways to apply creativity and critical thinking to plan and carry out competitive analysis. You will learn to sift through the data gathered through this analytical process, identify what positive features can be applied to your project, and what negative features you can avoid. Finally, you will be shown how to present the findings of competitive analysis to stakeholders who will define the objectives of the UI/UX design.

    Identifying User and Stakeholder Needs

    This lesson will dig deeper into the UI/UX design process and presents the rule of user profiles, also referred to as personas. These are profiles of fictional people who embody and concentrate the composite needs and preferences of people who will visit a website, app, or other web-based interactive site. You'll learn how to conduct demographic and other research to create the basis for assembling accurate user profiles, and also to integrate user and stakeholder interviews into those profiles.

    Create a Journey Map and User Matrix

    This lesson illustrates how journey maps envision and chart out the way that different users will navigate through a website or app. User matrices perform that function as well. Such matrices are more complex charts which present multiple pathways that different kinds of users will follow to successfully engage with the objectives of a site. Beyond that, you will learn to test user matrices to see if they accurately represent how users will engage with a site, and if users and stakeholders will find their needs reflected in the journey maps and matrices.

    Prototyping with Sitemaps

    You may have experienced sitemaps, which are essentially flowcharts that define how users will navigate from the landing page of a site to a successful event based on the site's objectives. Examples of such an event might include a sale, an inquiry, or watching a video. In this lesson, you'll learn how sitemaps relate to wireframes, which are rough sketches of individual pages. You'll also see how sitemaps are used as a pivot from research into actual site design and learn how UI/UX designers test sitemaps for their usability and usefulness.

    Designing UI with Style Tiles

    This lesson discusses why UI/UX designers use style tiles to create a coherent look and feel that can be applied across dozens, hundreds, thousands, tens of thousands, or more pages. You will learn about the design elements that make up the core of a style tile and why those particular elements are used. Finally, the lesson presents how designers go about creating, sharing, and applying design features through style tiles.

    Applying Accessibility Standards

    Accessibility, or making online content available to fully or partially blind, deaf, or disabled people, is rapidly emerging as a critical component of successful UI/UX design. Changes in technology, work environment, culture, attitudes, and laws are driving that change. This lesson presents the kinds of users who need special features to access site content and how to test a site for accessibility. In addition, the lesson shows you how to research and address the legal requirements for accessibility, and proper techniques to ensure that a site is accessible.

    Key UI/UX Tools and Apps

    This lesson helps you become conversant with the primary software applications used in UI/UX design: Sketch, Figma, and Adobe XD. You'll examine how these applications provide similar tools for designing high-resolution prototypes that can be tested with users, reviewed by stakeholders, and handed off to coders who turn prototypes into websites and apps.

    Creating a High-Def Prototype

    This lesson takes you on a deeper dive into building prototype applications. It will focus on using key features in Adobe XD, which is available in a free version for students. You will learn the difference between a low-resolution prototype used in early stages of UI/UX design and a developer-ready, high-resolution prototype that embeds the dimensions, color codes, fonts, and other details coders need to build a website or app. This lesson also shows how design teams use shared prototypes to solicit input from colleagues and stakeholders.

    Understanding and Applying Agile Development

    The fast pace of web and app development requires teamwork, constant iteration (changes) in plans, and flexible deployment of resources. This lesson shows how UI/UX designers have articulated and adopted methods for design and development that address those needs using a process known as Agile development. The lesson explains how and why the Agile development process varies from older models of product development and illustrates how different flavors of Agile, like Scrum and Kanban, differ and overlap. Finally, you will learn how to apply problem-solving techniques common to all Agile development modes, including prioritizing tasks and objectives.

    Presenting a UI/UX Design

    UI/UX designers share their research findings, their plans, and the basis for them in reports. This lesson presents techniques for preparing, organizing, and presenting reports that convey substance and credibility. In addition, you'll learn how to craft reports that are appropriate to audiences that require different kinds of reports. These reports could range from simple memos to presentations to the substantial and formal written reports.


    What you will learn

    • The nature and role of UI/UX design in today's fast-evolving world of digital and interactive design
    • To be able to apply in practice principles and practices of stakeholder and user research in UI/UX design
    • To wield prototyping tools including user journey maps; use case scenarios; and sitemaps to evaluate, plan and test user experience
    • The role of UI/UX design and prototyping apps: Sketch, Figma and Adobe XD
    • To prepare, write, and present research reports and design proposals in a range of professional settings

    How you will benefit

    • Acquire and enhance professional competence in UI/UX design
    • Develop professional communication skills presenting research, analysis, and design proposal
    • Be introduced to the most popular UI/UX apps

    Wallace Wang

    Wallace Wang is the author of over 40 computer books, including "Microsoft Office 2019 For Dummies." In addition to writing computer books, he has also co-authored "Breaking Into Acting for Dummies" and ghostwritten several books about investing in real estate, day trading stocks, and becoming an entrepreneur. Some of his past jobs have included teaching computer science courses at the University of Zimbabwe, performing stand-up comedy, and appearing on a weekly radio show.

    Wallace currently teaches an online iOS App Production course through UC San Diego Extended Studies, focusing on designing apps for the iPhone using SwiftUI and Xcode, emphasizing coding, user interface/experience design, and app marketing. It covers key topics such as the psychology of user interface design, creating prototypes, and effective marketing strategies for the App Store. He has recently provided consulting services for bLinkUp, assisting them with their iOS development projects.


 

Some Title



Your Cart

×